Physiology > QUESTIONS & ANSWERS > Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s The Psychology of Women Seventh Edit (All)

Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s The Psychology of Women Seventh Edition

Document Content and Description Below

Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s The Psychology of Women Seventh Edition (2012) prepared by Margaret W. Matlin State University of New York at Geneseo Lucinda A.... DeWitt DeWitt DeConstruction, Minneapolis, MNInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) Contents Syllabus from Dr. Matlin’s Course 1 Research Project Handout 8 Details About Research Projects 13 Chapter Outlines 18 Test Bank 127 1 Introduction 127 2 Gender Stereotypes and Other Gender Biases 151 3 Infancy and Childhood 171 4 Adolescence 194 5 Gender Comparisons in Cognitive Abilities and Attitudes About Achievement 213 6 Gender Comparisons in Social and Personality Characteristics 232 7 Women and Work 248 8 Love Relationships 269 9 Sexuality 288 10 Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood 307 11 Women and Physical Health 324 12 Women and Psychological Health 343 13 Violence Against Women 361 14 Women and Older Adulthood 378 15 Moving Onward . . . 395Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 1 of 381 SYLLABUS FROM DR. MARGARET W. MATLIN’S COURSE My syllabus changes somewhat from one semester to the next, but the syllabus below is the version I used in Fall Semester, 2010. (However, the textbook for that course was the 6th edition.) I think it’s important for a syllabus to include a brief description of the course, as well as the goals. From the first page of the syllabus, students should be able to understand the general scope of the course. You can find several additional syllabi for courses on the Psychology of Women or the Psychology of Gender on the website for the Society for the Teaching of Psychology (Division 2 of the American Psychological Association): http://teachpsych.org/otrp/syllabi/index.php Scroll down the list of courses on the right-hand side, and you will find the topic “Women and Gender.” Additional note: Psychology of Women Quarterly now includes a “Teaching Section” in each issue. It features between one and three short articles in each issue, which focus on topics related to women and gender, such as critical thinking, social class, social justice advocacy. I am the current editor of this Teaching Section; please email me at matlin@geneseo.edu, if you have an idea about a potential article related to this teaching! On the first day of class, students also receive a description of the Psychology of Women Research Project, an important component of my course. Later in this document you can find a description of this project, as well as some details about the project.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 2 of 381 Psychology of Women Dr. Margaret W. Matlin Psychology 308 Department of Psychology Fall, 2010 SUNY Geneseo SYLLABUS COURSE DESCRIPTION The purpose of this course is to examine the lives of girls and women. We will include topics such as gender stereotypes, the development of gender roles, gender comparisons, women and work, love relationships, sexuality, women’s physical and mental health, violence against women, and women in later adulthood. Students who take this course should acquire a better understanding about girls, women, and gender in North America. As the course instructor, I’m hopeful that each of you will work toward the following goals: 1. To understand the relevant information about the lives of girls and women—as well as gender—with a particular emphasis on the complexity of the issues. 2. To develop critical-thinking skills, so that you can evaluate both the research in professional journals and information described in the popular media. 3. To know how to design your own psychology research project, to conduct the research, and to write an appropriately professional summary of your own research, emphasizing the potential methodological flaws and strengths in your study. 4. To explore your own ideas and attitudes about gender, appreciating that we do not need to be constrained by our culture’s traditional gender roles. 5. To appreciate the inequalities that many individuals face, based on social categories other than gender. These categories include age, disability, sexual orientation, ethnicity, religion, social class, and country of residence. We will also consider some information about inequalities in other cultures, outside North America. READING MATERIALS Our textbook for the course will be: Matlin, M. W. (2008). The psychology of women (6th ed.). Belmont, CA: Cengage/Wadsworth. You’ll need to use this 6th edition, which has a brown and gold cover and a photo of a girl, a young woman, and an older woman. This edition has more than 1,400 new references that were published since the earlier 5th edition, as well as many concepts and research-based studies that were not discussed in the 5th edition. (Do not use the 5th edition, which has a purple cover and aInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 3 of 381 photo of three middle-aged women, and do not use any shortened paperback version of the textbook.) Your textbook is one I have written, and you’ll need to understand the material in the textbook in order to do well in the course. You will not be able to achieve this knowledge from a superficial reading of the chapters. You should master the terminology and concepts in the textbook. During the lectures and class discussions, I will assume that you are familiar with this information. However, if any part of the textbook is not clear, please let me know! Then we can discuss that topic in class! ** You will also receive one journal article, which you will read and analyze for class discussion. (See below for details.) OFFICE HOURS My scheduled office hours are Monday, 1:15-2:15 p.m., Tuesday, 11:30-12:30, and Thursday, 11:30-12:45. I may need to reschedule an occasional office hour on days when other commitments arise. If my office hours are not convenient, please check with me, and we can schedule an alternate time! My office is in Sturges, Room 121C (main floor, right-hand side). I check my e-mail frequently, usually until about 9 p.m. (matlin@geneseo.edu). Before contacting me, be sure to check the syllabus and project description to be certain that your question is not answered there. Please include the term “Psychology of Women” in the subject of your e-mail message. Also, proofread the message to make sure that your question is clear. This way, I will not delete your email by mistake, and I can quickly provide you with the most helpful response! You can also leave a brief message on my voice mail (5214). I will check my voice-mail messages several times each week, but not as often as e-mail. REQUIREMENTS 1. Examinations: You will have two 75-minute-long exams, as well as a comprehensive final. The format for all tests will be a combination of essays and multiple-choice questions. Each 75-minute exam will be worth about 50-55 points, and the final exam (about 2 hours long) will be worth about 75 points. The final exam is cumulative, with an emphasis on the last part of the course. 2. Research Paper: The independent research paper is described in detail on a second handout, entitled “Psychology of Women Research Project.” This paper will be worth 55 points. Your preview for your independent research project will be due on Monday, October 18. In one to two pages, youInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 4 of 381 should state at least two of your hypotheses. Also describe how and where you plan to locate the participants (or the media resources) for your study. The preview must be double-spaced and printed on only one side of the paper, so that I can make comments that you’ll be able to read. In a couple of weeks, I’ll provide details about how to prepare this preview. The paper itself will be due at the beginning of class on Monday, November 22. (One point will be subtracted for each day that either the paper preview or the paper is late.) You must turn in a paper in order to pass this course. The purpose of this paper is to help you understand research techniques, increase your critical-thinking skills, and write professionally. You are not required to see me to discuss the project. However, students who meet with me sometime in September tend to develop the best projects. Print two copies of your paper. Give me a copy that is printed on only one side of the paper. (Again, this allows me to comment in detail, and it will therefore be easier for you to read my comments.) Your second copy can be back-to-back. I’ll return to you the original version with the comments, and you can give me the back-to-back version for my files. The last day on which the paper will be accepted is Thursday, December 2, at 11:30 a.m. This final deadline is firm, so please respect it. 3. Journal Article: You will read one article from the professional journal Sex Roles. You’ll receive a short list of questions about the article, which you must answer (typed, not handwritten). This assignment will be due on October 25. You will need to write at least 2/3 of a page (single spaced) in order to provide enough detail about the research. Make two printed copies of your answers, one to keep for discussion, and one to hand in at the beginning of class, so that I can note that you turned it in. We will discuss the article in small groups on the day that the assignment is due. You will not receive a letter grade on this assignment; you are handing in your answers to the questions to demonstrate that you have read and thought about the article. I will also ask questions about the article on your exams. One point will be subtracted for every day that each assignment is late. In order to pass the course, you must hand in the journal-article summary no later than 10 days after its due date. The purpose of this assignment is to help you to think critically about research, so that you can appreciate how to critique your own research project and other psychology research. 4. Event Summaries: By Monday, December 6, please turn in a typed one-page summary for each of the two programs about women or diversity that you attended outside of class. I will specify which programs can be included in this assignment. They will include films, plays, and invited speakers—both in Geneseo and in the Rochester area. Also, please let me know about any potentially relevant programs you have heard about! Then we can share this information with others in the class. (However, do not substitute another program unless you check with me beforehand.)Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 5 of 381 Each summary must be at least 2/3 of a page in length (double spaced). I need a hard-copy version, rather than an e-mail version. It will be graded pass-fail, and one point will be subtracted for every day that the event summaries are late. In order to pass the course, you must turn in both summaries no later than Monday, December 13. Please see me in advance if some component of this event-summary assignment is difficult for you. Do not announce on the due date that you could not complete it. Also, do not attend an event unless we discussed it in class or in an email. Please note: Two students failed this course because they did not turn in appropriate event summaries. Another student failed the course because the summaries had been plagiarized. The purpose of this assignment is to broaden your understanding of the many aspects of women’s lives—and other dimensions of diversity—including areas outside psychology. Last semester, for instance, these areas included theater, political science, literature, multicultural programs, sociology, and criminal justice. Most students report that they found the programs very interesting and thought provoking! GRADING To determine your grade in the course, I will add up the total number of points you have obtained in the course. The following percentages will be used to determine your grade: A = 88 - 100% B = 78 - 87% C = 68 - 77% D = 58 - 67% E = below 58% Plus and minus grades will be given to students whose grades are near the boundaries. NOTICE ABOUT DISABILITY SERVICES: SUNY Geneseo will make reasonable accommodations for persons with documented physical, emotional, or learning disabilities. Students should contact Tabitha Buggie-Hunt, who is the Director of the Office of Disability Services (Erwin 105D) and also contact me to discuss needed accommodations. Please make these arrangements as soon as possible, so that you can do well in the course. Also, more information about services is available at <http://disability.geneseo.edu>.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 6 of 381 ATTENDANCE I do not take attendance in this course. However, about half of the questions on exams are based on information that we discuss in class. Thus, students with high grades in the course are typically those with perfect attendance. If you miss a class, be sure to get the notes and assignments from someone in class. If you know you will be absent, arrange to have a friend pick up any material handed out in class. Make-up examinations will not be allowed unless you are seriously ill or have an extreme personal emergency. In those cases, please contact me before the exam, if possible, but no later than 2 days after the exam. CLASS SCHEDULE (Classes meet on Mondays from 4:00 to 6:30 p.m.) Date Course Content Reading August 30 Introduction Chapter 1 *** Monday, September 6 is Labor Day—No classes *** September 13 Gender Stereotypes Chapter 2 September 20 Infancy & Childhood Chapter 3 September 27 Adolescence Chapter 4 Cognitive Abilities & Achievement Chapter 5 October 4 EXAMINATION #1 (includes Chapters 1-5) Gender Comparisons in Social & Personality Chapter 6 *** Monday October 11 is Fall Break—No classes *** October 18 Preview Due for Your Research Paper Women and Work Chapter 7 October 25 Summary of Journal Article is Due Love Relationships Chapter 8 November 1 Sexuality Chapter 9 November 8 EXAMINATION #2 (includes class material discussed on Oct.18, Oct. 25, and Nov. 1, as well as textbook Chapters 6-9) Pregnancy Chapter 10Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 7 of 381 November 15 Physical Health Chapter 11 November 22 Research Paper is Due Psychological Disorders Chapter 12 November 29 Violence Against Women Chapter 13 December 6 Event Summaries Are Due Older Adulthood Chapter 14 December 13 Moving Onward... Chapter 15 FINAL EXAMINATION: The comprehensive final exam includes all chapters and all lectures. It is scheduled for Monday, December 20, 6:45 to 9:30 p.m. Half of the questions will focus on the topics in the most recent material, Chapters 10-15, and half will focus on earlier topics, from Chapters 1-9.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 8 of 381 PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN RESEARCH PROJECT HANDOUT Psychology of Women Dr. Margaret W. Matlin Psychology 308 Department of Psychology Spring, 2007 SUNY Geneseo Psychology of Women Research Project The purpose of this project is to introduce you to research about the Psychology of Women. You are not expected to conduct the ideal, perfectly controlled experiment. Instead, I hope that this exercise will provide you with a first-hand experience of the kinds of issues that researchers need to consider and the variety of challenges that research often presents. The projects generally fall into four categories: 1. Archival analyses, or quantified inspections of magazines, books, and other aspects of media, etc. A typical project here would be whether males and females are represented differently in the illustrations in elementary-school mathematics textbooks. 2. Questionnaires about interests, activities, and beliefs. A typical project would be whether students think that a wife should perform a greater portion of the household tasks than a husband performs. 3. Naturalistic observation, or recording of behavior in a natural setting. A typical project would be to determine whether girls and boys differ in their aggressive behavior at a public playground. 4. Experiments, with the controlled manipulation of variables. A typical project would be the study about aggression, described in the preview on p. 2. In all cases, you must test at least three hypotheses. Each hypothesis typically compares two numbers (e.g., “This sample of mathematics textbooks will show more males than females in the illustrations.”).Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 9 of 381 Preparing the Preview of Your Paper As specified in the course syllabus, you must turn in your paper preview in advance. This precaution is designed to assure that your topic is appropriate from the standpoint of both research design and ethics. I want to make certain that you have chosen a topic that can inspire a good paper! It’s fine to change topics, but you must provide me with a written copy of your new proposal before you begin the project. Again, this precaution is essential because I’ll need to make certain that your new proposal is methodologically and ethically appropriate. For this reason, I will not accept your actual paper unless I have approved your preview. (If you turn in a paper—for which I did not approve the preview—you will receive a score of 0 out of 55 on your paper.) Your paper preview must describe at least two of your three hypotheses, and it should provide a clear description of how you will test these hypotheses. If your preview is not satisfactory, you will lose points, and you will get a late start in conducting your research. I will distribute more information about the preview in several weeks. This handout will also describe the information you need to include in your preview. Here is an example of a good preview. Preview: Do People Judge an Aggressive Woman Differently from an Aggressive Man? The goal of my project will be to determine whether people judge an aggressive act differently, depending on the gender of the aggressive person. I will be constructing four separate vignettes, each describing an individual who is being aggressive. Here is a sample vignette, describing a male being aggressive: Joe is a 20-year-old college student. He has been having trouble with his car, so he took it in to the repair shop this morning. They promised that they would have his car ready by 3:00 this afternoon. When Joe returns to the shop at 3:00, he is told that it will not be ready until 4:00. At the top of his lungs, he screams, “You’ve got to be kidding! You promised me it would be ready by now! You can bet I’ll never come back here again!” How appropriate do you think Joe’s response was? (circle a number) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 not at all appropriate very appropriate I plan to test 40 Geneseo students, and I’ll gather my sample (a convenience sample) on two different days from people passing through the College Union. I’ll have four groups of 10 students each: 1. 10 males, each judging four vignettes about males; 2. 10 females, each judging four vignettes about males; 3. 10 males, each judging four vignettes about females (i. e, the same vignette as above, but using a female’s name); 4. 10 females, judging vignettes about females. So far, I have two hypotheses: 1. People will give higher ratings to males than to females; that is, they will judge an aggressive male’s actions to be more appropriate than an aggressive female’s actions. 2. Male participants will be more likely than female participants to show this kind of biased judgment.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 10 of 381 Ethical Considerations In class, we will consider ethical issues involved in studying human behavior. Three especially important issues are potential harm, anonymity, and informed consent. One of the most important concerns is that we must not psychologically harm the individuals we study. For that reason, certain topics will be considered “out of bounds” for this project. These topics are sexuality (e.g., sexual behavior, sexual orientation, abortion, unwanted pregnancy), violence (e.g., rape, battering, sexual harassment, child abuse), and drug issues (e.g., personal experience with alcohol and other drugs). If you turn in a preview that focuses on any of these topics, I will automatically reject the preview. However, you can conduct archival analyses on these topics because no people would be tested. We must also protect the anonymity of all participants. “Anonymity” means that the experimenter cannot identify which person provided which data. Thus, the participant’s name must not appear anywhere on any questionnaire or data sheet. Furthermore, data on individual people should be kept confidential and should not be supplied to anyone. It is important that we respect individuals’ rights to privacy. We must not harm humans in the process of learning more about them. If you conduct an actual experiment that does not include a written response sheet, you must obtain informed consent from each participant. Ethical guidelines specify that each participant must sign a sheet saying that they are participating without coercion and that they will experience no harm. We cannot require informed consent for naturalistic observation studies (by their very nature). Therefore, we will poll the class to determine whether any questionable naturalistic-observation study does indeed seem harmful. (Informed consent is not relevant for archival analyses. Informed consent is also not relevant for questionnaires; the SUNY Geneseo ethics review board says that a person automatically gives informed consent when she or he fills out a questionnaire.) The Write-up for Your Project You must prepare two complete copies of your paper prior to submitting the paper. Keep one copy, and turn the other copy in to me. This will also be important if your paper is lost. (In Fall, 2004, a student failed to make a copy of her paper. She lost her paper, and her computer crashed. She therefore had to write it over again.) After I’ve turned back your graded paper, you will give me either an unmarked copy or a photocopy of your graded paper for my files. You should keep the original paper—with my notations—to use as a guideline for your future writing. The report must be written in standard APA style. Details are available in a book on reserve called Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (2001, 5th edition). The sample paper shown on pages 306–316 is especially helpful.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 11 of 381 Try to follow the general APA format. I will not reduce your grade for some of the finer points in APA style. However, you should have the information in the correct sections of your paper. Here are the names of the sections, as well as their contents: 1. Introduction. This will require library research. I will mention some journals you might wish to examine, but PsycINFO will be your best resource. At the beginning of the introduction to your paper, discuss the general topic that you will be studying. Next, describe the findings that the previous research has shown (You’ll need at least two citations from academic journals or books, for this part of your paper. I will not accept citations from textbooks, the Internet, popular magazines, or summaries of dissertations in Dissertations Abstracts International.) At the end of the introduction, state your three hypotheses. So that I can easily determine the purpose of your study, please number them (e.g., “Hypothesis 1”). As we will discuss in class, each hypothesis should be stated in terms of a comparison, like the two hypotheses in the sample preview on page 2 of this handout. 2. Method. In this section, tell precisely what you did in the study. Describe the people you tested or the archival material you examined. Include a copy of the questionnaire, if you used one. Be as precise and detailed as possible. Details about research methods are crucial, so that you can identify potential sources of bias in your study. (In fact, your paper cannot receive an A or A- without extensive details in this section.) 3. Results. Summarize your findings, giving either averages or the number of items in each category. A table or a graph may be useful. You will be expected to perform statistical analyses in this section. For example, you may wish to demonstrate that the difference between two means is statistically significant, or that there are significantly more males than females represented in certain kinds of advertisements. You will receive a separate handout on statistics later, when you have a more complete idea about the nature of your data. In this section, you will be expected to perform at least three statistical comparisons (e.g., three chi-square analyses). 4. Discussion. For Psychology 308, this is the most important section of your paper. Briefly review your results. Discuss in detail any criticism of your research methods. Are there biases that can influence your major points? Can the results be interpreted in terms of any hypotheses other than the one you were testing? How would the results have been different if you had used a different subject population? Use Table 1.1 from your textbook to stimulate your thinking about biases. Also, provide specific examples (e.g. quotations from people’s responses on your questionnaires) that can illustrate your major points. You may also wish to include some exceptions (e.g., an impressively nonsexist advertisement). Also, consider what issues you would examine if you were to pursue the research further. In addition, discuss why your study was important—what implications does it have for people’s lives? Because the discussion section is the most important part of your paper, it will be the most important determinant of your grade on this project. 5. Abstract. (Write this last, but place this page at the beginning of the paper, right after the title page.) In one paragraph—about half a page—summarize what you did in the study and what you conclude. Try to imagine a bright Geneseo student who has taken only IntroductoryInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 12 of 381 Psychology. This student will be reading your abstract. Will she or he be able to understand your study, based only on this abstract? 6. Appendix. Your appendix should include your calculations for any chi-square tests. These calculations can be handwritten, but label which hypothesis each one is testing. Also, include photocopies or other examples, if you are investigating the print media. Include a copy of the questionnaire if you are doing a survey. I will consider writing style and spelling when grading your paper. In fact, if your writing style and spelling are weak, you cannot earn a solid A on this paper. This is not an English class, but good writing style is an important attribute of a competent psychologist. Look at the Psychology Department’s “Writing Guidelines for Psychology Papers” before you begin to write, and check them again before you proofread the paper. You can also locate some excellent papers from previous semesters by looking at the Electronic Reserve (Password = Psyc308). IMPORTANT: On the title page of your paper, hand-write the phrase, “I have reviewed the Psychology Department’s Writing Guidelines.” Then sign your name. This way, I know that you believe you have studied these guidelines appropriately. The length should run between 8 and 11 pages (not including the title page, tables, figures, or appendix). Do not write fewer than 8 pages or more than 11 pages. Please number your pages and use a standard font and margins. Double-space the entire paper. Be sure to include all possible relevant information that you think a reader should know about your study. I will not require you to see me before you begin your study. However, I would like to encourage you to do so. I can make suggestions on how you can formulate an idea for your study. We can also discuss how to examine the topic that interests you. Together, we can design a project that you’ll find intriguing. It’s important to find a topic that inspires you, because you will spend many hours with this project!Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 13 of 381 MORE DETAILS ABOUT THE PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN RESEARCH PROJECTS An important part of my course requirements in Psychology of Women is the individual research project. This assignment allows students to investigate a question that interests them, and it also provides concrete experiences with the research biases discussed in Chapter 1 of their textbook. I cannot claim that this project captures the imagination of every student. However, most students seem to enjoy gathering data about an issue that intrigues them, rather than writing a literature review. Many of them comment that they learned more about research techniques from this project than from their courses in research methods. Furthermore, in each class of 40 students, about 5 students have no experience with research methods. (Most of these students are in SUNY Geneseo’s Women’s Studies Program; their motivation for the content of this course certainly compensates for their lack of a pre-requisite course.) The project also supports two of my own goals for the course in Psychology of Women. First, it requires students to think critically and in depth about a psychological issue. They can learn more about topics such as alternate hypotheses and biased samples from their own projects than they can from classroom discussions and lectures. In addition, many students learn concretely through these projects about the biases that keep women from fulfilling their potential. This research project also helps students appreciate the many potential biases in the “research” described in the media. The projects can usually be classified into four categories: 1. Archival analyses, which are quantified inspections of magazines, books, and other media or documents. This is the most popular category, and students need to be warned not to choose an overly general topic (such as “Gender Stereotyping in Television Advertisements”). Some representative topics include the following: * “Multiculturalism and Gender in Required-Reading Literature in Rural High Schools” * “Gender Differences in Power in Prime-Time Television” * “Portrayal of Gender in Parenting Magazines: Have Our Attitudes Really Changed?” * “Comparisons of Ethnicity Portrayal and the Portrayal of Females in US and German Cosmopolitan Magazines”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 14 of 381 * “An Examination of the Personal Advertisements in Korean-American Newspapers” * “How Gender Influences Talk Show Interviews” * “Alcohol Advertisements in Black- and White-Oriented Magazines” * “Gender Stereotyping of Leisure Activities, as Portrayed in Travel Brochures” * “Boys’ and Girls’ Reactions to School, as Illustrated in Children’s Picture Books” * “College Websites: Focus and Portrayal of Gender” * “Using Personal Advertisements on the World Wide Web to Examine What Men and Women Value in Potential Partners” * “Aunt Flo: Friend or Foe? A Study of the Representation of Menstruation in Advertisements” * “Television Sports Stations: How Much Time Do They Devote to Each Gender?” * “‘Women and Children First’: Stereotyped Appeals to Charitable Natures” [Charities show almost no men in their website photographs.] * “Media Attention to the Physical Appearance and Clothing of Male and Female Politicians” * “The Underrepresentation of Older Women in Popular Magazines’ Lists of Beautiful People” * “Where Are the Girls on Public Broadcasting System’s Programs for Children?” 2. Questionnaires on interests, activities, and beliefs. Students devise their own questionnaires and distribute them to a sample of respondents. Some representative topics include the following: * “Gender-Role Beliefs in Dual-Income Marriages and Careers” * “Are There Gender Differences in Reported Amount of Time Spent Studying?” * “Students in a Campus Christian Group Are as Likely as Other Students to Endorse Feminist Ideas” * “Nurses’ Job Satisfaction and Perceptions of Gender Discrimination” * “Who’s Doing the Housework: What Household Tasks Male and Female Students Recall Doing During High School” * “Differences in Social Desirability and Self-Esteem in Sorority Members and NonMembers” * “Men’s Perceptions of Themselves, Other Men, and Women in Relation to Child Nurturance” * “What Are There So Few Studies on Hair Color? So Blondes Can Count Them” [Students’ evaluations of blond and brunette women] * “Gender Comparisons in Attitudes Toward the Iraq War and the Possibility of a Draft”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 15 of 381 * “College Students’ Attitudes About the Preferred Gender for Their Firstborn Child.” * “What Factors Cause Stress for College Women?” * “College Students’ Attitudes Toward Presidential Candidates, as a Function of the Candidates’ Gender and Ethnicity” 3. Naturalistic observation. Students record behavior in a natural setting. Many of these concern nonverbal communication. Typical paper topics include the following: * “Do Women Buy More Healthful Food than Men at a Grocery Store?” * “Who Opens Doors for Whom, on a College Campus?” * “Parents’ Responses to Children’s Toy Preferences in a Toy Store” * “Cross-Sex Touching Interactions in Nonverbal Communication” * “Who Touches Whom in Airport Reunions?” * “Whom Do Teachers Call On in College Classrooms?” * “Gazing Behavior Among Married Couples” * “Do Emotionally Handicapped Children Show Sex Differences in Aggressive Classroom Behavior?” * “Who Pays for the Ticket in Movie Theaters?” * “Who Really Stops at the Stop Signs: A Gender Comparison” 4. Experiments. Students have conducted field experiments and studies using vignettes. Some paper titles include the following: * “When Mary Kay Cleans the Floors: Cosmetics in the Workplace” [Students responded that makeup was less appropriate when a photo was labeled, “Cleaning Staff,” rather than “Office Secretary.”] * “Perceptions of Age Differences in Dating and Marriage: Examining the ‘Cougar Culture’” * “Responses of Toy-Store Sales Clerks: Are They Stereotyped?” * “Does Young Women’s Self-Esteem Decrease After Viewing Photos of Magazine Models?” * “The Evaluation of Women Described in Sexist and Nonsexist Language” * “Does the Generic Masculine Influence the Choice of Pictures?” * “Selective Recall: Do Males and Females Show Superior Recall for ‘Gender Appropriate’ Adjectives?” * “Do People Help Females More than Males?”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 16 of 381 * “Self-Confidence and Evaluation Provided by Others: Does the Gender of the Evaluator Matter?” * “How Do People Respond to Males Versus Females Asking for a Date: Do Latinas/os and European Americans Differ?” I hand out a description of the project during the first session of class and encourage students to see me. Usually one-third of the students work independently, and the quality of these projects varies tremendously. About one third visit with a well-defined project topic that requires only a small amount of guidance (e.g., some suggestions on references or further refinement of operational definitions). The other one-third enter my office hesitantly and typically apologize, “I have no idea what I want to do.” Careful, supportive questioning typically reveals that they do have several ideas, and I try to help them decide what interests them most and is most feasible. A few students each semester really don’t have a research idea, so I ask them about their academic majors, their future professions, and the section of the course that most intrigues them. These questions help them focus their interests. These students often require a second visit after contemplating a general topic. (Tempting though it may be, I never suggest a specific research idea.) Students are instructed to locate at least two relevant resources to cite in their references. Naturally, the students who choose to analyze the representation of gender in coloring books and travel brochures will not find studies on their precise topics. Instead, they will need to cite literature on other media analyses. I encourage them to use PsycINFO. I emphasize, however, that this is to be a research project, rather than a literature review. I emphasize ethical considerations in describing these projects. (See the research project handout for details.) Students learn about the problem of invading a person’s privacy. The description also emphasizes that they cannot study topics related to sexual orientation, sexual activity, violence, or illegal activity, unless they would like to conduct an archival analysis. I provide students with a separate statistics handout including a step-by-step procedure for performing a chi-square analysis, which is appropriate for most projects and which students can master quite readily. I emphasize that this is not a course in statistics, however. Some students feel confident about performing t-tests and correlation coefficients on their own. Some others— particularly those who come to my office with a handful of data several days before the papers are due—have data that would be appropriate for an analysis of variance or a t-test, but it is clear that they cannot complete the project in time. I instruct them how to convert their data so that a chi-square analysis is appropriate, pointing out that this procedure is less powerful. Students write up their studies according to American Psychological Association style. However, I inform them that I will not deduct for errors in the more exotic areas. In their write-up, they need to include the abstract, the introduction, the method, the results, the discussion, and the references. I emphasize that the method section should be precise in describing the operational definition, the sample, the setting, and the researcher(s). The discussion section should focus on practical implications of their study, research biases that might have influenced their results, and factors that limit the generalizability of their results. They also need to describe potentialInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 17 of 381 additional research. This section allows them to analyze critically the various areas of potential biases that they learned about in Chapter 1. Furthermore, these student projects typically provide support for the themes of my Psychology of Women textbook. Many students choose to administer a questionnaire or to use naturalistic observation. They typically find no difference between the females’ and males’ responses. Some students come in to my office after analyzing the data, and they say, “My study didn’t work out; I didn’t find any significant gender differences.” At this point, I’ll ask them to think about the themes of the course, and it’s interesting to see their response as they acknowledge Theme 1. When students choose archival analyses, they almost always find gender differences. In the discussion section of their paper, most of them acknowledge Theme 3, because women are definitely less visible than men in the media. Above all, I emphasize to students that the purpose of this research project is not to test their abilities to locate numerous references, to demonstrate their statistical expertise, or to devise a perfectly controlled study. Instead, the purpose is to entice them into the excitement and challenges of research in psychology.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 18 of 381 CHAPTER OUTLINES CHAPTER 1 Introduction Central Concepts in the Psychology of Women Sex and Gender Sex Gender “Doing Gender” The Extent of Social Biases Sexism Racism Classism Ableism Heterosexism/Sexual Prejudice Ageism Feminist Approaches Liberal Feminism Cultural Feminism Radical Feminism Women-of-Color Feminism Psychological Approaches to Gender Similarity and Difference The Similarities Perspective social constructionism The Differences PerspectiveInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 19 of 381 essentialismInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 20 of 381 A Brief History of the Psychology of Women Early Studies of Gender Comparisons The Emergence of the Psychology of Women as a Discipline 1970s Problems with the 1970s Framework  gender is complicated  blaming women, ignoring the situation The Current Status of the Psychology of Women Complex Answers Research Increasing Interactions of Gender and Other Factors Interdisciplinary Studies Conflicting Research Findings Change Women and Ethnicity The White-Privilege Concept Peggy McIntosh White-Privilege Concept White-as-Normative Concept Women of Color Demographics Latina Women Hispanic, Latinas/Latinos, Chicanas/Chicanos border crossing Black Women racism Black, African American Asian American Women stereotypes and challenges Native American and First Nations Women integrating personal aspirations with values of their culture Further Perspectives on Ethnicity within-group diversity biracial and multiracial individualsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 21 of 381 intersectionality U.S.-Centered Nationalism Potential Problems and Biases in Current Research Formulating the Hypothesis Using a biased theory Formulating a hypothesis on the basis of unrelated research Asking questions only from certain content areas Designing the Study Selecting the operational definitions Choosing the participants Choosing the researcher Including confounding variables Performing the Study Influencing the outcome through researcher expectancy Influencing the outcome through participants’ expectancies Interpreting the Data Emphasizing statistical significance rather than practical significance Ignoring alternate explanations Misinterpreting correlational data Making inappropriate generalizations Communicating the Findings Leaving out analyses that show gender similarities Choosing a title that focuses on gender differences Journal editors rejecting studies that show gender similarities Secondary sources emphasizing gender differences instead of gender similarities Critical Thinking and the Psychology of Women Ask thoughtful questions about what you see or hear Look for potential biases at each step of the research process Determine whether conclusions are supported by the evidence that has been presented Suggest alternative interpretations of the evidenceInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 22 of 381 About This Textbook Themes of the Book Theme 1: Psychological Gender Differences Are Typically Small and Inconsistent gender as a subject variable Theme 2: People React Differently to Men and Women gender as a stimulus variable Theme 3: Women Are Less Visible Than Men in Many Important Areas Theme 4: Women Vary Widely From One Another How To Use This Book Effectively Chapter Outline True-False Questions Demonstrations Key Terms Section Summaries Chapter Review Questions Recommended ReadingsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 23 of 381 CHAPTER 2 Gender Stereotypes and Other Gender Biases Biased Representations of Women and Men Terminology Stereotypes Prejudice Discrimination Gender Bias Androcentrism Normative-Male Problem Gender Biases Throughout History The Invisibility of Women in Historical Accounts Look for missing information about women  life activities—What were women doing?  arts—Examine the more fragile and anonymous forms  religion and politics Philosophers’ Representation of Women  Aristotle  Jean-Jacques Rousseau  John Stuart Mill & Harriet Taylor Mill Gender Biases in Religion and Mythology 1. Women are evil. 2. Women are terrifying sorceresses. 3. Women are virtuous.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 24 of 381 Gender Biases in Language Terms Used for Women  non-parallel terms  negative terms  infantilizing terms The Masculine Generic  masculine generic terms are not gender neutral  Gastil’s research on mental images  research on career choices  shifting to gender-neutral language Gender Biases in the Media Stereotyped Representations 1. Women are relatively invisible. 2. Women are relatively inaudible. 3. Women are seldom shown working outside the home. 4. Women are shown doing housework. 5. Women and men are represented differently. 6. Women’s bodies are used differently from men’s bodies. 7. Women of color are underrepresented, and they are often shown in a particularly biased way. 8. Lower-social-class women are underrepresented, and they are often shown in a particularly biased way. The Effects of Stereotyped Representations Reflecting and influencing reality  Behaviors and beliefs  Gender-role attitudes  Cognitive performance People’s Beliefs About Women and Men The Content of Stereotypes Communion & Agency Stereotypes About Women and Men from Different Ethnic Groups  Gender and ethnicity combine to create a variety of gender stereotypes.  Subtypes within gender-ethnicity categories Subject Variables That Could Influence StereotypesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 25 of 381  Gender  Ethnicity  CultureInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 26 of 381 Implicit Gender Stereotypes Explicit vs. Implicit Gender Stereotypes Implicit Association Test (IAT) stereotype-consistent pairings vs. stereotype-inconsistent pairings The Complexity of Contemporary Sexism Attitudes Toward Women’s Competence Women’s competence is likely to be devalued:  when males are doing the evaluating  when the participants have traditional attitudes  when little information is available about a person’s qualifications  bias may be strongest when a woman is acting in a stereotypically masculine fashion Double bind for women Attitudes Toward Women’s Pleasantness Women & men Women & feminists Ambivalent Sexism (Glick & Fiske, 1996, 2001) Hostile sexism Benevolent sexism Ambivalent sexism and gender equality Gender Discrimination in Interpersonal Interactions Discrimination in North America Laboratory research Real-life gender discrimination  gender-stereotyped remarks  demeaning comments and behaviors  sexual comments and behaviors Other forms of interpersonal gender discrimination Discrimination in Other Cultures Government participationInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 27 of 381 Heterosexism Heterosexism: a belief system that devalues lesbians, gay males, and bisexuals—or any group that is not exclusively heterosexual Sexual Prejudice: a negative attitude toward someone because of her or his sexual orientation Examples of Heterosexism Lack of family acceptance Verbal abuse Physical assault Institutional discrimination Factors Correlated with Heterosexism Men more negative than women More negative attitudes toward gay men than toward lesbians The Personal Consequences of Gender Stereotypes Gender Stereotypes and Cognitive Errors Social Cognitive Approach—stereotypes are belief systems that guide and simplify the way we process information Categorization Errors Exaggerating the Contrast Between Women and Men Gender polarization The Normative Male Making Biased Judgments about Females and Males Judgments fall back on stereotypes Attributions for success Memory for Personal Characteristics Gender-consistent and gender-inconsistent information Distraction and strong stereotypes Gender Stereotypes and Behavior Self-Fulfilling Prophecy Stereotype ThreatInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 28 of 381 Applying Gender Stereotypes to Ourselves Assessing Self-Concepts about Gender Bem Sex-Role Inventory (BSRI) Androgynous Problems with androgyny Internalizing Gender Stereotypes Variety of gender-related characteristics Social categories Social context Are Gender Stereotypes Personally Important? Conclusions About Applying Gender Stereotypes Flexible self-concepts about gender Views about gender-related characteristics Confronting your “-ISMS”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 29 of 381 CHAPTER 3 Infancy and Childhood Background on Gender Development Gender typing Prenatal period Infancy Prenatal Sex Development sex chromosomes Typical Prenatal Development Development of the internal reproductive system  Müllerian ducts  Wolffian ducts Development of the gonads Production of hormones  androgen  estrogen Development of the external genitals Atypical Prenatal Development  intersexed individual  congenital adrenal hyperplasia  androgen-insensitivity syndrome Important cultural questions People’s Responses to Infant Girls and Boys Parental Preferences About Sex of Children North America Cultural differences People’s Stereotypes About Infant Girls and Boys Parents’ ratings of newborn sons and daughters Strangers’ judgmentsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 30 of 381 Greeting cards Social constructionismInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 31 of 381 Theories of Gender Development The Social Learning Approach  Children are rewarded for “gender-appropriate” behavior, and they are punished for “gender-inappropriate” behavior  Children watch and imitate the behavior of other people of their own gender The Cognitive Developmental Approach  Children develop powerful gender schemas  Children use gender schemas to evaluate themselves, other people, and other things Gender schemas Gender identity General Comments about Theories of Gender Development Children’s behaviors are important Children’s thoughts are important Factors That Shape Gender Typing Parents Infants vs. Toddlers Gender-Typed Activities Chores Toys Discouraging “gender-inappropriate” activity Different messages to girls vs. boys Messages from male adults Conversations About Emotions Daughters vs. sons Different emotions discussed Attitudes About Aggression Research inconsistent Imitation Power dynamics Attitudes About Independence Individual Differences in Parents’ Gender Typing  parents vary widely  ethnicityInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 32 of 381  social class  nontraditional gender beliefsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 33 of 381 Peers Peer group Rejection of Nontraditional Behavior Gender Segregation entitlement Gender Prejudice  preference for own gender  verbal harassment  physical hostility Different Standards (for Girls and Boys)  attractiveness  prosocial behavior  physical aggression School Teachers’ Behavior  girls as invisible  provide boys with more positive feedback and attention Students’ Characteristics and Teachers’ Treatment  ignore girls of color  discourage girls’ assertiveness and responsibility  social class Encouraging Change in North American Schools  teacher training in gender and ethnic diversity  de-emphasize gender schemas  pay equal attention to girls  reduce inappropriate stereotypes about gender Gender and Education in Nonindustrialized Countries  schooling  literacy rates  employment  birth rates and infant mortality The Media Television and Videogames  frequency of exposure  gender stereotypesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 34 of 381  males more visible  males and females perform different activities  correlation between TV viewing and gender stereotyping  parental controls and involvement The Media (continued) Books  main characters  activities  stereotyped roles Children’s Knowledge About Gender Infants’ Basic Information about Gender Children’s Usage of Gender Labels Children’s Stereotypes About Activities and Occupations Reactions to “Gender Inconsistent” Activities Choosing Activities & Toys Gender Schemas & Occupations Children’s Stereotypes About Personality Factors Related to Children’s Gender Stereotypes  Sex of the Child  Ethnicity  Social Class  Family Views  Age of the Child  Flexibility  Individual DifferencesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 35 of 381 CHAPTER 4 Adolescence Introduction Terminology Puberty Adolescence Menarche Puberty and Menstruation Puberty Age of Onset Emotional Reactions Physical Changes secondary sex characteristics body fat Biological Aspects of the Menstrual Cycle Structures and Hormones Responsible for Menstruation. Hypothalamus Pituitary gland Hormones  Follicle-stimulating hormone  Luteinizing hormone  Estrogen  Progesterone Ovaries & ova Follicles Ovulation Uterus EndometriumInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 36 of 381 Biological Aspects of the Menstrual Cycle (continued) The Events in the Menstrual Cycle Brain structures, hormones, and internal reproductive organs are carefully coordinated to regulate the menstrual cycle according to a feedback loop. 1. In response to a low estrogen level, the hypothalamus signals the pituitary gland. 2. The pituitary gland responds by releasing follicle-stimulating hormone, which stimulates the follicles to become more mature and signals the ovaries to increase their production of estrogen and progesterone. 3. The increased level of estrogen stimulates the development of the endometrium. It also signals the pituitary gland to stop producing follicle-stimulating hormone. 4. The pituitary gland stops producing follicle-stimulating hormone and starts producing luteinizing hormone. 5. Luteinizing hormone usually suppresses growth in all follicles except one; therefore, only one egg typically reaches maturity. 6. The follicle then releases the ovum, or egg, on approximately the 14th day of the menstrual cycle, a process called ovulation. 7. The empty follicle matures into a round structure called the corpus luteum, which secretes progesterone and estrogen. The levels of both these hormones rise after ovulation. 8. The high level of progesterone inhibits the production of additional luteinizing hormone. As a result, the corpus luteum decomposes. 9. When the corpus luteum decomposes, the production of both progesterone and estrogen falls rapidly. With such low levels of hormones, the thicker endometrium can no longer be maintained. The endometrium is sloughed off, and it passes out of the vagina as menstrual flow. 10. The low level of estrogen signals the hypothalamus, causing a new cycle to begin. Menstrual Pain Dysmenorrhea Prostaglandins Anxiety TreatmentsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 37 of 381 The Controversial Premenstrual Syndrome Symptoms Controversy “raging hormones” or cultural myth? Mood Swings Research biases Hardie (1997) Hormonal factors Psychological factors Cultural factors Coping with Premenstrual Syndrome Positive Reactions to the Menstrual Cycle Chrisler and colleagues (1994) Menstrual Joy Questionnaire (Delaney et al., 1988) Cultural Attitudes Toward Menstruation Taboos Negative Attitudes Invisibility Advertisements Self-Concept and Identity During Adolescence Identity Self-esteem Body image & physical attractiveness Feminist identity Cultural identity Transgender identity Self-Esteem  Self-Esteem  Gender Comparisons  Meta-Analysis  Gender Comparisons Across the Lifespan  Ethnicity  Social ClassInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 38 of 381 Body Image and Physical Attractiveness  Physical Attractiveness  Eating Disorders  Media  Women of Color  Physical Appearance vs. Athletic Competence Feminist Identity  Feminism  Feminist Social Identity  Factors Associated with Feminist Beliefs Cultural Identity  Cultural Identity  Ethnic Identity  White-as-Normative Attitudes  Religious Identity  Complex Identities Transgender Identity  Transgendered Person  Crossing Category Boundaries  The Surgery Question Education and Career Planning Young Women’s Experiences in Middle School and High School Sexual Harassment Ethnic and Social-Class Discrimination Academic Aspirations Early Experiences in Math and Science Subtle Biases Different Expectations for Male and Female Students Male Peers Feelings of Incompetence Despite High Performance Parents Innovative ProgramsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 39 of 381 Gender Issues in Higher Education Demographics The Academic Environment in Higher Education Chilly classroom climate Women of Color and Higher Education Barriers Financial issues Special programs Career Aspirations 1. Adolescent males and females have equivalent aspirations about entering prestigious careers. 2. Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to choose careers that are nontraditional for their gender. 3. Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to report that they have been effective in gathering information about their future careers. 4. When considering their future careers, adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to emphasize the importance of marriage and children. Personal Characteristics Parents’ Backgrounds Interpersonal Relationships During Adolescence Family Relationships Adolescents and Their Parents Family as Strong Basis of Identification Discussing Emotions Gender Issues Friendships Intimacy Loyalty & Trust Intimate Conversation Conflicts—between doing what is best for themselves or doing something for another personInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 40 of 381 Romantic Relationships Heterosexual Relationships Media Research  Individual differences  Duration  Characteristics of romantic partners  Decisions about sexual behavior Lesbian Relationships Media Research Peers Support groups Early attractions Questioning Coming out Self-imageInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 41 of 381 CHAPTER 5 Gender Comparisons in Cognitive Abilities and Attitudes About Achievement Background on Gender Comparisons Cautions About Research on Gender Comparisons 1. Biased samples can influence results. 2. People’s expectations can influence results. 3. If we measure some ability, and then we create one graph for the scores of males and another graph for the scores of females, the two distributions of scores will overlap substantially. 4. Researchers seldom find gender differences in all situations. 5. The cognitive gender differences are not large enough to have a major influence on a person’s career choice. The Meta-Analysis Approach to Summarizing Multiple Studies Box-Score Approach (counting approach) Meta-Analysis effect size, d Cognitive Abilities Cognitive Abilities That Show No Consistent Gender Differences General Intelligence Complex Cognitive Tasks Memory Ability Lists of Words Memory for Events Nonverbal MaterialInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 42 of 381 Verbal Ability General Verbal Ability  vocabulary  gender similarities in spelling, word association, reading comprehension, learning a second language  verbal fluency  writing ability  meta-analysis  SAT Reading Disabilities objective vs. subjective classification Mathematics Ability General Mathematics Ability Grades in Mathematics Courses The SAT validity Spatial Ability Spatial Visualization embedded-figure test learning map information Spatial Perception water-level test Mental Rotation instructions individual differences Explaining the Gender Comparisons Biological Explanations 1. Genetic explanations 2. Hormonal explanations 3. Brain organization explanations lateralization Experience as an Explanation 1. Different experiences with mathematics and spatial activities outside school 2. Parents and teachers may provide different experiences for males and femalesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 43 of 381 3. Lack of positive images & role modelsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 44 of 381 Explaining the Gender Comparisons (continued) Attitudes as an Explanation 1. Parents’ and teachers’ attitudes and children’s self-confidence 2. Boys perceive themselves as more competent in math than girls do, even though boys may actually receive lower grades 3. Students believe that math, computers, and science are associated with males 4. Stereotype threat Attitudes About Achievement Achievement Motivation Stories about Drawings Intrinsic Motivation Confidence in Your Own Achievement and Ability Level of Self-Confidence 1. Type of Setting 2. Type of Task 3. Personal Characteristics of the Individual Self-Confidence and Evaluation Provided by Others  Women’s self-confidence is influenced by both positive and negative comments from other people; men’s self-confidence is less likely to change based on comments from other people.  Women are more likely than men to use the information from other people’s evaluations in assessing their own performance, even when the evaluations are not accurate. Personal Definitions of Success Attributions for Your Own Success Gender Similarities Most Common Factors Influencing Attributions for Success 1. Type of Setting 2. Type of Task 3. Age of the IndividualInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 45 of 381 CHAPTER 6 Gender Comparisons in Social and Personality Characteristics Introduction Theoretical Background Social Constructionist Approach: We construct or invent our own versions of reality, based on prior experiences, social interactions, and beliefs. Social-Setting Factors Related to Size of Gender Differences in Social and Personality Characteristics 1. Gender differences are usually largest when other people are present. 2. Gender differences are generally largest when gender is prominent and other shared roles are minimized. 3. Gender differences are usually largest when the behavior requires specific gender-related skills. Communication Patterns Verbal Communication Talkativeness Interruptions Status Language Style The Content of LanguageInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 46 of 381 Nonverbal Communication Personal Space Body Posture Visual Gaze Facial Expression Smiling Anger Decoding Ability Facial Expressions Vocal Cues Potential Explanations for Gender Differences in Communication Power and Social Status Explanations Social Learning Explanations Conclusions Characteristics Related to Helping and Caring Altruism Hypothetical scenarios Heroism Social-role explanation Nurturance Who finds babies interesting and engaging? Operational definitions Empathy 1. Females and males are equally empathic when the operational definition requires physiological measures. 2. Females and males are equally empathic when the operational definition requires nonverbal measures. 3. Females are more empathic than males when the operational definition is based on self-report. Moral Judgments About Social Relationships Theoretical Background Carol Gilligan vs. Lawrence Kohlberg Justice approach Care approach Differences perspectiveInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 47 of 381 Similarities perspective Subsequent Research SummaryInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 48 of 381 Attitudes About Social Justice General Social Survey Friendship The Nature of Girls’ and Boys’ Same-Gender Friendships Individuals Groups Self-disclosure The Nature of Women’s and Men’s Same-Gender Friendships What friends do Intimacy & self-disclosure Qualities important for a close, intimate friendship How Women and Men Help Their Friends Characteristics Related to Aggression and Power Gender and Aggression: The Social Constructionist Perspective The Language of Aggression Cultural Constructions of Aggression Comparing Physical Aggression with Relational Aggression Physical Aggression Relational Aggression Preschoolers Other Factors Related to Gender and Aggression 1. Gender differences are relatively large when measuring spontaneous aggression. 2. Gender differences are relatively large when the individuals know each other. The Myth of the Nonaggressive Female 1. If women see themselves as weak and nonaggressive, some of them may believe that they cannot defend themselves against men’s aggression. 2. Some people associate competitiveness with aggression, so women may sometimes be denied access to professions that value competition. 3. Aggressiveness may be seen as normal for males, so some men may choose not to inhibit their aggressive tendencies.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 49 of 381 Leadership Interest in Leadership Leadership Style Transformational style of leadership Transactional style of leadership Leadership Effectiveness Gender of leader Gender of rater Gender-consistent roles Persuasion Who is more persuasive? Gender and assertiveness Nonverbal behavior Double bind for womenInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 50 of 381 CHAPTER 7 Women and Work Background Factors Related to Women’s Employment Terminology Working Women Employed women Nonemployed women Employment Rates General Information About Employed Women Education Children Ethnicity Immigrant Women Women, Welfare, and TANF AFDC & TANF Education Poverty Discrimination in Hiring Patterns Access Discrimination When Does Access Discrimination Operate? 1. Employers who have strong gender-role stereotypes are more likely to demonstrate access discrimination. 2. Access discrimination is particularly likely to operate when the applicant’s qualifications are ambiguous. 3. Employers often discriminate against women candidates who are assertive, rather than feminine. 4. Access discrimination is particularly likely to operate when women apply for a prestigious position. 5. Access discrimination often operates for both women and men when they apply for “gender-inappropriate” jobs.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 51 of 381 Discrimination in Hiring Patterns (continued) How Does Access Discrimination Operate? 1. Employers may have negative stereotypes about women’s abilities. 2. Employers may assume that the candidate must have certain stereotypically masculine characteristics to succeed on the job. 3. Employers may pay attention to inappropriate characteristics when female candidates are being interviewed. Gender-role spillover What Is Affirmative Action? Affirmative action Reverse discrimination Discrimination in the Workplace Treatment Discrimination Discrimination in Salaries Gender Gap in Salaries  Overall  Ethnicity  Education  Different jobs  Other variables  Other countries Comparable Worth Occupational segregation Reactions to Lower Salaries Entitlement Anger Denial of personal disadvantage Discrimination in Promotions Glass Ceiling Labyrinth Metaphor Sticky Floor Glass EscalatorInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 52 of 381 Other Kinds of Treatment Discrimination Negative Evaluation Sexual Harassment Negative Gender-Related Comments Other Negative Interactions Exclusion from Informal Social Interactions Lack of Mentoring Discrimination Against Lesbians in the Workplace Heterosexism Hiring & Firing Pros & Cons of Coming Out at Work What To Do About Treatment Discrimination Individuals 1. Women should be aware of the conditions in which stereotypes are least likely to operate, for example, when the job applicant’s qualifications are clear-cut rather than ambiguous. Find work you enjoy. Then develop skills and experiences that are especially relevant to your occupation, so that you are clearly well qualified. Know your legal rights. 2. Join relevant organizations, use the Internet, and make connections with other supportive people. 3. Locate a woman who has achieved success in your profession; ask whether she can serve as a mentor. Organizations 1. Understand affirmative action policies and take them seriously; make sure that women are represented in the pool of candidates for hiring and promotion. Develop guidelines within the organization. 2. Appoint a task force to examine gender issues within the organization, and make it clear that the group’s recommendations will be valued and carried out. 3. Train managers so that they can evaluate candidates fairly, reducing gender stereotypes. Women’s Experiences in Selected Occupations Employment in Traditionally Female Occupations Employment Patterns Domestic WorkInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 53 of 381 Garment Work Sweatshops MaquiladorasInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 54 of 381 Employment in Traditionally Male, High-Prestige Professions Characteristics of Women in High-Prestige Professions  Academic experiences  Personal characteristics  Cognitive skills  Test scores & grades  Professional expectations, motivation  Fascination with the discipline  Work involvement  Self-confidence The Workplace Climate for Women in High-Prestige Professions  Chilly climate  Mentoring  Appearance  Self-confidence  Success  Patronizing treatment  Sexism Employment in Traditionally Male, Blue-Collar Jobs  Good Pay  Held to Stricter Standards  Sexual Harassment & Sexist Reactions  Sense of Pride  Satisfaction Why Are Women Scarce in Certain Occupations? Person-Centered Explanations  Individual approach Situation-Centered Explanations  Structural approach Coordinating Employment With Personal Life Marriage Dividing Household Responsibilities  Division of responsibility  Cultural background & ethnicityInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 55 of 381  Entitlement & denial of personal disadvantage Satisfaction with Marriage  Employment status  Housework Children Taking Care of Children  Mothers perform 60%-90% of child-care tasks in two-parent families  Benefits of fathers performing child care  Single mothers Maternal Employment and Children  Quality of child-care program  Age of the child  Economic background of family  Mother’s sensitivity to child’s needs  Cognitive development  Social behavior  Emotional closeness  Role models  Comprehensive child-care policies Personal Adjustment Role Strain Physical Health  Most employed women are healthier than nonemployed women  Women who have low-paying or unrewarding jobs, several children, and an unsupportive husband are more likely to have substantial health problems Mental Health  Happiness, self-concept, & independence  Multiple roles can provide a buffer effect  Self-esteem, sense of competence and accomplishment  Social class  Leisure gap  Acknowledging the reality of employed women and dual-earner familiesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 56 of 381Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 57 of 381 CHAPTER 8 Love Relationships Dating and Heterosexual Relationships The Ideal Romantic Partner North American Research Sexual partners  physical attractiveness Marriage partners  honesty  personality  intelligence Personal ads Do nice guys finish last? Cross-Cultural Research Cultural traditions Education Financial prospects Physical attractiveness Explanations for Gender Differences in Patterns of Preference Evolutionary-Psychology Approach  passing on genes to the next generation  men should prefer young, attractive, healthy-looking women  women should look for commitment Criticisms  not supported by the research  highly speculative  no genetic mechanism  same-gender relationships  both men and women are interested in long-term relationshipsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 58 of 381 Explanations for Gender Differences in Patterns of Preference (continued) The Social-Roles Approach  social roles and socialization explain preference patterns  culture does affect mate preferences  women’s limited financial opportunities are related to preference patterns Characteristics of Heterosexual Love Relationships Gender Comparisons  friendship  liking, commitment, satisfaction  sadness, depression, hurt, loneliness  trust, caring, honesty, respect  strategies for maintaining a romantic relationship Factors Related to Satisfaction with the Relationship  friendship  skill at expressing emotions  feminist romantic partners Breaking Up  men & women report similar negative emotions  women feel more joy and relief  picking up the signals  coping—blame, distractions Marriage and Divorce Expectations about getting married Average ages for first marriage Marriage rates and ethnicity Marital Satisfaction Satisfaction During Various Periods of Marriage  newlyweds  expectations  changes  conflict Gender Comparisons in Marital Satisfaction  women more likely to wish for changesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 59 of 381  women more sensitive to problems in relationship  gender similarities in marital satisfactionInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 60 of 381 Marital Satisfaction (continued) Characteristics of Happy, Stable Marriages 1. Emotional stability 2. Good communication skills and understanding 3. More positive comments and expressions of affection, rather than negative comments and responses 4. Strong conflict-resolution skills 5. Trust in the other person 6. Mutual support 7. Belief that each spouse is genuinely concerned about the other’s well-being 8. Flexibility 9. Equal sharing of household tasks 10. Equal sharing in decision making Explanatory patterns Happily married couples interpret their spouse’s actions in a more positive light than unhappily married couples. Distribution of Power in Marriages Traditional Marriage Egalitarian Marriage Marriage and Women of Color Latinas Machismo Marianismo Most Latina/o couples do not adopt these extremely traditional patterns. Black Women Economic differences Women as strong Egalitarian decision-making Asian American Women Role of ethnicity Conflict between traditional customs and contemporary gender roles Cultural influencesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 61 of 381 Divorce Cohabitation and Divorce Couples who live together before marriage are more likely to get divorced. Cohabitation does not necessarily cause divorce. The Decision to Divorce Wives initiate divorce more often than husbands do Reasons for divorce  physical or emotional abuse  infidelity  drug or alcohol abuse Psychological Effects of Divorce Transitions and separations Stress, depression, anger Positive feelings Financial Effects of Divorce  A woman’s financial situation is almost always worse following a divorce, especially if she has children  Many fathers fail to pay child support  Black mothers even more likely than White mothers to face financial problems Lesbians and Bisexual Women Lesbian Sexual minority Heterosexism The Psychological Adjustment of Lesbians  Homosexuality is not a mental disorder.  The average lesbian is as well adjusted as the average heterosexual woman.  In some studies, lesbians higher in self-sufficiency, self-confidence, and ease of decision making Hate Crimes  Depression, Anxiety, Substance Abuse Lesbians who accept their lesbian identity have higher self-esteem than those who have not accepted their lesbian identity. Community & FamilyInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 62 of 381 Characteristics of Lesbian Relationships The Beginning of a Relationship Dependability Personality Friendship Emotional intimacy Equality in Lesbian Relationships Equal decision making Housework Satisfaction Satisfaction similar to heterosexual couples and gay male couples Stronger relationship quality Fewer conflicts Relationship commitment Psychological intimacy Breaking Up Similar to heterosexual breakup pattern Same mix of emotions Fewer factors preventing breakup Less support for relationship Lack of support after breakup Lesbian Women of Color Triple Barrier Cultural Barriers Invisibility Community Support Legal Status of Lesbian Relationships Marriage Personal, Fairness, & Political Reasons Practical Reasons Countries & States Permitting Same-Gender MarriageInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 63 of 381 Bisexual Women Characteristics of Bisexual Women Flexible identity Adjustment & satisfaction Role of ethnicity Attitudes Toward Bisexual Women Rejection by both heterosexual and lesbian communities Violating categories The Fluidity of Female Sexual Orientation Traditional Model—unhappiness, questioning, identity Diamond’s Research—stable vs. fluid “Unlabeled” Women Theoretical Explanations About Sexual Orientation Questions about Heterosexuality Biological Explanations Lack of research with lesbian women Genetic factors Hormonal factors Brain structures Twin studies The Social Constructionist Approach  culture creates sexual categories  we use these categories to organize our thoughts about our sexuality  reject essentialist approach  constructing heterosexual identity  sexuality as fluid and flexible  reevaluating our lives  conscious choice for some women The Dynamical Systems Approach  sexual orientation may change over time  role of situations and interpretations  changes may not occur in a systematic, linear fashion  experiences fluid and complex Combining ApproachesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 64 of 381 Single Women Characteristics of Single Women  More likely to work outside the home  Choosing not to marry  Psychological distress, life span  Independence  Adjustment Attitudes Toward Single Women Singlism Advantages and Disadvantages of Being Single  Freedom & independence  Privacy  Self-knowledge  Loneliness  Social networks Single Women of Color  Little research  Unmarried-daughter role  Lack of appropriate partner  Supportive friendships & family  Pursue advanced educationInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 65 of 381 CHAPTER 9 Sexuality Background on Women’s Sexuality Theoretical Perspectives Biases Androcentric emphasis Heterosexist bias Biological framework Essentialism Social Constructionist Approach Female Sexual Anatomy  mons pubis  labia majora  labia minora  clitoral hood  clitoris  vagina Sexual Responses General Phases Masters & Johnson  excitement phase vasocongestion  plateau phase  orgasmic phase  resolution phase Gender Comparisons in Sexual Responses  similar phases  similar psychological reactions  men reach orgasm more quickly than womenInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 66 of 381  women do not consider “faster” to be “better”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 67 of 381 Sexual Desire Hormones Social Factors Cultural Factors Gender Differences Compared to women, men:  think about sex more frequently  masturbate more often  want sexual activities more frequently  initiate sexual activities more frequently  are more interested in sexual activities without a romantic commitment  prefer a greater number of sexual partners Explaining Gender Differences Physiology Concern about pregnancy Male-normative standards Different motives for sexual activity Attitudes and Knowledge About Sexuality Attitudes About Female and Male Sexuality Nonmarital Intercourse Men typically have more permissive attitudes than women do. Sexual Double Standard direct ratings vs. more subtle measures Cultural Differences Sexual Scripts Men as Initiators Women Resist or Comply Varying the Script Violating the Script Sexual assault & rapeInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 68 of 381 Sex Education Parents and Sex Education Mothers give “the talk” Certain topics never discussed Mixed messages Ethnic differences Schools and Sex Education “organ recital” “Abstinence Only Until Marriage” (AOUM) Programs  These programs do not decrease teenagers’ sexual activity.  These programs do not decrease the rate of STDs. Comprehensive Model  accurate information  values, attitudes, and emotions  strategies for making informed choices  contraceptives  Teenagers who participate in these comprehensive programs typically postpone sexual relationships until they are older and have a lower pregnancy rate, compared to those in the abstinence-only programs. Most parents agree with the comprehensive approach The Media and Sexual Information Magazines  narrowly defined sexual scripts  many images not very accurate  mixed messages Television  network vs. cable programming  Adolescents who watch many hours of TV shows with sexual content are less likely to believe that sexual intercourse can have negative consequences such as pregnancy or STDs.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 69 of 381 Sexual Behavior and Sexual Disorders Sexual Behavior in Heterosexual Adolescents Age at Puberty Self-Esteem Academic Performance Parent-Child Relationships Family Income Exposure to Sexually-Explicit Media Alcohol and Drug Use Ethnicity Peer Pressure hooking up Personal Values Negative First Experiences Coercion Sexual Behavior in Heterosexual Adults Problems with Surveys Meta-Analyses  men report greater number of sexual partners  masturbation more common for men Communication About Sexuality Uncomfortable Talking About Sex Ambivalent Messages Nonverbal Communication Consent Ambiguous Sexual Scenarios Women’s Sexual Assertiveness Sexual Self-Disclosure Lesbians and Sexuality Defining Sexual Activity Nongenital Physical Contact Genital Sexual Activity Communication Mapping Unknown TerritoryInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 70 of 381 Older Women and Sexuality Estrogen Frequency of Genital Sexual Activity Importance of Closeness and Intimacy Sexual Inactivity Cultural Expectations & Biases Sexual Disorders Low Sexual Desire Female Orgasmic Disorder How Gender Roles Contribute to Sexual Disorders 1. Many people believe that a man should be sexual and aggressive, whereas a woman doesn’t need to enjoy sexual activity. 2. Our culture emphasizes the length, strength, and endurance of a man’s penis. When a man focuses on these issues, he probably won’t think about how to make the interactions pleasurable for his partner. 3. Physical attractiveness is emphasized more for females than for males, so a woman may focus on her physical appearance, rather than on her own sexual pleasure. Self-objectification Therapy for Sexual Disorders Cognitive restructuring  change people’s inappropriately negative thoughts about some aspect of sexuality  reduce thoughts that interfere with sexual activity and pleasure Feminist approach  move beyond focus on biological aspects  incorporate gender equality, tenderness, emotional closeness, and communicationInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 71 of 381 Birth Control, Abortion, and Other Alternatives Adolescent Birth Rates & Abortion Rates Outcomes & Decisions Birth Control Methods  Abstinence  Tubal Ligation  Vasectomy  Oral Contraceptives  Condom  Diaphragm and Spermicidal Cream Withdrawal & Rhythm Methods—less than 80% effective Emergency Contraception: A New Option Hormone pills that prevent pregnancy Must be taken as soon as possible after intercourse Available without a prescription Who Uses Birth Control? Factors related to women’s birth control use: 1. Social Class 2. Ethnicity 3. Level of Education 4. Feminist Beliefs 5. Personality Characteristics Obstacles to Using Birth Control 1. Parents and educators often avoid discussing birth control with young people because they “don’t want to give them any ideas.” 2. Some young women cannot obtain contraceptive services, so they use less reliable forms of birth control. 3. Many young women have sexual intercourse without much planning. 4. People may not think rationally about the consequences of sexual activity. 5. Traditional women believe that if they were to obtain contraception, they would be admitting to themselves that they planned to have intercourse and are therefore not “nice girls.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 72 of 381 6. People often believe that birth control devices will interrupt the lovemaking mood, because they are not considered erotic or romantic. 7. Many young women are pressured to have sexual intercourse, often with a much older man.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 73 of 381 Contraception and Family Planning in Developing Countries Fertility Rates Female Literacy Family Planning Contraception Lack of Access to Family Planning Unwanted Pregnancies Abortion and Other Alternatives Before 1973 Roe v. Wade Abortion rates Safety Women’s Psychological Reactions to an Abortion Relief Negative feelings Individual differences No long-term effects Factors related to psychological adjustment  early abortion  self-efficacy  support Children Born to Women Who Were Denied Abortions  fewer friends  respond poorly to stress  marital difficulties  drug problems  work conflicts  trouble with legal system  mothers report negative emotions and lack of concern Alternatives to Abortion Adoption MotherhoodInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 74 of 381 CHAPTER 10 Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood Pregnancy The Biology of Pregnancy  Egg and sperm unite in fallopian tube  Fertilized egg travels down the fallopian tube into the uterus  Implantation or menstruation Placenta Prenatal Care Physical Reactions During Pregnancy  Weight Gain  Protruding Abdomen  Breast Tenderness  Frequent Urination  Fatigue  Nausea Individual Differences Interest in Sexual Activity Emotional Reactions During Pregnancy Positive Emotions  Wonder and awe  Social approval  Transition into adulthood  Sense of attachment  Anticipation Negative Emotions  Change  Fears and anxietiesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 75 of 381  Self-image & attractiveness  Health issues  Loss of identity Emotional Reactions During Pregnancy (continued) Factors Influencing a Woman’s Response to Pregnancy  physical reaction  planned pregnancy  relationship with baby’s father  economic status Miscarriage Stressful Events Attitudes Toward Pregnant Women  Situational Factors  Hostile and Benevolent Sexism  Maternity Clothes and Social Status Employment During Pregnancy  Ethnic, Class, and Cultural Differences  Combining Career and Children  Typical Work Patterns Employment during pregnancy does not endanger the health of the pregnant woman or the baby. Factors Related to Premature Delivery:  physically demanding job  night shift  prolonged standing without break Childbirth The Biology of Childbirth Three Stages of Labor Stage 1 (a few hours to at least a day)  contractions every 5 minutes  cervix becomes dilated to about 10 cm Stage 2 (a few minutes to several hours)  contractions and pushing move the baby farther down the vagina  painful contractionsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 76 of 381  baby is born Stage 3 (less than 20 minutes)  placenta separates from the uterine wall and is expelled  estrogen and progesterone levels drop Preterm Birth  risk of medical complications  education, weight, and ethnic factorsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 77 of 381 Cesarean Births Risks Convenience Social Factors Affecting the Childbirth Experience Nursing Care Cultural Expectations doula Emotional Reactions to Childbirth Wide Variation Intense Joy Reactions to Pain Fathers’ Reactions Alternative Approaches to Childbirth Natural Childbirth 1. Empathic health-care providers 2. Education about pregnancy and childbirth 3. Relaxation techniques and exercises designed to strengthen muscles 4. Controlled breathing and other focusing techniques 5. Social support throughout childbirth Emphasis on Informed Choices 1. Moving around during labor; position during delivery 2. Use of anesthetics 3. Artificially induced labor, Cesarean section, or natural birth Benefits  more positive attitudes  less anxiety  reduced pain  less medication required Mother’s wishes taken seriously Family and mother at the center of the experienceInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 78 of 381 Motherhood Stereotypes About Motherhood Contradictory messages of happy fulfillment, perfect mothering, and evil force The Reality of Motherhood Negative Factors 1. Child care is physically exhausting; sleep deprivation is also common. 2. Roughly 35% of infants in US are born to unmarried women; mothers may not have adequate income. 3. Fathers help much less with child rearing than mothers had expected. 4. For several weeks after childbirth, women report that they feel leaky and dirty, coping with after-birth discharges. They are also likely to feel pain in the vaginal area, the uterus, and the breasts. 5. New mothers seldom have training for the tasks of motherhood. 6. Babies cry much more than parents expect, and they do not smile until they are about 2 months old. 7. Mothers of newborns may have little contact with other adults. 8. The woman’s romantic partner may feel neglected. 9. Women feel disappointed in themselves because they do not match the standards of the ideal mother, the completely unselfish and perfect woman. 10. People frequently blame mothers—more than fathers—for most of the problems that infants and children develop. Infant mortality Death due to complications of pregnancy and childbirth Positive Factors  Sense of own strength  Interactions with their children  Look at world from new viewpoint  Develop new aspects of personality  When fathers participate and express admiration for their partners, marital satisfaction increasesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 79 of 381 Motherhood and Women of Color  More likely to be employed full time  Extended families provide stabilizing influence in Black and Latina/o cultures  Continuity of generations emphasized in many North American Indian cultures  Wide variation of customs across cultures Lesbian Mothers  Diversity of situations  Lesbian mothers and heterosexual mothers have similar parenting styles.  Lesbian mothers are more likely to engage in imaginative play with their children and less likely to spank them.  Adjustment of children raised in lesbian households is similar to that of children raised in heterosexual households.  Most children raised by lesbians are positive about their mothers’ relationships.  Custody and adoption Breast Feeding Education Age Ethnicity Social Support Health Benefits of Breast FeedingInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 80 of 381 Postpartum Disturbances Postpartum Period Postpartum Blues (baby blues)  short-lasting change in mood  usually occurs during first 10 days after childbirth  experienced by about half of new mothers  symptoms include crying, sadness, insomnia, irritability, anxiety, and lack of confidence Postpartum Depression  more intense and serious disorder  symptoms include extreme sadness, exhaustion, sleep disturbances, despair, lack of interest in enjoyable activities, loss of interest in the baby, feelings of guilt  begins to develop within 6 months after childbirth  may last for many months  affects about 10% to 15% of women who have given birth  similar to other kinds of depression Social factors  stress  economic status  social support No consistent relationship found between hormonal levels and postpartum disorders Employment Following Childbirth  Individual Differences  Length of maternity leave is not correlated with mental health measures except for women who consider their employment an important part of their identity.  Homemakers, women employed part time, and women employed full time have similar mental health measures one year after childbirth.  Maternity/Family Leave PoliciesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 81 of 381 Deciding Whether To Have Children Attitudes Toward Women Choosing Not to Have Children  compulsory motherhood  child-free women rated as lower than women with children on fulfillment, happiness and having a rewarding life  advice from friends and relatives  the number of children Advantages and Disadvantages of Being Child-Free Advantages of Being Child-Free: 1. Parenthood is an irrevocable decision. 2. Some couples are afraid that they will not be good parents. 3. Parenthood is extremely stressful. 4. Some couples realize that they don’t have the energy required to raise children. 5. Some couples realize that they genuinely do not enjoy children. 6. Some couples are reluctant to give up a satisfying and flexible lifestyle for a more child-centered orientation. 7. Children can interfere with educational and vocational plans. 8. Raising children can be extremely expensive. 9. People can spend time with other people’s children, even if they don’t have children of their own. 10. Some couples do not want to bring children into a world threatened by overpopulation, nuclear war, terrorism, and other serious global problems. Reasons for having children: 1. Parenthood offers a lifelong relationship of love, connection, nurturance, and social interactions with other human beings. 2. Parents have a unique chance to be responsible for someone’s education and training. 3. Parents can watch their children grow into socially responsible adults. 4. Parenthood is challenging. 5. Through parenting, people can fulfill their relationship with their spouse, and they can become a “family.” 6. Children can be a source of fun, pleasure, and pride.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 82 of 381 Infertility  10-15% of couples  Health and age factors  Fertile and infertile women do not differ in their marital satisfaction or self-esteem.  Many different reactions  Infertile women report higher levels of distress and anxiety.  Caught between hopefulness and mourning  Women of color, stereotypes, and racist health-care providers  Medical treatments and reproductive technologies  Many women manage to refocus their lives when infertility seems likely.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 83 of 381 CHAPTER 11 Women and Physical Health Introduction Why Study Women’s Health? Health Psychology Why Women’s Health Problems are Important 1. Gender makes a difference in the kinds of health problems that people experience. 2. Gender makes a difference in the way a disease is diagnosed, viewed, and treated. 3. Illness is an important part of many women’s experience. Chronic Health Problems The Health Care and Health Status of Women Biases Against Women 1. Women have often been neglected in medicine and in medical research. 2. Gender stereotypes are common in medicine. 3. Medical care provided to women is often inadequate or irresponsible. 4. Physician-patient communication patterns often make women feel relatively powerless. Gender Comparisons in Life Expectancy Small but consistent gender gap in life expectancy; women live longer Why do women live longer? Biological factors Social factors Environmental factors Health care Gender Comparisons in Overall Health Morbidity LongevityInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 84 of 381 Rape & Abuse Economic FactorsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 85 of 381 How Social Class Influences US Women’s Health Occupation, Income, Education Correlated with Life Expectancy and Morbidity Quality of Health Care Health Insurance Environmental Factors Poverty Psychological Factors Health Issues for Women in Developing Countries Lack of Access to Health Care  Women & girls less likely to receive medical care  Inadequate nutrition and health care dying during pregnancy or childbirth Female Genital Mutilation  Painful procedure  Health problems  Beliefs and controversy Cardiovascular Disease, Breast Cancer, and Other Specific Health Problems Cardiovascular Disease  Major cause of death for US women  Gender and ethnic differences in heart disease  Women may experience different symptoms than men  Women less likely than men to receive diagnostic testing or treatment  Behavior after a heart attack  Prevention Breast Cancer  Cultural emphasis  Incidence  Breast self-exam  Mammogram  Lumpectomy  Diagnosis and treatment  Reactions and coping Reproductive System Cancer and Hysterectomies  Cervical cancerInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 86 of 381  Pap smear test  Hysterectomy  Ovarian cancerInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 87 of 381 Other Specific Health Problems (continued) Osteoporosis  Bone density and fractures  Reducing the risk Women With Disabilities Background Information on Disability Studies Disability Ableism Disability Studies 21% of US women Variation “Temporarily abled” Living on the margins of the margins Education and Work Patterns of Women With Disabilities Barriers Education Employment Rates Workplace Barriers Economic Difficulties Disclosing an Invisible Disability Personal Relationships of Women With Disabilities Attractiveness Social World Love Relationships Sexuality Friendship AIDS and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases Background Information on AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome—AIDS Human Immunodeficiency Virus—HIV HIV and AIDS among Females Transmission Infection Rates in Women Ethnicity and AIDSInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 88 of 381 Medical Aspects of HIV and AIDS Symptom-free Period Symptoms Spreading HIV HIV Develops into AIDS Drug Therapies Psychological Aspects of HIV and AIDS CNS Damage and Psychological Problems Emotional Responses Insensitive Reactions from Doctors and Family Members Finding Support Preventing AIDS Denial of Personal Vulnerability Disclosing of HIV Status Sexual History your sexual partner & all of her/his sexual partners . . . Condoms sex-education programs attitudes and rationales interfering with condom use Power in Relationships Global Initiatives Culturally Sensitive AIDS Prevention Programs Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases HPV (human papillomavirus/genital warts) Cervical cancer Pap smear test Chlamydia Genital Herpes Gonorrhea SyphilisInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 89 of 381 Women and Substance Abuse Important Topic because: 1. The pattern of substance abuse is somewhat different for women and men. 2. Substance abuse is diagnosed differently in men and women. 3. Substance abuse frequently causes illness and death in women. Smoking  Largest preventable cause of death in the US  Lung Cancer  Other Health Consequences  Premature Death  Secondary Smoke  Addiction to Nicotine  Smoking Rates  Ethnicity  Reasons for Smoking  Cigarette Ads Alcohol Abuse Problems Caused by Alcohol Health problems for the drinker Fetal alcohol syndrome Indirect effects Gender and Alcohol Alcohol consumption Gender differences in the body’s reaction to alcohol Binge drinking Treatment Abuse of Other Substances Prescription Medicines Illegal Drugs Gender differences Education Ethnicity Lack of gender-specific treatment programsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 90 of 381Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 91 of 381 CHAPTER 12 Women and Psychological Disorders Introduction Terminology psychological disorders antisocial personality disorder incidence of psychological disorders Depression Major Depressive Disorder Gender differences in adults are substantial across ethnic groups and crossculturally. Characteristics of Depression 1. Emotional symptoms: feeling sad, gloomy, tearful, apathetic, irritable, and unable to experience pleasure. 2. Cognitive symptoms: depressed thoughts interfere with normal functioning, trouble concentrating and making decisions, remember negative information more accurately than positive information. 3. Physical symptoms: illnesses such as headaches, dizzy spells, fatigue, indigestion, and generalized pain. Some people gain weight, but other people lose weight. 4. Behavioral symptoms: decreased ability to do ordinary tasks, decreased productivity at work, neglected personal appearance, decreased social interactions, and sleep problems. Many depressed individuals attempt suicide. Major Depression vs. “Sadness” Personality Characteristics  self-esteem  gender typing  controlInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 92 of 381 Explanations for the Gender Difference in Depression In the United States and Canada, women are two to three times more likely than men to experience depression during their lifetime. Factors No Longer Considered Relevant Biological factors Gender Differences in Seeking Therapy  Women are somewhat more likely than men to seek therapy.  Studies of the general population still find a higher incidence of depression in women than in men. Diagnostic Biases in Therapists  Overdiagnosis of women  Underdiagnosis and misdiagnosis of men General Discrimination Against Women  General discrimination  Discrimination in the workplace Abuse and Violence Rape Poverty Housework Emphasis on Physical Appearance Women’s Relationships  Self-sacrifice  Others’ problems Rumination Responses to depression Ruminative style Distracting style Conclusions About Gender and Depression  Addressing societal inequities  Individual psychological problems occur in a social contextInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 93 of 381 Body Weight and Eating Disorders Many women are preoccupied with body weight. People emphasize body weight much more when they judge women than when they judge men. The Culture of Thinness  The tendency for many North American females to be concerned that they are overweight, even if their weight is appropriate.  Media emphasis on weight consciousness, slenderness, and dieting in women; seeing these images influences women’s view of their own bodies. Objectified Body Consciousness and Body Dissatisfaction Objectified body consciousness: tendency to view self as an object to be looked at and judged by other people Emphasis on physical appearance can contribute to eating disorders and depression. Focus on superficial characteristics means less time for meaningful interactions with other people, social justice issues, world problems. Women of Color and Body Dissatisfaction White women somewhat more dissatisfied with their bodies than Black women Black, Latina, and Asian American women similar in body dissatisfaction Discrimination Against Overweight Girls and Women Comments Employment Children’s friendships Fat studies Body Weight and Dieting  Up to 65% of the adult population in the United States may be “overweight.”  Diet and Health Risks  Weight Loss  Reasonable Recommendations: acceptance, avoid further weight gain, exercise moderatelyInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 94 of 381 Eating Disorders Continuum of Body-Image Problems Anorexia Nervosa  extreme fear of becoming obese  refusal to maintain an adequate body weight (85% of expected)  disordered body image Prevalence Onset & development Medical consequences  amenorrhea  heart, lung, kidney, and gastrointestinal disorders  osteoporosis  death  difficult to treat Bulimia Nervosa  maintain normal body weight  frequent episodes of binge eating  inappropriate methods to prevent weight gain (vomiting, laxatives, excessive dieting or exercise)  depression  low self-esteem  obsessed about food, eating, and physical appearance Prevalence Difficult to recognize Medical consequences  gastrointestinal, heart, liver, metabolism, and menstrual-cycle problems  difficult to treat Binge-Eating Disorder  frequent episodes of binge eating  feelings of lack of control  not followed by use of inappropriate methods to compensate for binges  typically overweight  depression  low self-esteemInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 95 of 381 Prevalence Gender ratio less skewedInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 96 of 381 Eating Disorders (continued) Summary/Review of Body Weight and Eating Disorders 1. People who are overweight may try to lose weight, usually without long-term success. 2. People with anorexia try to lose weight, and they succeed, sometimes with fatal consequences. 3. People with bulimia fluctuate between gorging and dieting; their weight is usually normal, but their eating habits produce numerous other problems. 4. People with binge-eating disorder have frequent episodes of eating large amounts of food; they are typically overweight. Treating Psychological Disorders in Women Anxiety Disorders Panic disorder Psychotherapy Pharmacotherapy Psychotherapy and Sexism Gender and Misdiagnosis  over- and under-diagnosis  over-reliance on the DSM The Treatment of Women in Therapy  inappropriate treatment  stereotypes  discriminatory behavior  blaming the victim Sexual Relationships Between Therapists and Clients  ethical violation  not in best interest of the client  violation of trust  misuse of power Psychotherapy With Lesbian and Bisexual Women Recognize and Eliminate Sexual Prejudice Value Relationships Equally Therapists must not try to change a person’s sexual orientation. Awareness of Relevant ResearchInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 97 of 381 Community ResourcesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 98 of 381 Psychotherapy and Social Class Insurance and Mental Health Care Pharmacotherapy vs. Psychotherapy Classism Myth of Meritocracy Psychotherapy With Women of Color Sensitivity to ethnic-group differences in values and beliefs Microaggressions People of color not as likely as European Americans to use mental health services 1. Reluctance to recognize that help is necessary 2. Language and economic barriers 3. Concern about discussing personal problems with therapists, especially White therapists 4. Belief that psychological disorders could heal without therapy 5. Preference for other culturally specific interventions Lack of therapists of color and therapists fluent in languages other than English Latinas  gender roles  refugee issues Black Women  stress  discrimination  myths about Black women  problems for women who emigrate from Africa and the Caribbean Asian American Women  refugee issues  language barriers  individual differences  traditional perspectives  reluctance to use mental health services  need for culturally sensitive techniques Native AmericansInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 99 of 381  alcoholism  depression  unemployment and poverty  racist governmental programs  need for Native American therapists and community involvement Psychotherapy With Women of Color (continued) General Strategies for Therapy with Women of Color 1. Search the client’s history for strengths and skills that can facilitate the counseling process. 2. Learn about the history, experiences, religion, family dynamics, and cultural values of the client’s ethnic group, and attend conference sessions on multiculturalism. 3. Understand that each ethnic category includes many subgroups that can differ substantially from one another. 4. Do not claim that you are “color blind”; it’s impossible to avoid seeing a person’s ethnic characteristics. 5. Show empathy, caring, respect, and appreciation for your client. 6. Be aware that some immigrants and some people of color might want to become more acculturated into the European American mainstream, but others want to connect more strongly with their own culture. 7. Communicate to the client that racism may have played a significant role in her life, and try to determine how the client has responded to this racism. 8. Hire bilingual staff members and paraprofessionals from the relevant ethnic communities; enlist other community professionals—such as schoolteachers—who can help to identify relevant problems in the community. Traditional Therapies and Women Psychodynamic Approach  Psychodynamic therapy  Free-association  Therapist as expert  Therapist interprets patient’s thoughts  Male as norm for humans  Mother blaming Modern redefinitions of Freudian conceptsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 100 of 381 Pharmacotherapy Some medications are prescribed inappropriately. Can be an important component of treating serious psychological disorders Careful selection and monitoring of medication required Any client with a disorder serious enough to be treated with medication should also receive psychotherapy.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 101 of 381 Traditional Therapies and Women (continued) Cognitive-Behavioral Approach Psychological problems arise from inappropriate thinking and inappropriate learning. Modify behaviors Restructure thought patterns Help client to consider alternative viewpoints Effective in treating depression, anxiety, and eating disorders Feminist Therapy Nonsexist Therapy  Women and men should be treated similarly.  Therapists must interact with female and male clients in an unbiased fashion.  Therapists should be familiar with research on the psychology of women and the pervasiveness of sexism in our society. Feminist Therapy Three Components: 1. Clients should be treated in a nonsexist fashion. 2. Therapists must emphasize women’s strengths, especially because women are frequently devalued in our culture. 3. The distribution of power between the client and the therapist should be as equal as possible. Five ways feminist therapy emphasizes women’s strengths: 1. Feminist therapists believe that women are typically less powerful than men in our culture. Women have many strengths. Their major problems are not personal deficiencies but societal ones, such as sexism, racism, and classism. 2. Women and men should have equal power in their family and other social relationships; therapists must help clients gain more power. 3. Society should be changed to be less sexist; therapists should not encourage women to adjust to a sexist society by being quieter and more obedient. 4. We must work to change and improve those institutions that devalue women, including governmental organizations, the justice system, educational systems, and the structure of the family.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 102 of 381 5. We also need to address other important inequalities, which are based on factors such as ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, social class, and disabilities; gender is not the only important inequality.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 103 of 381 Feminist Therapy (continued) Balancing Power in Feminist Therapy 1. Whenever possible, the therapist should try to enhance the client’s power in the therapeutic relationship. 2. The therapist must encourage clients to become more selfconfident and independent and to develop appropriate skills to help themselves. 3. The therapist believes and demonstrates that the clients—rather than the therapist—are their own best experts on themselves. 4. When appropriate, feminist therapists may share information about their own life experiences, reducing the power discrepancy. However, a therapist’s primary tasks are listening and thinking, not talking. Encourage clients to analyze their psychological problems and develop their personal strengths Improve psychological well-beingInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 104 of 381 CHAPTER 13 Violence Against Women Introduction Similarities Among Sexual Harassment, Rape, & Abuse  All involve some form of violence—either physical or emotional  Men typically possess more power than women; all represent a tragic exaggeration of traditional gender roles.  Men have a sense of entitlement to certain “privileges.”  Women are left feeling even less powerful after the violence.  Legal procedures are often embarrassing and humiliating, invading a woman’s privacy even further; the acts of violence encourage women to become more silent and more invisible.  People often blame the victim. Sexual Harassment Sexual Harassment Quid Pro Quo Harassment Hostile Environment Harassment Examples Why Is Sexual Harassment an Important Issue? 1. Sexual harassment emphasizes that men typically have more power than women in our society. 2. Sexual demands are often coercive because women are offered economic or academic advantages if they comply, but harmful consequences if they say no. 3. Sexual harassment dehumanizes women and treats them in a sexist fashion; women are seen primarily as sexual beings rather than as intelligent and competent employees or students. 4. Women are often forced to be silent, because they are afraid, and yet they need to continue either in the workplace or at school.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 105 of 381 5. If sexual harassment occurs in a public setting, without condemnation from supervisors, many onlookers will conclude that sexist behavior is acceptable.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 106 of 381 How Often Does Sexual Harassment Occur? College Campuses Workplace Military Cross-Culturally Women’s Reactions to Being Sexually Harassed Effects on Employment and Education Emotional Responses Self-Confidence Friends’ Reactions What To Do About Sexual Harassment Individual Action 1. Become familiar with your campus’s policy on sexual harassment, and know which officials are responsible for complaints. 2. If a professor’s behavior seems questionable, discuss the situation objectively with someone you trust. 3. If the problem persists, consider telling the harasser that his sexual harassment makes you feel uncomfortable. Many harassment policies cannot be legally applied unless the harasser has been informed (in writing) that the behavior is unwanted. 4. Keep records of all occurrences—including specific dates and times— and keep copies of all correspondence. 5. If the problem persists, report it to the appropriate officials on campus. An institution that takes no action is responsible if another act of harassment occurs after an incident is reported. 6. Join a feminist group on campus, or help to start one. A strong support group can encourage real empowerment, reduce the chances that other students will experience sexual harassment, and help to change campus policy on this important issue. How Men Can Help  Avoid behaviors that might be perceived as sexual harassment  Speak up when you see sexual harassmentInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 107 of 381 What To Do About Sexual Harassment (continued) Society’s Response to the Harassment Problem  Institutional commitment to change  Develop clear policies about sexual harassment; publicize the policies; hold training programs  Work to change public opinion  Change the uneven distribution of power that encourages sexual harassment Sexual Assault and Rape Sexual Assault Rape Acquaintance rape is more frequent than stranger rape. Marital Rape Rape as a Weapon of War How Often Does Rape Occur? Definitions Lack of Reporting 15-30% of U.S and Canadian women have been raped. Acquaintance Rape  85% of rape survivors knew the man who raped them.  50% to 55% of women will experience some form of sexual assault from an acquaintance.  Reluctance to describe the situation as rape  Role of miscommunication and misinterpretation The Role of Alcohol and Drugs  Role of alcohol  Rohypnol and other “date rape drugs” Women’s Reactions to Rape Short-Term Adjustment Emotional response Friends’ reactions Physical problems Reporting decisions Long-Term AdjustmentInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 108 of 381 Ongoing physical and emotional problems Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) PsychotherapyInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 109 of 381 Fear of Rape All women suffer because of the threat of rape. Fear of rape controls women’s behavior and restricts what they can do. The Public’s Attitudes About Rape Blaming the Victim Legal System Gender Roles Gender Differences Circumstances Surrounding the Assault Myths About Rape Myth 1: Rapists are strangers— that is, people unknown to the victim. Myth 2: Women ask to be raped; they could avoid rape if they wanted to. Myth 3: Women lie about being raped. Myth 4: Pornography has no effect on men’s likelihood to rape. Child Sexual Abuse Child Sexual Abuse “trusted” adults Incest Immediate and Long-term Consequences The Recovered-Memory/False-Memory Controversy The Prevention of Sexual Assault and Rape Individuals’ Prevention of Rape by Strangers Precautions—an unjust situation Fighting back Training in self-defense Individuals’ Prevention of Acquaintance Rape Avoid sexist and domineering men Dating safety precautions Communication AssertivenessInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 110 of 381 The Prevention of Sexual Assault and Rape (continued) Society’s Prevention of Rape 1. Professionals who work with children and adolescents must be alert for evidence of sexual abuse. 2. Hospitals and medical providers should be sensitive to the emotional and physical needs of girls and women who have been assaulted. 3. Laws must be reformed so that the legal process is less stressful, less likely to blame the victim, and more supportive of the victim. 4. Education about rape needs to be improved, beginning in middle school. Rape-prevention programs must emphasize that men can control their sexual impulses and that women are must not be blamed for rape. 5. Men’s groups must become more involved in rape prevention. 6. Violence must be less glorified in the media. 7. Rape crisis centers need to receive more funding, so that they can provide much more extensive education in our communities. 8. Ultimately, our society must direct more attention toward the needs of women. The Abuse of Women Abuse of Women Intimate Partner Violence How Often Does the Abuse of Women Occur?  Between 20 and 35% of women in the United States and Canada will experience abuse during their lifetime (1-3 million women each year).  Between 30 and 55% of women treated in US emergency departments have injuries related to domestic violence.  Male abuse of girlfriends occurs from elementary school through high school and college; includes both physical and emotional abuse. Cross-Cultural Evidence War and Natural Disaster Entitlement Women’s Reactions to Abuse Emotional Reactions Physical Health Problems Characteristics Related to Abusive Relationships Family Variables Associated with AbuseInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 111 of 381 Social class Ethnicity Cultural differencesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 112 of 381 Characteristics Related to Abusive Relationships (continued) Personal Characteristics of Male Abusers Entitlement Traditional gender roles Situational factors Alcohol The Public’s Attitudes About the Abuse of Women Media’s Positive Informative Role Gender Differences Cross-Cultural Research Myths About the Abuse of Women Myth 1: Abuse is rare. Myth 2: Men experience as much abuse as women. Myth 3: Abuse is limited to the lower social classes. Myth 4: Abuse is much more common among ethnic minority groups than among European Americans. Myth 5: Abused women deserve to be beaten and humiliated. Myth 6: Abused women could easily leave, if they really wanted to. Reducing Intimate Partner Violence Therapy Services for Abused Women Shelters Deciding to Leave a Relationship Crisis point Children Society’s Response to the Problem of Abuse  Government policies should be consistent in addressing the problem.  High schools and colleges should require anti-violence programs that address sexual assault and family violence.  Community organizations should take on the problem of abuse.  Medical organizations should continue their progress in increasing awareness of the issue of abuse of women.  Individual men can make a difference.  World-wide awareness needs to increase.  The power imbalance in relationships reflects the power imbalance in our society.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 113 of 381  We must work toward a world in which violence is not directed at women as a group in order to keep them powerless.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 114 of 381 CHAPTER 14 Women and Older Adulthood Attitudes Toward Older Women Ageism Older Women and the Media Older Women on Television Magazines Older women can be biased against people their own age. The Double Standard of Aging Do people judge elderly women more harshly than elderly men? Personality Characteristics  positive and negative stereotypes  generosity and friendliness  willingness to interact with the target  intelligence, memory skills, other characteristics related to competence Potential as a Romantic Partner  Older women are more critical than older men about how their aging bodies look.  film industry—Older men are featured more often as romantic leads than older women.  People react negatively when one partner is much older than the other in a lesbian relationship.  Aging women are often considered to be undesirable sex partners. Cross-Cultural Views of Older Women  Useful alternative models  In many cultures, a woman’s power increases as she grows older.  Elderly women show little memory decline in cultures with positive attitudes toward elderly people.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 115 of 381  Changes brought by modernizationInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 116 of 381 Older Women, Retirement, and Financial Problems Planning for Retirement  Reasons for Retiring  Women are less likely than men to seek information about retirement benefits before they retire. Adjusting to Retirement  Individual Differences  Most of the research suggests that women experience more retirement problems than men.  Financial Problems  Housework  Professional Identity  Adjustment depends on reasons for retirement.  Significant Life Events Financial Issues  Poverty  Pension Plans  Elderly women in the US have much lower incomes than men do.  US women receive lower Social Security benefits than men do.  More than half of Black and Latina elderly women are living in poverty.  Women in the US are less likely than men to have private pension plans, though there are no gender differences in Canada. Other reasons women have lower incomes than men during old age: 1. Many middle-aged women have unexpected layoffs—without a source of income. 2. Women are not compensated for their unpaid work in the home. 3. Many women are either divorced or widowed; as a result, they have limited financial resources. For widows, the husband’s health-care expenses may have depleted the family finances. 4. Women live longer. Compared to men, their total savings must be spread across a greater number of years. 5. Women are more likely to have chronic illnesses, and the expense of treatment and medications further decreases their usable income.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 117 of 381 Menopause Physical Changes During Menopause  hot flashes  heavy perspiration  sleep disruption  osteoporosis  vaginal changes  headaches  urinary symptoms  fatigue Why Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT) Is No Longer Common Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT)  estrogen plus progestin  relieves some of the physical symptoms of menopause Women’s Health Initiative (2002) recommended that women should stop taking hormone-replacement medication  HRT increases the risk of heart attacks, strokes, and blood clots  HRT increases the risk of breast cancer Follow-Up Research Alternatives  eat nutritious food  exercise appropriately Contemporary Attitudes Toward Menopause Menopause as Taboo Subject Menopause Presented as Chronic Illness Raging Hormones Worst-Case Scenarios Negative Attitudes About Menopausal Women Women’s Psychological Reactions to Menopause  Some women report depression, irritability, and mood swings; however, we have no evidence that normal menopause—by itself— causes these symptoms.  Most women do not report major negative psychological reactions to menopause.  Positive Reactions to MenopauseInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 118 of 381  Ethnic Group Comparisons  Cross-Cultural ComparisonsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 119 of 381 Social Relationships in Older Women’s Lives Family Relationships Older Women as Daughters  sandwich generation  Daughters are more likely than sons to become caretakers for an elderly parent who is in poor health.  stress  negative and positive aspects Older Women as Mothers  empty nest Older Women as Grandmothers  stereotypes  realities The Death of an Intimate Partner and Coping with Bereavement The death of a spouse is usually one of the most traumatic and stressful events of married, heterosexual women’s lives. Women more likely to become widows than men are to become widowers.  women live longer  women typically marry men older than themselves  women are less likely to remarry Bereavement Lesbian Bereavement Individual Differences Older Women of Color Individual Differences Financial Difficulties Extended Families Latina Women child-care responsibilities Black Women opposing stereotypes Asian American Women diverse situations Native American and First Nation WomenInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 120 of 381 grandmother roleInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 121 of 381 Satisfaction With Life  Most middle-aged and elderly women are reasonably satisfied with their lives.  Paradox of Well-Being  Coping with Negative Emotions  Enjoyable Activities  Successful Aging Rewriting Our Life Stories New Challenges Regrets, Choices, and Changes Role of Society and Government Final WordsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 122 of 381 CHAPTER 15 Moving Onward . . . The Future of the Discipline of the Psychology of Women Women’s lives have improved considerably in some areas, yet the progress is often slow. The Increasing Number of Women in Psychology  Women earn 73% of all psychology PhD degrees in the United States.  Women constitute 70% of the full-time students in psychology PhD programs in Canada.  The current gender ratio for psychology faculty members still favors males. Increasing the Multicultural Research in Psychology of Women The psychology of women has typically focused on educated, heterosexual, nondisabled, middle-class European American females. Studying Other Populations Group-Comparisons Approach  keeps European American women at the center  often selects topics in which the ethnic group is suspected to be deficient  seldom explores areas in which people of color successfully negotiate a problem Women of Color and the Feminist Movement Latina/o Feminists  History  Chicana/o Movement  Questioning traditional roles  Often misinterpreted as a threat to the political unity of the Chicana/o movementInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 123 of 381 Black Feminists  Many Black women do not feel connected with feminism.  Some Black women engage in feminist activities, but do not label themselves feminists. Asian American Feminists  Cultural expectations of passivity  Introducing women’s issues in terms of the specific needs of particular women  Regional differences, depending on ethnic group Feminism as a part of social justice for all. The Men’s Movement Men’s Studies  gender roles  sexism  ethnic diversity  maladaptive behaviors Profeminist Approaches  support feminism, and want to eliminate destructive aspects of gender, such as gender stereotypes, gender inequalities, and gender-related violence  emphasize that strict gender roles can hurt both men and women  believe that men must actively work toward gender equality throughout their lifetime  committed to an enhancement of men’s capacity to experience their full human potential NOMAS SPSMM, Division 51  examine how gender can constrict men’s lives, limiting their full potential  committed to supporting women, sexual minorities, and people of color  emphasize that both men and women function best and have the richest relationships if they can move beyond the traditional definitions of gender roles Allies Organizing Public ActionsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 124 of 381 Mythopoetic Approaches  Modern men should use myths, storytelling, and poetry to develop their own well-being and spiritual growth.  All-male gatherings  Goal is for the men to work through their psychological difficulties and focus on male role models  Predominantly middle-class, middle-aged European American heterosexual men Religious Approaches  Men should take back their roles as head of the household so that they can become leaders in their family, church, and community.  Women should accept the role of being followers.  Promise Keepers  Essentialism Current Trends in Feminism Women’s Studies Courses in North America  NWSA estimates about 650 official Women’s Studies programs in the US  Students gain a new perspective from Women’s Studies courses.  Women of color comment that their Women’s Studies courses help them understand both gender and ethnicity issues.  Women and men enrolled in Women’s Studies courses are significantly more likely than similar students (enrolled in other courses) to develop a nontraditional attitude toward gender roles and a strong feminist identity after taking the course.  Women and men equally likely to benefit from these Women’s Studies courses.  Women’s studies courses enhance self-confidence and a sense of control over one’s life.  Students emphasize that their Women’s Studies courses encourage critical thinking. Women’s Studies in Women’s PrisonsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 125 of 381 The Women’s Movement in North America 1830s--The Antislavery Movement Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton August 26, 1920—US Women Win the Right to Vote The Second Wave of the Women’s Movement 1960s Civil Rights and Antiwar Movements National Action Committee on the Status of Women (NAC) National Organization for Women (NOW) Diversity of Women’s Issues Ecofeminism Communities and Organizations Wide Range of Viewpoints Backlash and Misinformation The Women’s Movement Worldwide The Right to Vote Women Heads of State Individual Women National legislatures Grassroots Activism The Global Fund for Women People in the rest of the world are suffering to make North American lives more comfortable or more entertaining. TraffickingInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 126 of 381 Helping to Change the Future: Becoming an Activist  Subscribe to a feminist magazine, such as Ms. Magazine or Canadian Woman Studies/Les cahiers de la femme. It will inform you about political activities that you may want to support, and the articles will keep you thinking about feminist issues.  Visit a website on feminist activism such as http://www.feminist.com/ activism/ and find a topic that matches your interests. Then speak out and become involved!  Talk with friends and relatives about feminist issues. If someone makes a sexist or a racist remark, don’t join in the laughter. Even better, respond with a comment such as, “That’s not funny—it hurts women.”  Serve as a mentor to a girl or a younger woman.  Give gifts that provide information about girls and women.  Help fight negative representations of women.  Be a “critical consumer” when you read or listen to reports about women in the media.  Join a women’s group on campus or in your community—or help to start one. Work with the group to make certain that diversity issues are an integral part of your mission.  Organize an event that focuses on a feminist issue, such as sexual violence on your own college campus. Remember:  No one individual can tackle all the problems that women face.  Change does not happen overnight.  “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.” (Margaret Mead)Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 127 of 381 TEST BANK CHAPTER 1 Introduction Page 3 1-1. According to your text, a course in the psychology of women *a. explores psychological issues of specific concern to women. b. demonstrates that women really are different from men. c. illustrates that women from different ethnic groups are impressively similar to one another. d. discovers evidence to show that women no longer experience gender discrimination. Page 3 1-2. According to the information at the beginning of Chapter 1, a. women in countries such as Afghanistan are actually treated in a less biased fashion than women in the United States and Canada. b. topics such as pregnancy and rape are now a standard part of introductory psychology textbooks. *c. psychologists have typically focused on men’s experiences when they study topics such as achievement and retirement. d. women in the United States and Canada consistently earn higher salaries than men if we consider jobs that are traditionally female. Page 3 1-3. Your textbook contrasts two similar terms, sex and gender. Which of the following research topics involves the study of sex, rather than gender? a. What do adults think are ideal characteristics for young girls and boys? *b. How many weeks after conception do the external genitals of boys and girls develop? c. Do people believe that females should be helped more than males? d. Do young children rate adult women as being more nurturant than adult men?Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 128 of 381 Page 3 1-4. Dr. Chen has conducted a study about whether men and women differ in their honesty when taking an examination. According to your textbook’s discussion of the terms sex and gender, a. the title should be “Sex Comparisons in Honesty.” *b. the title should be “Gender Comparisons in Honesty.” c. if Dr. Chen finds differences between men and women, call it “Sex Comparisons in Honesty.” Otherwise, call it “Gender Comparisons in Honesty.” d. because the terms sex and gender are interchangeable, either title is acceptable. Page 3 1-5. Which of the following statements is correct about the distinction between the words sex and gender? a. Gender refers to biologically based categories, which are either male or female. b. Sex refers only to sexual activity, and therefore the term sex chromosomes is not an appropriate phrase. *c. Gender refers to social categories and psychological characteristics. d. The terms sex and gender are so distinctive that they are rarely confused with each other in the professional literature. Page 3 1-6. Your textbook discusses the difference between the words sex and gender. Which of the following differences is correct? a. Gender refers to animals, whereas sex refers to humans. b. Gender refers to children, whereas sex refers to adolescents and adults. c. Gender is a narrower term than sex. *d. Gender refers to psychological characteristics, whereas sex emphasizes biological characteristics. Page 4 1-7. Which of the following students has the best understanding of the term, “doing gender”? a. Alexei: “The phrase ‘doing gender’ refers to the process of conducting psychological research about gender comparisons.” b. Irina: “The phrase ‘doing gender’ refers to a specific kind of historical analysis, which explores how women have been left out of the standard accounts of history.” *c. Sarah: “When people convey gender-related messages to each other—for instance, by the way they smile—they are ‘doing gender.’” d. Peter: “When people work for gender equality—for instance, in the workplace— they are ‘doing gender.’”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 129 of 381 Page 4 1-8. According to your textbook, the phrase “doing gender” means *a. expressing our own gender, as well as responding to other people on the basis of their gender. b. conscientiously using the words sex and gender in an appropriate fashion. c. doing research that emphasizes gender similarities rather than gender differences. d. trying to be gender-fair in situations that would normally encourage gender-based discrimination. Page 4 1-9. Suppose that you are trying to explain the phrase “doing gender” to a high school student. Which of the following statements would be most accurate? a. “Men are more likely than women to ‘do gender.’” *b. “When a female student meets a male student, she may smile and act very interested in him; this is an example of ‘doing gender.’” c. “‘Doing gender’ is a phrase that applies to our perception of other people, rather than how we ourselves act.” d. “The ability to ‘do gender’ is programmed into our genetic makeup, and our culture has little influence on the way we ‘do gender.’” Page 4 1-10. Which of the following is an example of sexism? *a. Your next-door neighbor is saving money for his son to go to college, but he doesn’t think that females should pursue higher education. b. A television interviewer addresses a man as “Samuel Munson,” and she addresses a woman as “Cynthia Harper.” c. A fabric store hires a man to measure and cut fabric. d. A company has an unwritten policy that they will not hire elderly people. Page 4 1-11. Which of the following statements about sexism is correct? a. Women cannot be sexist. *b. People are sexist when they are biased against men, as well as when they are biased against women. c. If a researcher discovers that men score higher than women on a particular test, he or she would be sexist to publish these findings, even if the report is objective. d. The terms feminist and sexist can be used interchangeably. Page 4 1-12. A sexist person would be most likely to believe that a. men—as well as women—can be feminists. b. women and men should be paid the same. *c. female high-school students should not be permitted to play football. d. gender similarities are more common than gender differences.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 130 of 381 Page 4 1-13. Which of the following examples best illustrates racism? a. Counselors who advise young Black women to be clerical workers, but young Black men to go into business *b. People who assume that most young Native Americans are alcoholics c. Parents of a White college student who encourage their daughter to take courses about race relations d. Black high school teachers who encourage Black students to apply to colleges where the majority of students are Black, as well as colleges where the majority are White Pages 4-5 1-14. Chris is respectful toward his female professors, but he often speaks rudely to the female secretaries at his college. Chris is most clearly demonstrating a. ableism. b. ageism. c. sexism. *d. classism. Pages 4-5 1-15. Cynthia is very polite to the principal at her daughter’s school, but she is rude to the cleaning staff at this school. Cynthia is most clearly demonstrating a. ableism. b. ageism. *c. classism. d. sexism. Page 5 1-16. According to your textbook, the word heterosexism refers to a. a bias against individuals who are heterosexual. *b. a bias against individuals who are lesbian, gay, or bisexual. c. a greater bias against lesbians than against gay males. d. a positive attitude toward all intimate relationships, whether they are heterosexual or lesbian, gay, or bisexual. Page 5 1-17. Alicia doesn’t seem to be concerned about a woman who just broke up with her lesbian partner, though she is very concerned about a woman who just broke up with her male partner. Alicia is most clearly demonstrating a. sexism. b. classism. *c. heterosexism. d. cultural feminism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 131 of 381 Page 5 1-18. According to your textbook’s discussion of the ageism, this term a. means that gender differences increase as people grow older. b. is limited to biases against elderly adults. c. is limited to biases against adolescents. *d. is typically aimed at elderly adults, but it actually means biases based on a person’s age. Pages 4-5 1-19. Which of the following students best describes the role of social biases in the psychology of women? a. Rickey: “The psychology of women examines how sexism influences women’s lives; other biases are relatively unimportant.” b. Meisha: “Studies of either racism or sexism provide important information about the psychology of women, but the combined effects of racism and sexism are rarely discussed.” c. Keshav: “Although other social biases are sometimes mentioned, sexism and heterosexism are actually the only important issues for researchers in the psychology of women.” *d. Andrew: “Understanding the psychology of women requires an examination of a number of social biases including sexism, racism, classism, heterosexism, and ageism.” Page 5 1-20. A feminist is a person who believes that a. there are large gender differences, in terms of psychological characteristics. *b. women’s ideas and women’s experiences should be valued. c. women should be granted more privileges and authority than men. d. gender is much more important than race, as a psychological characteristic. Page 5 1-21. According to the definition given in your textbook, a. a feminist is someone who believes that women should have privileges that are denied to men. b. men cannot be feminists. *c. a feminist has a high regard for women and believes that both genders should be treated similarly. d. the research shows that people who refuse to call themselves feminists are highly unlikely to believe in the principles of feminism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 132 of 381 Page 6 1-22. Polly believes that feminist goals can be best achieved by passing laws to guarantee women equal educational and workplace opportunities. Polly represents which approach to feminism? a. cultural feminism *b. liberal feminism c. radical feminism d. women-of-color feminism Page 6 1-23. Mayra and her feminist friends believe that having more women in world government positions will decrease the incidence of wars because of women’s more peaceful nature. Mayra represents which approach to feminism? *a. Cultural feminism b. Women-of-color feminism c. Liberal feminism d. Radical feminism Page 6 1-24. Andrea works at a local women’s shelter and believes that eliminating violence against women requires major changes in society. Andrea most likely would be considered a a. cultural feminist. b. liberal feminist. c. women-of-color feminist. *d. radical feminist. Page 6 1-25. A student who calls herself a “women-of-color feminist” is most likely to say, *a. “A Black woman with a disability has a different kind of life than a White woman with a disability.” b. “To understand the experiences of women of color, we must first think about White women’s experiences, and then make careful adjustments.” c. “A Black woman’s experiences are very similar to a Latina woman’s experiences.” d. “Feminists from all ethnic groups have almost identical ideas about how to improve the treatment of women.” Page 8 1-26. According to the similarities perspective on gender, *a. men and women are quite similar to one another. b. men are quite similar to one another, but women are quite different from one another. c. men are quite different from one another, and women are quite similar to one another. d. men are quite different from one another, and women are quite different from one another; however, we construct similarities within each gender.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 133 of 381 Page 8 1-27. Suppose that you hear a lecture about gender, and the speaker emphasizes how each culture creates its own set of ideas about gender. Thus, our current conceptions about gender are not inevitable. Based on this information, which of the following approaches is the speaker most likely to support? *a. Social constructionism b. The differences perspective c. Cultural feminism d. Essentialism Page 8 1-28. Suppose that a professor is giving a lecture on aging. She says she will approach her topic from a social constructionist standpoint. This means that she is likely to emphasize that *a. our ideas about elderly people are often shaped by myths and stereotypes, rather than by objective observation of elderly people. b. the behavior of elderly people is largely determined by biological processes. c. the only way we can know about elderly people is by conducting research using well-controlled experimental methods. d. we should take a practical viewpoint, applying our knowledge to construct helpful programs for elderly people. Page 9 1-29. A feminist psychologist who emphasizes the differences perspective on gender is likely to a. emphasize constructionist explanations. b. point out the importance of stereotypes in shaping gender-related behavior. c. point out that social forces are responsible for the current gender differences. *d. emphasize the importance of positive personality attributes that are typically associated with women, rather than men. Page 9 1-30. Several years ago, the wife of a prominent politician argued that women are naturally attracted to taking care of the home and the family, rather than achieving in the world of work. Which of the following terms describes this viewpoint? a. Social constructionism *b. Essentialism c. Liberal feminism d. Radical feminismInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 134 of 381 Page 9 1-31. Suppose that you hear a lecture in which the female speaker says, “I will be exploring this topic from an essentialist perspective. Which of the following sentences would you be most likely to hear? *a. “Women have one characteristic in common with one another: a concern about the well-being of children.” b. “Gender differences may be large in the workplace but small in personal interactions.” c. “In the Western hemisphere, people have a view of gender that is very different from the view in the Eastern hemisphere.” d. “Gender differences are so small that they essentially have no practical significance.” Page 10 1-32. The discussion of the early origins of the psychology of women pointed out that a. the discipline advanced rapidly because of people’s commitment to learning correct information about gender. b. several strongly supportive male psychologists helped to nurture this growing discipline. *c. much of the early research on gender was influenced by biases that women were less competent than men. d. this research, in general, was remarkably free of sexist research strategies and conclusions. Page 10 1-33. The psychologist Helen Thompson Woolley is known for a. her early studies of the menstrual cycle. b. her investigations of specific brain areas and intelligence. *c. her research showing similar intellectual abilities in men and women. d. being the first woman to receive a PhD in psychology. Page 10 1-34. Early studies of gender comparisons in psychology a. were all conducted by male researchers. *b. included research on the menstrual cycle. c. established that men had superior mathematical abilities. d. primarily focused on gender differences in nonverbal communication.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 135 of 381 Page 10 1-35. Which statement is correct about the field of psychology of women? a. A strong interest in the psychology of women developed between the 1920s and 1960s. b. Despite political interest in women, research on the topic of psychology of women did not increase until about 1985. *c. The interest in psychology of women was partly stimulated by the interest in feminism on college campuses. d. From the very beginning, researchers appreciated that the issue of gender was extremely complex. Page 10 1-36. During the 1970s, a. books on the psychology of women were actually less available than they had been in the 1960s. *b. researchers began to investigate many new questions about the psychology of women. c. researchers realized that the issue of gender was really much more straightforward than they had previously realized. d. most psychologists realized that women had difficulties because their situations were at fault. Page 11 1-37. Research on women in the 1970s often explained the small number of women in some occupations by saying that the problem could be traced to a. the situation, rather than women themselves. *b. women’s lack of assertiveness and fear of success. c. sexism within corporations, universities, and other institutions. d. social constructionism, with respect to women’s ability and motivation. Page 11 1-38. The current approach to the psychology of women is more likely than the approach during the 1970s to emphasize that a. the similarities among women are much greater than the differences between them. b. gender differences in salary can best be explained by women’s lack of selfconfidence. c. the most important distinction among people is gender; other factors such as social class and ethnic background are relatively unimportant. *d. gender is an extremely complex topic.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 136 of 381 Page 12 1-39. Currently, the research on the psychology of women a. seems to be declining gradually. b. is mostly confined to psychology journals. *c. is highly interdisciplinary in nature. d. tends to focus on discovering ethnic differences. Page 12 1-40. Which of the following statements is the best summary of the current status of research in the psychology of women? *a. One reason that research in psychology of women is challenging is that women’s and men’s lives today are different than they were in previous decades. b. Because so little research has been conducted, we cannot draw firm conclusions about most aspects of women’s lives. c. Because so much research has been conducted, we can almost always draw firm conclusions about women’s lives. d. Almost all of the information we know about women in the current era is identical to what we knew a decade ago. Page 13 1-41. Which of the following examples does not illustrate the term “White privilege,” as discussed by Peggy McIntosh? a. White people can go to a bookstore and count on finding the writing of their race represented. b. White people who take jobs with affirmative action employers do not need to worry about co-workers suspecting that they got their job because of their race. c. A White person’s body shape, hair style, or body odor are not generally seen as a reflection on their race. *d. White people may not feel safe walking in primarily Black neighborhoods in locations with low crime rates. Page 13 1-42. Which of the following students has the most accurate summary of the “White-as normative” concept? a. Sam: “The most effective research on ethnicity has been inspired by noticing how other ethnic groups differ from the White majority.” b. Cynthia: “When researchers acknowledge the ‘White-as-normative’ concept, they appreciate that all other ethnic groups are similar to each other, but quite different from the White majority.” *c. Scott: “The ‘White-as-normative’ idea means that White is considered to be the standard in our culture to which other ethnic groups are compared.” d. Midori: “According to the ‘White-as-normative’ concept, all other ethnic groups should try to maintain their own customs and beliefs.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 137 of 381 Page 13 1-43. According to the concept of “White as normative,” *a. White people often do not think that they belong to an ethnic group. b. Black people frequently compare themselves with White people. c. Asian people are more likely than White people to graduate from college. d. people from non-White ethnic groups think that “all White people look the same.” Pages 14-16 1-44. The discussion of Latinas and Latinos in your textbook points out that *a. this ethnic group is currently the second largest in the United States. b. Mexican Americans believe that the terms Chicana and Chicano are very racist because these terms reject a connection with their Mexican heritage. c. the term Hispanic should be the preferred term, especially because it emphasizes the proud historical associations that Hispanic people have with Spain. d. the various Latina and Latino groups around North America share very similar values and cultural customs. Pages 14-16 1-45. According to your textbook’s discussion, Latinas and Latinos in the United States *a. are currently the second largest ethnic group; European American people constitute the largest ethnic group. b. are more likely to be Puerto Rican than Mexican. c. are highly similar to one another, compared to White people. d. typically have little in common except for a family history of speaking Spanish. Page 16 1-46. According to the current information about ethnic groups, a. Blacks are currently the second largest ethnic group in the United States; European Americans constitute the largest ethnic group. b. Blacks are likely to have arrived in the United States more recently than people in all other ethnic groups. *c. there is a larger number of well-documented examples of racism for Blacks than for other ethnic groups. d. there is much greater salary discrimination for Blacks than for other ethnic groups. Page 16 1-47. According to your textbook’s discussion of the terms Black and African American, the term Black is generally considered to be a. a racist term. *b. a more inclusive, welcoming term. c. a more specific term. d. an outdated, old-fashioned term.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 138 of 381 Page 17 1-48. According to the discussion about Asian American women, a. Asian American women rarely experience discrimination. b. Asian American women consistently earn higher salaries than European American women. c. Asian American women are actually less likely than European American women to earn a college degree. *d. many Asian American women face stressful employment conditions, and they also experience ethnic stereotypes. Page 17 1-49. According to the discussion of Asian American women in Chapter 1, *a. Asian American women living in the United States are more likely than European American women to have completed a bachelor’s degree. b. almost all employed Asian American women have professional careers. c. Asian American women are more likely than European American women to be perceived as natural leaders. d. Although Asian Americans come to the United States from many different cultures, they are highly similar in terms of education and employment patterns. Page 17 1-50. An important characteristic of Native American and First Nations individuals is that a. their tribal languages are actually very similar to one another. *b. they share a history of being invaded by North Americans who have European backgrounds. c. young people generally have little conflict with older relatives, regarding life decisions. d. the variability within any tribal group is very small. Pages 15-18 1-51. According to your textbook’s discussion of women of color, *a. the United States currently has more Latina/o residents than Black residents. b. people who have recently immigrated to the United States from South America usually prefer to be called Chicanas or Chicanos. c. most Black people in the United States report that they have never experienced racism. d. because Asian Americans are considered the “ideal minority group,” they seldom experience stereotyping based on their ethnic group.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 139 of 381 Page 18 1-52. The text’s discussion of ethnic groups indicates that a. members of any particular ethnic group generally share a large number of psychological characteristics. b. Asian Americans experience little discrimination. c. Native Americans may differ in geographic origin and history, but they all tend to share the same set of values. *d. there is considerable variability within any ethnic group. Page 18 1-53. Which of the following students’ statements about ethnicity is correct? a. Jayne: “White men are more visible in the media than White women; however, Black women are more visible than Black men.” b. Tareesha: “In general, Native Americans and Canadian First Nations people show less variability than do Asian Americans.” c. Jim: “At present, the United States has more Black residents than Hispanic residents.” *d. Oleg: “When reading research findings about women of color, we need to remember that each ethnic group actually consists of many smaller subgroups.” Page 18 1-54. The research shows that biracial individuals *a. sometimes have an advantage because they can connect with more than one ethnic community. b. typically feel rejected by all ethnic communities. c. are considered to be White, even if one parent is from a non-White ethnic background. d. have been studied more than any ethnic group other than Blacks. Page 18 1-55. The concept called “intersectionality” means that a. a person’s ethnic background is considered more important than his or her gender. b. young adults must choose the dimension that is most important to them, for example, whether gender is more important than social class or sexual orientation. *c. people belong to many social categories, so a low-income Black woman may have different experiences from a low-income White woman. d. people from only one ethnic category are more likely than biracial people to experience intersectionality.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 140 of 381 Page 19 1-56. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the discussion about US-centered nationalism? a. Eric: “According to this concept, the United States is more likely than other countries to be very careful in its foreign policy.” *b. Samantha: “People who approve of US-centered nationalism are likely to believe that the United States can make decisions involving another country, but this other country cannot make decisions involving the United States.” c. Raquel: “We should elect politicians who believe in US-centered nationalism, because this perspective is especially likely to promote world peace.” d. Mark: “Fortunately, most US residents are aware that other countries in the world should have the same rights that the United States has.” Page 19 1-57. Which of the following concepts is most similar to the concept of US-centered nationalism? *a. the “White-as-normative” concept b. liberal feminism c. the gender similarities position d. gender as a subject variable Page 22 1-58. Biases can influence research during the stage in which the hypothesis is formulated because *a. researchers may formulate their hypothesis using previous research that is actually unrelated to the idea they want to study. b. this is the stage in which the interpretation of the data can be biased. c. researcher expectancy is particularly likely to operate during this stage. d. the formulation stage occurs at the end of the research process, when all these biases are especially powerful. Page 22 1-59. What is an operational definition? a. an objective method of defining precisely what the distribution of power between women and men should be b. a well-defined way of assuring that males and females are randomly selected from a population *c. a description of exactly how a variable in a study will be measured d. the protocol used for operations on newborns with ambiguous genitalsInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 141 of 381 Page 22 1-60. Your textbook discussed research methods in the area of psychology of women. According to this discussion, the term “operational definition” describes a. instructions about how to operate the appropriate equipment that will be used in the study. *b. how researchers measure the relevant variables. c. specifications about the kinds of people who will participate in the study. d. the specific methods that will be used to recruit participants. Page 22 1-61. Operational definitions a. tell a surgeon precisely how to perform an operation on abnormal external genitals. *b. may be important in determining the outcome of a study. c. specify why the media prefer studies about gender differences, rather than studies about gender similarities. d. are typically specified after the study has been completed. Page 22 1-62. Suppose you read in a popular magazine that college males and college females were asked to rate themselves in terms of how much they help their friends who have problems. The average score for the females was higher than the average score for the males. What would you conclude? a. Females are more helpful than males, at least in helping their friends. b. Other people think that females are more helpful than males. c. Researcher expectancy was undoubtedly responsible for the gender difference. *d. Females report that they help their friends to a greater extent than males report that they help their friends; however, males and females may not differ in their actual helpful behaviors. Pages 22-23 1-63. Suppose that you are looking at your nephew’s high-school psychology textbook, and it says that males are more aggressive than females. What would you conclude? *a. You would question the operational definition of aggression that the researchers had used. b. You would be fairly confident that the results could not be explained by confounding variables. c. You would be suspicious that the textbook writers focused on the studies that showed gender similarities, rather than those that showed gender differences. d. You would know that the researchers had tested people from at least two ethnic groups.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 142 of 381 Page 23 1-64. Which of the following statements describes a problem in conducting research about the psychology of women? a. Researchers study women more often than men. *b. Psychologists typically do not conduct research with people who are economically poor or with people of color. c. Psychologists have paid too much attention to research topics relevant to women (e.g., pregnancy) and too little attention to research topics relevant to men (e.g., aggression). d. Most people are not especially interested in gender as a variable. Page 23 1-65. According to the discussion of research methods, the gender of the researcher who will conduct a study is especially important because a. male researchers are more likely than female researchers to have biases against the female participants in the study. b. males are more likely than females to read too quickly through the instructions in the study. *c. the participants may respond differently to a male researcher, compared to a female researcher. d. male researchers are more likely than female researchers to have a graduate degree in psychology. Page 23 1-66. Suppose that a researcher wants to see which gender is most helpful, men or women. The researcher parks a car with a flat tire on a road and tallies the number of men and women who stop to help. What would be an example of one confounding variable in this study? *a. The men are more likely than women to be familiar with fixing a flat tire. b. The gender of the participants cannot be accurately determined. c. The operational definition of helping has not been specified with precision. d. The results probably depend upon the amount of traffic that passes by. Page 23 1-67. Suppose that a research group wants to see whether a new educational program has an effect on children’s bias against children of the other gender. In this study, the experimental group takes part in an educational program about gender, and the control group takes part in a different educational program. Which of the following factors—if true—would most likely be the confounding variable? a. All of the children in both conditions are European American. *b. The children in the gender-program condition are about one year older than the children in the control condition. c. No teacher has ever discussed any gender-related issues with the class. d. The children all live in the suburbs of Chicago.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 143 of 381 Page 23 1-68. Imagine that a group of researchers want to determine whether there are gender differences in people’s definition of an ideal friend. They distributed an identical questionnaire to females in 2010 and to males in 2011. Which of the following would be a confounding variable in this study? a. the gender of the participants b. the items on the questionnaire c. the operational definition of “friend” *d. the year in which the questionnaire was distributed Page 23 1-69. A psychologist wants to compare heterosexual women with lesbian women with respect to the length of time a love relationship lasts. She decides to compare 100 heterosexual women who are married with 100 lesbians who are currently in a love relationship. Without knowing anything more about this study, what might you suspect to be an important confounding variable? a. The dependent variable is not clearly specified. *b. The heterosexual women are in a legally “sanctioned” relationship, whereas the lesbian women are not. c. The study includes no male participants. d. It is difficult to recruit participants for a study like this. Page 24 1-70. How might researcher expectancy be important in research studying whether women prefer a new method of childbirth preparation to a standard method of childbirth preparation? a. Women tend to prefer a change in procedure, rather than a method that is regarded as old-fashioned. b. The public may expect an established method to be more effective. *c. The researchers’ enthusiasm about the new method may influence the women’s responses. d. The researcher may expect that the new method will create greater individual differences in reactions to childbirth. Page 24 1-71. Researcher expectancy is a problem because a. researchers are much more likely to expect gender differences in cognitive ability than gender differences in social behavior. *b. researchers’ stereotypes may influence the way that the participants respond. c. it reduces the probability of finding results that have practical significance. d. it reduces the number of confounding variables.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 144 of 381 Page 24 1-72. Which of the following statements is correct regarding expectancy effects in research on the psychology of women? a. In most cases, careful precautions can make researchers unaware of the gender of the participants, so that researcher expectancy is less likely to operate. b. Although researchers’ expectancies may influence the results, the participants’ expectancies generally have little impact on the results. c. Because most of the research in psychology involves people reporting their reactions to something, participants’ expectancies usually cannot influence the results. *d. Because the researchers have grown up in a stereotyped society, their ratings of males and females may not be objective. Page 24 1-73. Suppose that you read about a study in which the results are statistically significant. You would conclude that a. a group of statisticians inspected the results and concluded that the study had been carefully conducted. b. the differences are likely to have important consequences, outside the research laboratory. c. the results did not appear to have any confounding variables. *d. the differences between the groups probably did not occur just by chance. Pages 24-25 1-74. Suppose that you are reading a newspaper article claiming that men and women differ significantly on a new test of creativity. As you read more closely, you realize that the males’ average was 101, one point higher than the females’ average of 100. What would you conclude? a. The results probably did not really reach statistical significance. *b. The results probably have little practical significance. c. The study probably tested a small number of males and females. d. The results can be generalized to people living in other geographic regions. Pages 24-25 1-75. Suppose that you read a study in which 5,000 male workers and 5,000 female workers are asked about the number of days of work they missed last year. Imagine that males miss an average of 7.2 days and females miss an average of 7.3 days, and the difference is statistically significant. What would be an important criticism of this study? a. Statistical significance is not important when we are considering such large sample sizes. *b. The difference probably has no practical significance. c. The sample was probably not large enough. d. The study was probably very carefully conducted, because those two means are so similar.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 145 of 381 Pages 24-25 1-76. Suppose that some researchers are writing up the results of their study, and they are reporting their interpretation of the data from an experiment. At this stage, they are likely to introduce bias if they *a. discuss only statistical significance and ignore practical significance. b. are influenced by researcher expectancy. c. emphasize practical significance far more than statistical significance. d. try to eliminate confounding variables. Page 25 1-77. Imagine that you are reading about a study that showed a positive correlation between the number of math courses that college women had completed in high school and their grades in a college course in statistics. You can safely conclude that a. their previous experience with math courses probably prepared them for the statistics course. *b. students who completed an above-average number of high school math courses are likely to earn an above-average grade in a college statistics course. c. students who are smart enough to complete many math courses in high school are likely to be smart enough to good grades in a college statistics course. d. students who develop good study habits in high school are likely to use those same study habits in college. Page 26 1-78. Which statement is correct regarding how bias can be introduced when research findings are communicated? *a. Gender similarities tend to be underrepresented in publications. b. Journal editors usually prefer to publish studies that demonstrate gender similarities on a particular characteristic. c. The popular press and introductory psychology textbooks typically prefer to emphasize studies in which women perform better than men. d. The popular media usually emphasize social constructionism. Page 26 1-79. According to your textbook, a research project should be called “gender comparisons in mathematical ability,” instead of “gender differences in mathematical ability.” The reason for this preference is that the title “gender comparisons” a. implies that the researchers have eliminated all possible confounding variables. b. implies that the researchers favor cultural feminism, rather than liberal feminism. *c. focuses on both differences and similarities. d. focuses on essentialism rather than on social constructionism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 146 of 381 Page 26 1-80. Suppose you have just conducted a study about the psychological characteristics of males and females. If you want to report these findings, which term would be most preferable in your title? *a. Gender comparisons b. Sex comparisons c. Gender differences d. Sex differences Page 26 1-81. According to Chapter 1 of your textbook, newspapers and magazines often provide a distorted version of the research on gender. Which of the following statements is correct regarding this issue? *a. The media may imply that research conducted on animals can easily be generalized to humans. b. The media rely too much on research, and not enough on women’s personal stories. c. The media usually represent gender differences as being smaller than they actually are. d. The media emphasize practical significance more than they emphasize statistical significance. Page 27 1-82. Imagine that you are reading a popular news magazine, and you discover a headline that says, “Large sex differences found in math test scores.” Which of the following would be the best way to adopt a critical-thinking approach to this article? *a. Try to think about other explanations for the reported evidence. b. Determine whether the results are consistent with your own observations. c. Notice whether the research has been conducted by a male or a female. d. Make sure that the article discusses statistical significance. Page 27 1-83. Critical thinking about research in the psychology of women requires a. trying to make certain that the research has the maximum possible number of confounding variables. b. being confident that the results are consistent with your own personal experiences. *c. considering alternative interpretations. d. making sure that the results of the research match the researchers’ original hypotheses.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 147 of 381 Page 27 1-84. Which of the following is not a requirement of the critical thinking approach to research on the psychology of women? a. Ask good questions. b. Examine the evidence. c. Suggest alternative explanations. *d. Ask whether the results are consistent with the psychological characteristics of people you know. Page 27 1-85. One of the challenges to persuading people to think critically about information on gender is that a. people generally give too much weight to experimental research. *b. people often consider emotional evidence to be equivalent to research evidence. c. people are often reluctant to generalize from individual self-reports. d. people are often unwilling to accept what they see and hear. Pages 28-29 1-86. What is one general conclusion in your textbook, concerning psychological gender comparisons? a. In general, gender differences are larger than most people suspect. b. If gender differences are found, they are very likely to appear in all situations. *c. Gender similarities are generally more likely than gender differences. d. Gender differences appear to be larger in the studies conducted since 2000 than in the earlier studies. Page 29 1-87. Theme 1 in your textbook emphasizes that psychological gender differences are relatively small. One implication of this theme is that a. this theme supports the essentialist perspective. b. our genetic backgrounds are more important than the way we were raised. c. gender as a subject variable is extremely important. *d. researchers may find gender differences in some conditions, but not in other conditions. Page 29 1-88. Researchers are especially likely to discover gender similarities when a. people rate themselves on a particular characteristic. b. people know that other people are evaluating them. c. men and women are in a real-life setting. *d. researchers are recording people’s behavior objectively.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 148 of 381 Page 29 1-89. Which kind of situation is likely to encourage the finding that the genders are psychologically similar? *a. a situation in which behavior is recorded objectively b. a real-life setting, such as a shopping mall c. when people are aware that they are being observed d. when people report about their customary activities Page 29 1-90. Imagine that a group of psychologists is conducting research on aggressiveness. The gender differences are likely to be the largest when *a. the study is done at a location in the community, rather than in a laboratory. b. the researchers record the behavior objectively, rather than asking the participants to rate themselves. c. people are not aware that researchers are evaluating them. d. we study elderly people, rather than young adults. Page 29 1-91. Generally, gender differences are most likely to be found when a. behavior is recorded objectively. b. people are observed in laboratory settings. c. high-school students are studied, rather than older adults. *d. people know that they are being evaluated by others. Page 29 1-92. Which of the following journal titles examines gender as a subject variable, as opposed to gender as a stimulus variable? *a. “Gender Comparisons in the Use of Dirty Words” b. “A Comparison of Catholic Feminist Women and Catholic Traditionalist Women” c. “How People Rate Male and Female Drivers” d. “Stereotypes About Male and Female Athletes” Page 29 1-93. If a study finds that people respond significantly differently to women than they do to men, we could conclude that a. gender as a subject variable is significant. b. gender as a confounding variable is significant. *c. gender as a stimulus variable is significant. d. gender as a dependent variable is significant.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 149 of 381 Page 29 1-94. Suppose that researchers want to see whether people judge baby boys to be smarter than baby girls. These researchers are focusing on a. gender as a subject variable. *b. gender as a stimulus variable. c. the theme that individual differences are large when we consider people’s ideas about gender. d. the theme that boys and men are more visible than girls and women. Page 30 1-95. A speaker at a lunch for owners of small businesses says to the audience, “Here’s a story you can tell your wives.” This situation would be an example of a. gender as a subject variable. b. large individual differences. *c. androcentric bias. d. a confounding variable. Page 30 1-96. Which of the following is an example of androcentrism? a. The advertisements for dishwasher detergents show more women than men doing the dishes. b. There are more television programs about Blacks than about Latinas/os. c. People are likely to believe in gender differences, even for characteristics that show gender similarities. *d. When doctors are deciding whether a person has a medical problem, they use a list of symptoms that are usually found in men, rather than in women. Page 30 1-97. If a psychology professor says that a textbook is “androcentric,” you would be likely to see *a. words such as “chairman” and “mankind.” b. research focusing on the similarities perspective, rather than the differences perspective. c. an emphasis on social constructionism. d. an emphasis on social class and racism. Pages 30-31 1-98. What does your textbook conclude about how women differ from one another? a. In general, women are remarkably similar to one another in their psychological characteristics. b. In general, women respond similarly to important biological events in their lives. c. In general, women are similar to one another in their preferences and life choices. *d. In general, women show wide variation from one another.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 150 of 381 Page 31 1-99. Imagine that you have conducted your own research on gender comparisons, and you find that the females vary widely from one another; the males also show wide variation. Your statistical analysis is likely to conclude that the *a. difference between females and males is not statistically significant. b. difference between females and males has practical significance. c. large variation within each gender must be caused by one or more confounding variables. d. difference between males and females is larger than the differences within each gender.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 151 of 381 CHAPTER 2 Gender Stereotypes and Other Gender Biases Page 36 2-1. The introduction to the discussion of gender stereotypes pointed out that a. gender stereotypes are almost always a fairly accurate reflection of reality. *b. gender stereotypes refer to beliefs about females’ and males’ characteristics. c. people tend to see themselves as being more gender stereotyped than the average person. d. most people do not have strong gender stereotypes about personality characteristics, but they do have strong gender stereotypes about occupations. Pages 36-37 2-2. Which of the following is the best example of a gender stereotype (rather than some other form of gender bias)? a. An accounting firm has an unwritten policy that the more challenging projects should be given to men instead of women. *b. A friend believes that women are not aggressive enough to be good politicians. c. A neighbor says that he doesn’t like female science teachers. d. A clerk at a store ignored two women who were standing in line, and he started helping a man who was behind them in line. Pages 36-37 2-3. Imagine that your uncle believes men are better drivers than women. This would be an example of *a. a gender stereotype. b. gender discrimination. c. heterosexism. d. gender prejudice.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 152 of 381 Page 37 2-4. Suppose that a high school student says, “I don’t know why, but I just don’t like old ladies.” This comment is an example of *a. prejudice. b, discrimination. c. a stereotype. d. benevolent sexism. Page 37 2-5. Suppose that you know an individual who refused to hire a woman for a job—simply on the basis of her gender. This would be an example of a. prejudice. b. a stereotype. *c. discrimination. d. the social cognitive approach. Page 37 2-6. Suppose that you hear about a chemistry department that did not give a promotion to a female faculty member because of her gender. Based on the discussion at the beginning of Chapter 2, this kind of bias would be called *a. discrimination. b. prejudice. c. stereotyping. d. benevolent sexism. Page 37 2-7. Which of the following four terms—discussed in Chapter 2—is the most general? *a. bias b. stereotype c. prejudice d. discrimination Page 38 2-8. Which of the following statements about the early history of women is the most accurate? *a. According to the current ideas about prehistoric humans, women provided most of the food. b. Contrary to prior beliefs about the Renaissance, women were actually encouraged to become artists. c. Women were forbidden to have any religious duties until the middle of the 15th century. d. During the classical Greek era, philosophers were actually very positive about women’s mental abilities.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 153 of 381 Page 38 2-9. Which of the following statements is correct about gender bias in history? a. Women did not make any contributions in art, religion, or government until about 1850. *b. Women artists usually expressed themselves in art forms that were less durable and long-lasting than men’s art forms. c. Women were excluded from religious leadership until after 1000 A.D. d. History books have traditionally done an accurate job in conveying information about women’s lives. Page 38 2-10. Which of the following students most accurately represents women’s role in history? a. Indira: “In prehistoric times, men provided the majority of the diet through hunting; however, women sometimes gathered vegetables and grains to supplement the diet.” b. Corazón: “History books have traditionally focused on women’s work in the home, even though women were also participating in government and the arts.” *c. Theresa: “Many people don’t know that women played important roles in the early church. For example, women often presided over monasteries before the 9th century A.D.” d. Artemesia: “With relatively few exceptions, women didn’t express themselves artistically until the late 19th and early 20th centuries.” Page 39 2-11. Which of the following philosophers and political figures wrote about women in a way that would be most admired by feminists? a. Jean-Jacques Rousseau b. Napoleon Bonaparte *c. John Stuart Mill d. Aristotle Page 39 2-12. According to the story of Adam and Eve in the Bible, a. Adam was created out of Eve’s rib. b. Adam and Eve were equally to blame for giving in to temptation. c. Eve actually tried to persuade Adam not to commit sins, but she was not successful. *d. Adam was more important than Eve.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 154 of 381 Pages 39-40 2-13. Chapter 2 discussed images of women in religion and mythology. According to this discussion, a. both Jews and Christians believe that God created women and men to be equally valued. b. women are most often portrayed as different from men, but in a positive way. c. non-Christian religions typically present relatively positive images of women. *d. the number of female clergy in Protestant denominations is increasing. Page 40 2-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the treatment of women in the Islamic religion? a. Jenny: “One of the core beliefs of the Islamic religion is that men are superior to women.” *b. Mike: “Muhammad pointed out that women and men should be treated the same way.” c. Raye: “Muhammad clearly believed that women were inferior to men, and the treatment of women has actually improved since then.” d. Bennett: “The Islamic religion varies little from culture to culture, because this religion follows Muhammad’s teachings very carefully.” Page 40 2-15. Which of the following statements is correct about women in religion and mythology? a. Most modern religions other than Christianity specify that women were created before men. b. In Christianity, men and women have similar importance. c. The Jewish religion does not make an important distinction between men and women. *d. Eastern religions, like Western religions, include negative views of women. Page 40 2-16. Which of the following students provides the best summary of women in mythology and religion? a. Lilith: “Women are almost exclusively portrayed as being evil, scheming against their husbands and other men.” b. Naomi: “Women are almost exclusively portrayed as being kind and nurturant to their husbands and children.” c. Ruth: “Women are seen so seldom in mythology and religion that we cannot draw any conclusions about the way they are portrayed.” *d. Mary: “Women are portrayed in a different fashion from men, sometimes evil and sometimes extremely virtuous.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 155 of 381 Page 40 2-17. Which of the following students provides the best summary about the representation of women in religion and myth? a. Hongbo: “Women are uniformly portrayed in a positive fashion.” *b. Joachim: “The women in religion and myth are represented by both positive and negative images.” c. Kate: “Although women are portrayed in a positive fashion in religion, they are portrayed in a negative fashion in mythology.” d. Liza: “Women are portrayed in a positive fashion in Western religions and in a negative fashion in Eastern religions.” Page 41 2-18. When we examine the representation of women in language, what can we conclude about terms used for women and men? *a. The female member of a pair of words often has a more negative connotation than the male member of the pair. b. Men are more likely than women to be referred to with infantilizing terms. c. Men and women are usually referred to with different, but parallel terms. d. Women are assumed to be the norm, whereas special terms are used for men. Page 41 2-19. Terms used for women and men differ in which of the following respect(s)? a. The two kinds of terms are often not parallel because the male term may be prefaced by the word man or the word male. b. The male member of a pair of items is typically more negative than the female member. *c. Terms for women are more likely to be negative, compared to terms for men. d. Terms for women are more general and inclusive, compared to terms for men. Page 41 2-20. What is a major problem with masculine generic terms? *a. They are not really gender neutral. b. They encourage people to think of men as secondary. c. These terms are longer and more awkward to use in both speaking and writing. d. They tend to downgrade men, relative to women. Pages 41-42 2-21. Studies on the masculine generic show that a. people usually understand that the term he can refer to both males and females. b. men believe that he refers to both males and females, whereas women believe that he refers only to males. c. most undergraduates understand that a phrase such as prehistoric man really refers to both men and women. *d. in general, people understand that the term he refers to males, rather than to both males and females.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 156 of 381 Pages 41-42 2-22. Suppose that an English teacher tells you that she thinks it is ridiculous to try to avoid using forms like “man” to refer to both males and females. Your most informed response would be: a. “You’re right, because people now understand that man actually includes both men and women.” b. “You’re right, because people don’t even notice the difference between a term like man and a gender-neutral term like person.” c. “You’re right, because research has shown that it is extremely difficult to teach people to use gender-neutral terms.” *d. “You’re wrong, because masculine-generic terms actually encourage people to think about males, rather than females.” Pages 42-43 2-23. Your text describes in some detail a study by Gastil in which participants reported the mental images evoked by sentences. This research found that a. males reported more male images than female images when responding to sentences containing he, but females showed no pronoun effect. b. females reported more male images for the he sentences than males did. c. both males and females reported an equal number of male and female images when responding to sentences containing they. *d. masculine generic terms produced more thoughts about males than did genderneutral terms. Page 43 2-24. A study by Briere and Lanktree was described in Chapter 2. This study compared students’ reactions to either a neutral or a masculine generic version of a description about psychologists. This study demonstrated that *a. psychology was viewed as being a less attractive career for women when the masculine generic was used. b. men judged psychology as being less attractive for themselves when the gender neutral version was used. c. few people were influenced by the nature of the description. d. most women remarked that they were offended by the use of the masculine generic.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 157 of 381 Pages 41-43 2-25. Suppose that a friend of yours says, “The problem with feminists is that they make a big deal about little things, like you have to say chairperson rather than chairman.” After reading about the masculine generic issue in Chapter 2, your most informed response would be: a. “Actually, feminists no longer complain about the language issue, because they are now concerned about more important things.” b. “According to the research, people now believe that words like chairman really are gender neutral.” *c. “According to the research, people do not consider words like chairman to be gender neutral.” d. “Despite all the research, people are still using gender-biased language just as often as they did 30 years ago.” Page 45 2-26. Research on women in the media has demonstrated that *a. men are much more likely than women to provide the voice-overs for advertisements. b. although women are often absent from television programs, they are seen just as often as men in television advertisements. c. women are rarely shown doing housework in advertisements. d. men are somewhat more likely than women to be shown in a “decorative” function in an advertisement. Page 45 2-27. In most respects, advertisements in magazines and on TV probably show a distorted picture of reality. In what area are these ads realistic? a. They show women working outside the home to the same extent that they do in reality. *b. They show women doing housework to the same extent that they do in reality. c. They often show women volunteering and doing other nonpaid activities. d. They often show women doing clerical work, rather than in nontraditional professions. Page 46 2-28. In what way are women and men represented differently in the media? a. An article about a prominent man is more likely than an article about a prominent woman to discuss the person’s clothing. b. Women are likely to be shown moving away from men, whereas men seldom move away from women. c. In an attempt to reduce stereotypes, the media have actually begun to portray women as being more aggressive than men. *d. Women are more likely than men to be shown in a reclining body position.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 158 of 381 Pages 46-47 2-29. According to the discussion of women of color and the media, a. women of color who are professionals are now shown in advertisements at a frequency that matches their representation in the population. *b. women of color tend to be misrepresented as either “good girls” or “bad girls.” c. Latina women are more likely than Black women to be portrayed as aggressive. d. Latina women are likely to be shown in a professionally competent fashion. Page 47 2-30. According to the discussion of social class and the media, *a. low-income people are more likely to be shown in talk shows, rather than in primetime television. b. low-income women are presented in an overly positive way, with homes and furniture they would not be able to afford. c. the media are actually fairly accurate in showing that financial problems make it difficult for low-income women to raise children. d. during the current decade, low-income people have been portrayed in a positive fashion. Page 48 2-31. Which of the following students provides the most accurate understanding about the relationship between the media in our culture and the reality that we experience? a. Patrick: “The media simply reflect reality, and they do not really change people’s attitudes.” b. Joannie: “The media don’t really represent reality very accurately; however, they actually can change people’s attitudes.” *c. Emmanuel: “The media reflect reality, and they also change people’s attitudes.” d. Marina: “Surprisingly, the media do not reflect reality, and they also do not substantially change people’s attitudes.” Page 48 2-32. Chapter 2 discusses gender stereotypes in the media. In general, the research shows that a. the media actually have only limited effects on our attitudes about other people. *b. exposure to gender-stereotyped advertisements can increase our recognition and recall for other stereotyped information c. women are much more likely than men to be influenced by stereotypes in the media. d. media stereotypes have a major effect on children’s thinking, but very little effect on adults’ thinking.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 159 of 381 Page 50 2-33. Which of the following characteristics would fit into the category called communion, which was discussed in connection with gender stereotypes? *a. concern for others b. confidence c. ambition d. independence Pages 51-52 2-34. Chapter 2 discussed a study by Niemann and her colleagues that focused on North American college students’ stereotypes about men and women from different ethnic groups. Based on this study, we can conclude that a. the gender stereotypes varied enormously, depending on which ethnic group was doing the rating. b. stereotypes about women were consistently more negative than stereotypes about men, across the four ethnic groups. c. people’s stereotypes about men and women differed greatly from each other only when they were judging European Americans. *d. stereotypes about men and women often depend upon the target’s ethnic group. Page 52 2-35. Suppose that you are reading a journal article about gender and social class. The author of this article emphasizes that the experiences of a wealthy woman are very different from the experiences of a low-income women, even though both of them are female. This author is emphasizing the concept called a. androgyny. *b. intersectionality. c. implicit gender stereotypes. d. stereotype threat. Pages 52-53 2-36. Studies of stereotypes demonstrate that *a. men tend to have more traditional stereotypes than women do. b. White men tend to hold more stereotyped beliefs than Black men do. c. people in different cultures have stereotypes that are substantially different from those found in North America. d. in many cultures, women are considered more ambitious than men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 160 of 381 Pages 52-53 2-37. Chapter 2 examines several subject variables that could influence people’s gender stereotypes. According to this discussion, a. men and women hold surprisingly different kinds of gender stereotypes. b. people in different cultures have very different stereotypes, when it comes to judging the personalities of women and men. *c. ethnic background does not have a consistent effect on North American gender stereotypes. d. factors such as gender, ethnicity, and culture are all strongly related to the nature of people’s stereotypes. Page 53 2-38. Which of the following students best understands the research on cross-cultural studies about gender stereotypes? a. Salvadora: “North American women hold much less stereotyped views about women than do women from other countries.” b. André: “Research finds very large differences among countries in terms of their gender stereotypes.” *c. Devon: “People in different cultures share fairly similar gender stereotypes.” d. Akeem: “North American women have more stereotyped views than women from other cultures, but North American men have less stereotyped views than men from other cultures.” Pages 53-54 2-39. Suppose that you are participating in a study about word associations conducted by a team of researchers. You know that the study has something to do with ideas about gender, but the researchers never actually ask you to rate men and women. This study is probably testing a. hostile sexism. b. benevolent sexism. c. explicit gender stereotypes. *d. implicit gender stereotypes. Page 53 2-40. The best example of an “implicit gender stereotype” would be a stereotype that a. is more positive about women than about men. b. is more positive about Black women than about White women. *c. people use automatically but are not aware they have. d. focuses on people’s pleasantness, rather than their ability.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 161 of 381 Pages 53-54 2-41. Nosek and his coauthors used the Implicit Association Test to measure people’s gender stereotypes. Their research showed that people a. have strong implicit gender stereotypes because their ratings for males and females were very different from each other. b. have weak implicit gender stereotypes because their ratings for males and females were very similar to each other. *c. have strong implicit gender stereotypes because they responded relatively quickly when the pairings were consistent with stereotypes (e.g., males were paired with math); they responded slowly when the pairings were inconsistent (e.g. females were paired with math). d. have weak implicit gender stereotypes because they responded quickly when the pairings were inconsistent with stereotypes (e.g., females were paired with math); they responded equally quickly when the pairings were consistent (e.g., males were paired with math). Page 55 2-42. Which of the following statements is correct regarding attitudes towards the competence of women? a. Every study to date has reported a bias against women. b. Although early studies revealed bias, the current ones do not. *c. People are particularly likely to be biased if they have little information about someone’s qualifications. d. In general, college students are especially likely to have negative attitudes toward women. Page 55 2-43. Based on the information in Chapter 2 about attitudes towards women’s competence, which of the following situations is most likely to show devaluation of women? *a. when a man is evaluating a woman’s performance in a traditionally masculine area b. when a nonexpert woman is doing the evaluating c. when a woman is acting in a stereotypically feminine fashion d. when a great deal of evidence is available about the person’s qualifications Page 55 2-44. Under which of the following conditions is a woman least likely to be devalued, relative to a man? *a. when there is a large amount of detailed information available about her qualifications b. when the person who is doing the evaluation has traditional values c. when males are doing the evaluation d. when the woman acts like a stereotypical male, rather than acting like a stereotypical femaleInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 162 of 381 Page 56 2-45. When college students were asked to rate men and women on scales such as “pleasantunpleasant,” the results indicated that a. they rated men more positively than women. *b. they rated women more positively than men. c. feminine women and masculine men received the highest ratings. d. “macho men” received relatively high ratings. Pages 55-56 2-46. According to current research, people typically think that a. men are nicer than women. b. women are more competent than men, but similar to men in “niceness.” *c. feminists are not as nice as other women. d. feminists and other women are equally nice. Page 58 2-47. Which of the following statements is the best example of benevolent sexism, as defined by Glick and Fiske’s Ambivalent Sexism Inventory? a. “Women are getting too many benefits, due to affirmative action.” b. “Because women have experienced so much discrimination in the past, they deserve special privileges now.” *c. “On a crowded bus, a man should offer his seat to a woman.” d. “Men and women are very different from each other.” Page 58 2-48. Which of the following statements is the best example of hostile sexism, as defined by Glick and Fiske’s Ambivalent Sexism Inventory? a. “Women are much more spiritual and religious than men.” b. “Compared to men, women are more skilled in understanding people’s feelings.” *c. “Women are too sensitive, and they misinterpret many innocent comments.” d. “Women are more likely than men to hold ambivalent attitudes toward sexism.” Page 58 2-49. People demonstrate ambivalent sexism if they *a. show high hostile sexism and high benevolent sexism. b. show higher hostile sexism than benevolent sexism. c. show higher benevolent sexism than hostile sexism. d. show low hostile sexism and low benevolent sexism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 163 of 381 Page 58 2-50. Cross-cultural research by Glick and Fiske examined the Ambivalent Sexism Inventory. According to this research, a. in countries with low gender equality, the respondents tended to be high in hostile sexism but low in benevolent sexism. b. in countries with low gender equality, the respondents tended to be low in hostile sexism but high in benevolent sexism. c. in the United States, men scored higher on the hostile sexism scale, but women scored higher on the benevolent sexism scale. *d. in the United States, men scored higher than women on both benevolent and hostile sexism. Page 59 2-51. Suppose that a group of men and women are working together in pairs, some in samegender pairs and some in male-female pairs. Based on the research of Lott, which of the following people would be most likely to respond negatively to his or her partner? a. A male working with another male *b. A male working with a female c. A female working with another female d. A female working with a male Pages 59-60 2-52. Researchers have examined gender discrimination in North American college students. According to this research, a. men and women actually experience the same amount of gender discrimination. b. White women experience gender discrimination, but women from other ethnic groups do not. *c. women from several ethnic groups experience sexist remarks and other forms of gender discrimination. d. women may experience gender discrimination, but most women consider these remarks to be trivial. Pages 59-60 2-53. Suppose that a friend says to you, “Discrimination against women really doesn’t occur anymore.” Your best response, based on the research by Swim and her colleagues, would be: a. You are correct; in fact men now experience more discrimination than women do. b. You are partly correct; White women no longer experience discrimination, but women of color do encounter discrimination. c. You are partly correct; women still hear sexually suggestive comments, but other kinds of discrimination rarely occur. *d. You are not correct; women actually experience sexist behavior and remarks at least once a week.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 164 of 381 Pages 60-61 2-54. According to the current usage, a bias against lesbians, gays, bisexuals, or any group that is not exclusively heterosexual is known as a. sexism. b. androcentrism. *c. heterosexism. d. homophobia. Pages 60-61 2-55. Which of the following examples does not illustrate heterosexism? a. Addressing an invitation to “Jane and guest” and assuming that Jane will bring a man to the event b. Yelling “fag” at a man with feminine features c. Beating up someone because you think the person is lesbian or gay *d. An executive in a corporation telling the employees that they can invite their “significant other” to the holiday party Page 61 2-56. Which of the following is an example of institutional heterosexism? a. A company that doesn’t allow employees to keep pictures of their romantic partners (lesbian, gay, or straight) on their desks. b. An insurance plan that offers benefits to same-gender partners. *c. No federal laws prohibit employment discrimination against people because of their sexual orientation. d. A housing development that has a policy that only two people can live in each dwelling. Pages 61-62 2-57. Which of the following students indicates the best understanding of the factors related to heterosexism? a. Candace: “Surprisingly, young people show more heterosexism than older people do.” *b. Barney: “Men have more negative attitudes towards homosexual individuals than women do.” c. Ellen: “Women are more negative than men in their attitudes towards homosexual individuals—especially gay males.” d. Harvey: “Heterosexist attitudes are so widespread that both political liberals and conservatives are equally likely to be heterosexist.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 165 of 381 Pages 61-62 2-58. According to research about heterosexism, *a. men have more negative attitudes toward lesbians and gay males than women do. b. people tend to be just as negative about lesbians as they are about gay males. c. students who have just graduated from college show the same degree of heterosexism as first-year college students. d. heterosexist attitudes are not correlated with racist attitudes. Pages 61-62 2-59. Which of the following judgments would usually be the highest in heterosexism? *a. Heterosexual men making judgments about gay men. b. Heterosexual men making judgments about lesbian women. c. Heterosexual women making judgments about gay men. d. Heterosexual women making judgments about lesbian women. Page 64 2-60. According to the social cognitive approach to stereotypes, a. people tend to “lump together” men and women into the same category. b. people must use considerable processing time before they decide whether an individual is a male or a female. *c. people tend to split the world into two categories on the basis of a person’s gender. d. stereotypes are created in order to discriminate against certain classes of people. Pages 64-65 2-61. The social cognitive approach to stereotypes was discussed in some detail. Your neighbor, Mr. Walker, believes that men and women are very different from each other. The social cognitive approach would explain this belief by arguing that a. we have all been conditioned to believe that gender differences are substantial. *b. when we categorize people into two groups, we tend to exaggerate the difference between the groups. c. we learn to believe in gender differences by imitating models, either other people we know or people we see represented in the media. d. a belief in gender differences is innate or inborn in humans. Pages 64-65 2-62. According to the social cognitive approach to stereotypes, people may have a tendency toward gender polarization. This means that they a. favor members of their own gender. b. exaggerate the similarities between genders and the differences within each gender. *c. exaggerate the similarities within each gender and the differences between genders. d. assume that male experience is the norm and female experiences is “other.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 166 of 381 Page 65 2-63. Which of the following students’ statements would be the best example of the “normative male” concept? *a. Gloria: “Women need to learn to be as assertive as males are.” b. Mike: “Gender differences have been found in certain kinds of aggressive behavior.” c. Tallulah: “The typical American voter is a female.” d. Humphrey: “In future years, we expect men’s smoking behavior to become more like women’s smoking behavior.” Page 65 2-64. A psychology professor is conducting research on “the normative male.” Which of the following would be the most likely topic for this research? a. Are people more biased against elderly women than elderly men? *b. When people hear a word such as “student” or “citizen,” do they think about men more often than women? c. Who is more likely to have psychological problems, women or men? d. Are gender differences larger in mathematical skills or in language skills? Pages 65-66 2-65. According to the research on people’s judgments about men and women, a. people rarely judge men and women differently in the current era. b. people now assume that women political candidates are actually more competent than male candidates in areas such as national security and the economy. *c. people are most likely to use stereotypes if they are busy working on another task at the same time. d. people usually favor a male candidate, even when it is clear that a woman is wellqualified for a job. Page 66 2-66. When people are asked to judge why males and females have been successful on a task, they are likely to say that a. males have been successful because of good luck, whereas females have been successful because of high ability. b. both males and females have been successful because of a combination of ability and hard work. c. males have been successful because they cheated, whereas females have been successful because the task was easy. *d. males have been successful because of high ability, whereas females have been successful because they tried hard.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 167 of 381 Page 66 2-67. One possible practical consequence of people’s attributions for women’s and men’s performances is that a. males are likely to have their successes attributed to cheating. b. males are likely to have their failures attributed to lack of ability. c. females are likely to have their successes attributed to high ability. *d. females are likely to have their successes attributed to hard work. Page 66 2-68. Suppose that a high school math teacher is trying to determine why Anna has the highest grade in trigonometry. Which of the following attributions is the teacher most likely to make? a. “Anna seems to have a natural talent for trigonometry.” b. “I’m concerned that Anna may be cheating.” c. “Anna is a really lucky student.” *d. “Anna really tries hard.” Pages 66-67 2-69. According to the discussion of stereotypes and memory, we are most likely to remember gender-consistent characteristics when a. we are trying to remember something about children, rather than adults. *b. we have other things we need to do at the same time as the memory task. c. we are asked to recall the material just a few seconds after it has been presented. d. we have relatively weak stereotypes about those particular characteristics. Pages 66-67 2-70. In which of the following situations are we most likely to recall stereotype-consistent material? a. When our stereotypes are weak b. When we think carefully about the situation, rather than making a quick decision *c. When we have other tasks to do at the same time d. When we have been instructed to pay close attention to the material Pages 66-67 2-71. Which of the following would be most likely to be a research topic for a person interested in a social cognitive approach to stereotypes? a. Are people with extensive education less stereotyped than those with less education? b. Do parents reinforce their children for expressing either stereotyped or nonstereotyped beliefs? *c. Are people better at recalling gender-consistent or gender-inconsistent information? d. Do children imitate stereotyped behaviors that are shown by adult models?Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 168 of 381 Page 67 2-72. Why are self-fulfilling prophecies relevant to stereotypes? a. People tend to make predictions about their own behavior and then act in the exact opposite way. b. Like stereotypes, self-fulfilling prophecies tend to separate concepts into two distinct areas. c. We use self-fulfilling prophecies to make career decisions based on stereotypes. *d. We tend to behave in a way that is consistent with other people’s gender stereotypes. Page 67 2-73. Imagine that an article has just been published; it claims that girls score lower than boys on a test of logical reasoning. If parents convey these expectations to their sons and daughters, and the children actually act according to these beliefs, one possible explanation for these findings is a. gender-consistent memory bias. *b. self-fulfilling prophecy. c. gender polarization. d. heterosexism. Pages 67-68 2-74. Suppose that a woman is about to take a chemistry exam, and the professor has just been saying that men earned higher scores on previous chemistry exams. If the females do indeed receive lower scores on this exam, a possible explanation would be *a. stereotype threat. b. heterosexism. c. androgyny. d. androcentrism. Pages 67-68 2-75. Which of the following is the best example of the term “stereotype threat”? a. A teenage girl realizes that she does not need to conform to the North American standards of beauty. *b. A teenage boy worries that he won’t be able to take good care of his infant niece because his friends recently told him that boys have no clue how to handle babies. c. A male college graduate says he knows that women can be good at math, but he doesn’t really believe this. d. When making judgments about an acquaintance, a female college graduate remembers more gender-consistent information than gender-inconsistent information.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 169 of 381 Pages 67-68 2-76. Shih and her colleagues studied how Asian American college women performed on a difficult math test. Their results showed that the participants performed best if *a. they had been reminded about their ethnicity before taking the test. b. they had been reminded about their gender before taking the test. c. they had been reminded about both their ethnicity and their gender before taking the test. d. they had received no reminder before taking the test. Pages 68-69 2-77. People who are androgynous *a. have high scores on both a scale of femininity and a scale of masculinity. b. have fewer psychological problems than other people. c. are low in benevolent sexism but high in hostile sexism. d. are higher than average in measures of stereotype threat. Pages 68-69 2-78. Which of the following statements about androgyny is correct? a. Androgyny is a bipolar concept with “androgyny” at one end and “gender stereotyped” at the other end. b. Androgyny theories propose that people should be moderate on both the femininity and masculinity scales. c. A person who is high on the masculinity scale must be low on the femininity scale. *d. Androgyny refers to people who are high in both feminine and masculine characteristics. Pages 68-69 2-79. One of the problems with the concept of androgyny is that a. the theory unrealistically attempts to eliminate the categories of masculinity and femininity. b. androgyny is correlated with too many other behaviors and personality characteristics. c. no clear standards are associated with androgyny, making the concept difficult to measure. *d. the theory suggests that society’s problems can be solved by changing individuals.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 170 of 381 Page 69 2-80. Which of the following students has the most accurate understanding about the internalization of gender stereotypes? a. Shirin: “Neither males nor females believe that they have characteristics that are typical of their own gender.” *b. Sam: “The social setting influences whether people say that they would act in a stereotypical fashion.” c. Abdul: “People tend to have a consistent gender identity that persists in a wide variety of social settings.” d. Lucia: “Contrary to expectations, men are likely to incorporate feminine characteristics; women seldom incorporate masculine characteristics.” Page 70 2-81. The last part of Chapter 2 described a study in which US students were asked to rate a list of personal traits in terms of its importance in their life. The list of 10 most important traits showed that a. males and females differed greatly in their ratings. b. males were much more likely than females to give high ratings to traits such as “independent” and “self-reliant.” c. females were much more likely than males to give high ratings to traits such as “loyal” and “understanding.” *d. more than half of the top 10 most important traits were the same for women and men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 171 of 381 CHAPTER 3 Infancy and Childhood Page 75 3-1 According to the chapter on infancy and childhood, gender typing a. does not begin until the child is about 1 year old and has developed basic language skills. *b. includes children’s behaviors and skills that are related to gender. c. refers to the baby’s gender assignment at birth. d. refers to the sex chromosomes that determine whether the baby will be male or female. Page 75 3-2. Which of the following statements about gender typing is correct? a. The major portion of gender typing occurs during the prenatal period. b. Gender typing is a kind of medical test that is done on a person’s chromosomes to determine biological sex. *c. An example of gender typing would be a 2-year-old boy who prefers to play with a ball, rather than a doll. d. Gender typing is the process by which a surgeon adjusts an individual’s genitals so that they are consistent with his or her biological sex. Page 75 3-3. Five-year-old Sandra knows that she is a girl, that girls are not supposed to get dirty, and that she wants to be an astronaut, even though most astronauts are not women. This information is all relevant to the concept known as a. a stereotype. b. modeling. c. social constructionism. *d. gender typing.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 172 of 381 Page 76 3-4. Which of the following statements about chromosomes is correct? a. An embryo’s sex is determined by the specific arrangement of all 23 chromosome pairs. b. The egg cell from the mother has a sex chromosome that can be either an X or a Y. *c. A female’s sex chromosomes are symbolized XX. d. The female egg contains 23 chromosomes, whereas the male sperm contains only 22 chromosomes. Page 76 3-5. At conception, a. the egg cell from the mother contributes either an X chromosome or a Y chromosome. *b. the sperm cell from the father contributes either an X chromosome or a Y chromosome. c. if there is an XX arrangement, the offspring will be a genetic male. d. if there is an XY arrangement, the offspring will be genetic female. Page 76 3-6. In the first six weeks after conception—during typical prenatal development—males and females differ in their a. gonads. b. internal reproductive systems. *c. chromosomes. d. hormones. Page 76 3-7. In typical prenatal development, *a. the same two sets of ducts develop into a female reproductive system in females and a male reproductive system in males. b. the sex glands (gonads) of males and females look substantially different from each other within 2 weeks after conception. c. Müllerian ducts are transformed into the female reproductive system by the presence of androgen. d. the reproductive system develops only during the final month of gestation. Page 76 3-8. In typical prenatal development, a. male embryos look very different from female embryos, beginning 2 weeks after conception. b. prenatal hormone levels are very different for males and females, beginning 1 month after conception. *c. the internal reproductive system develops prior to the external genitals. d. almost all components of the reproductive system develop during the last 6 weeks before birth.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 173 of 381 Page 76 3-9. Which of the statements about typical prenatal development is correct? *a. Female and male embryos are very similar during the first weeks of prenatal development. b. Shortly after conception, the genitals of females and males look different. c. Male and female genitals develop at about 6–12 weeks after conception, and the two types of genitals are formed out of very different embryological structures. d. Male genitals develop at about 4 weeks after conception. Female genitals develop at about 12 weeks after conception. Page 77 3-10. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about typical prenatal development in females? a. Alissa: “If the fetus has a high level of androgen, a clitoris will develop.” *b. Dorota: “Researchers know more about male development than female development.” c. Sergei: “In female development, the genetic sex of a fetus is determined at conception; in male development, the genetic sex is determined at about 6 weeks after conception.” d. Johnny: “The fetus generally develops into a male unless one of the female hormones is present.” Page 77 3-11. The term intersexed individual refers to a. people high in both masculinity and femininity. b. men who dress in feminine clothing. c. females with low androgen levels. *d. people who are not clearly male or clearly female. Pages 79 3-12. When an infant is born with congenital adrenal hyperplasia, a. the genitals look feminine. *b. physicians usually perform genital surgery. c. a person with an XX chromosome arrangement appears to be male until puberty. d. a deficit of androgen produces a feminine-acting male. Page 77 3-13. People who have androgen-insensitivity syndrome a. are females, genetically, yet they are raised as males. *b. may seem to be normal females until puberty. c. have extreme difficulties in the acquisition of gender typing. d. are usually able to have children.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 174 of 381 Page 79 3-14. When an intersexed infant is born in the United States, a. most people manage to accept that the infant does not need to fit into either the “female” or the “male” category. b. physicians are typically androcentric, so they almost always recommend surgery to create the standard male genitals. *c. physicians usually recommend surgery so that the external genitals look more like either the standard male genitals or the standard female genitals. d. most parents prefer to postpone surgery until the child is old enough to choose either a male or a female identity. Page 79 3-15. According to the discussion of atypical prenatal development, a. almost all intersexed individuals request surgery to make their external genitals consistent with their sex chromosomes. b. all infants are either male or female at birth, because hormonal and internal reproductive systems that have been atypical early in prenatal development will adjust themselves during the month prior to birth. *c. many adult intersexuals emphasize that intersexed children should not be forced into either a male or a female gender category. d. when a more careful examination is performed on an infant originally classified as an intersexual, that infant can be clearly categorized as either male or female. Page 80 3-16. Which statement is correct about North American parents’ stated preferences for a newborn? a. The clear majority of both men and women want a boy as their first child. b. Parents are particularly likely to want a boy as their last child. c. Fathers are more likely than mothers to want a boy as their last child. *d. In the earlier research, parents clearly preferred boys; in more recent studies, parents express no clear-cut gender preferences. Page 80 3-17. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the research regarding North American parents’ preferences about the sex of their first-born child? a. James: “Even though we are in the 21st century, parents in North America still say that they would prefer to have a boy, rather than a girl.” *b. Daisuke: “Parents may say that they have no preferences, but the birth announcements in the newspapers express more pride if the child is a boy.” c. Isidro: “No research has been conducted on this topic since 1995, so we do not have recent information about sex preferences”. d. Lucie: “Parents actually have no sex preferences, based on both their stated preferences and the amount of pride shown in announcements.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 175 of 381 Page 80 3-18. When we compare different countries with respect to their preference for male babies, we find that a. people in Canada have even stronger preferences for sons than do people in the United States. b. gender preferences are unpredictable; for example, females are preferred in India, but males are preferred in China. c. North America is the exception; in most countries, people typically are neutral about whether their child will be a boy or a girl. *d. some Asian countries practice selective abortion, so that many more males are born than females. Page 80 3-19. Your textbook discussed parents’ preferences about their child’s gender. This research outside North America shows that *a. in India, when a sonogram shows that the fetus is female, mothers often request an abortion. b. in China, girls are favored, so that there are many more girls than boys in the current population. c. boys are favored in Asia, but girls are favored in Latin America and the Middle East. d. parents’ preferences about gender are remarkably similar in all cultures studied so far. Page 80 3-20. Your textbook discussed information regarding parents’ preferences about the sex of their children, outside North America. This information suggested that a. in some parts of Asia, parents now prefer to have girls, because the “bride prices” are now quite high. b. surprisingly, parents in other parts of the world are now more likely than North Americans to state that they have no gender preferences. c. the sex preferences around the world are actually fairly similar, with the majority preferring to have girls. *d. in China, the rate of selective abortion is so high that many Chinese men will not be able to find a woman to marry. Pages 81-82 3-21. When parents are asked about their newborn babies, *a. they are likely to judge sons as being stronger than daughters. b. they are likely to judge daughters as having larger features than sons. c. mothers are likely to judge sons as being more masculine than daughters, but fathers make no distinction between sons and daughters. d. mothers are likely to judge daughters as being more delicate than sons, but fathers make no distinction between sons and daughters.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 176 of 381 Pages 81-82 3-22. The study by Karraker and her coauthors asked parents to rate their newborn sons and daughters. The results showed that a. the infant’s gender did not substantially influence the parents’ judgments. *b. parents tended to think that sons were stronger and larger featured than daughters. c. mothers made a bigger distinction between sons and daughters than fathers did. d. fathers made a bigger distinction between sons and daughters than mothers did. Pages 81-82 3-23. Your textbook describes a study in which parents rated their newborn child on a variety of dimensions. The results showed that *a. parents of newborn girls rated their daughters as being somewhat more delicate, compared to parents of newborn boys. b. on every tested dimension, there were very large differences between the ratings of daughters and the ratings of sons. c. surprisingly, parents rated their daughters and their sons as being equally feminine. d. parents actually rated their daughters and their sons as being similar on all the tested dimensions. Page 82 3-24. According to the research on how a stranger responds to infant girls and boys, a. boys and girls act very differently; these different behaviors produce different responses from caregivers. *b. an infant’s label, boy or girl, may influence people’s judgments about that infant. c. gender labels are more likely to influence adults’ judgments of personality characteristics than their social interactions. d. people treat boys and girls similarly until they are about 2 or 3 years old. Page 82 3-25. Imagine that a friend of yours has just had a baby girl. Based on the material in Chapter 3, the greeting cards she receives following the birth announcement will be likely to emphasize a. how healthy the baby is. b. physical action of a feminine sort (e.g., dancing, helping). c. how proud the parents must be about their newborn. *d. the infant’s sweetness.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 177 of 381 Page 82 3-26. Suppose that you cannot figure out whether a baby you see in the grocery store is female or male. Then the father calls her “Emily.” Suddenly, it’s obvious that the baby is a girl, because she looks gentle and feminine. The explanation that best accounts for your reaction is called *a. social constructionism. b. modeling. c. essentialism. d. androgyny. Page 82 3-27. The social constructionist view is best supported by the finding that *a. we “see” feminine behavior in infants we believe are female and masculine behavior in infants we believe are male. b. chromosomal patterns and hormones are the primary determinants of social behaviors. c. atypical prenatal development can be easily corrected with hormonal treatment. d. strangers treat boys and girls more similarly than parents do. Page 82 3-28. Suppose that you meet an infant who is dressed in gender-neutral clothing, and the infant’s father tells you that the infant is named Robert. The social constructionist perspective would argue that a. you will construct a gender-neutral infant, neither extremely masculine or extremely feminine. *b. you will adjust your thinking so that Robert’s appearance and actions seem more masculine. c. you will perceive Robert to be an exception to the rule about boys having masculine characteristics. d. you will reinforce Robert for his “gender-inappropriate” behaviors. Page 83 3-29. The theory of gender typing that emphasizes how children learn gender-related behaviors is known as a. psychoanalytic theory. b. essentialism. c. evolutionary psychology. *d. social learning theory.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 178 of 381 Page 83 3-30. Social learning theory proposes that gender typing results because *a. children are rewarded for “gender-appropriate” behavior and punished for “genderinappropriate” behavior. b. children learn about gender through conversations with their peers. c. gender is a relevant schema in our culture. d. chromosomes and hormones inevitably lead to gender-consistent behavior. Pages 83-84 3-31. Suppose that you talk to a young mother who tells you that she believes her daughter Sarah is feminine because everyone praises her for feminine actions and because she imitates the women she sees on TV. This mother’s explanation is most like the __________ theory. a. psychoanalytic *b. social learning c. cognitive developmental d. social constructionist Pages 83-84 3-32. According to social learning theory, a. the only way girls learn how to act feminine is by receiving rewards for feminine behavior. *b. the imitation of gender-typed behavior explains a major part of a young girl’s “feminine” behavior. c. children typically learn all gender-typed behavior by trial and error. d. children imitate a person of the other gender more than a person of the same gender. Page 84 3-33. Four-year-old Emily has been watching a cartoon show in which “Dora the Explorer” rescues a rare bird that is covered with thick mud. Later on, Emily’s parents see that Emily is playing with her toy animals, and she is rescuing several of them from dangerous situations. Emily’s behavior could best be explained by a. intersectionality. b. rewards and punishments.. *c. modeling. d. the psychodynamic approach.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 179 of 381 Page 84 3-34. Cognitive developmental theory a. is primarily based on the idea that children learn gender typing by a series of rewards and punishments. b. emphasizes that modeling is especially important in the acquisition of gender typing. *c. emphasizes children’s own roles in the acquisition of gender roles. d. emphasizes that the media are more important than parents in children’s acquisition of gender typing. Page 84 3-35. According to the discussion of gender schemas, *a. children organize information and attitudes about gender, based on their culture. b. the school system is the primary source for children’s information about gender. c. gender schemas are learned through rewards and punishments. d. androgynous children develop gender schemas, but children with strong gender typing do not. Page 84 3-36. Chapter 3 discussed the cognitive developmental approach to explain children’s acquisition of gender typing. One example of this approach is that a. parents are likely to praise boys—rather than girls—for their athletic performance. *b. children tend to develop schemas, which organize their thoughts about females and males. c. children watch peers, and they are more likely to imitate children of the same gender, rather than children of the other gender. d. sex hormones and other biological factors are especially important in shaping children’s gender typing. Page 85 3-37. According to cognitive developmental theory, gender identity refers to children’s a. recognition that boys have a penis and girls don’t. b. knowledge that their gender does not change as they grow older. *c. realization of whether they are a boy or girl. d. preference for gender-appropriate activities.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 180 of 381 Page 85 3-38. Which of the following people provides the best summary of theories about gender development? a. Heather: “According to social learning theory, young children only develop concepts about gender if they are raised in highly gender-stereotyped homes.” b. Jason: “Research has shown that rewards, punishments, and modeling are by far the most important factors in gender development.” c. Uma: “Freud’s psychoanalytic theory currently provides the best explanation of gender development.” *d. Samant: “Both social learning theory and cognitive developmental theory are necessary in order to explain gender development.” Page 85 3-39. According to your textbook’s discussion of theoretical explanations, children’s psychological gender development is mostly determined by a. chromosome and hormones. b. children’s own gender schemas. c. rewards and punishments from other people. *d. a combination of children’s own gender schemas and rewards and punishments from other people. Page 85 3-40. Which of the following students provides the best information about theories of gender development? a. Adam: “Children’s gender-related behaviors are more important than their thoughts about gender.” b. Sarah: “Before the age of 5, children’s thoughts about gender are more important than their gender-typed behavior. After 5, their behavior is more important than their thoughts. c. Mylene: “Children’s gender schemas turn out to be more important than any of the other mechanisms for explaining gender development. *d. Rick: “Children’s thoughts and behavior related to gender are both important factors in explaining gender development.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 181 of 381 Page 87 3-41. Which of the following students has the best overview of the research on parents’ stereotyped behavior toward their infants and children? *a. Kyoko: “Parents treat infants according to gender stereotypes, but they show somewhat less stereotyping once they appreciate their children’s own special characteristics.” b. Alexander: “Parents show little stereotyped behavior toward their infants, but much more stereotyping when the children reach school age.” c. Maria: “Parents consistently show stereotyped behavior toward daughters—whether they are infants or children—but they show minimal stereotyping for sons.” d. Sid: “The only area in which parents show stereotyping is with respect to encouragement of aggression in their sons.” Page 87 3-42. According to research on gender-typed activities, a. in reality, parents buy boys and girls the same kinds of toys. *b. parents tend to assign outdoor tasks to boys and domestic tasks to girls. c. parents are particularly likely to discourage gender-inappropriate behavior in their daughters, rather than their sons. d. aside from stereotyped toy preferences, parents pay little attention to their children’s gender-typed activities. Page 87 3-43. How do parents respond to “masculine” or “feminine” behavior in their young children? *a. They often do not mind if their daughters are playing with a “masculine” toy. b. They strongly encourage both sons and daughters toward “gender-appropriate” behavior. c. They are more worried about “gender-inappropriate” behavior in daughters than in sons. d. Mothers are more concerned than fathers about “gender-inappropriate” activities. Page 87 3-44. Suppose that a parent is watching a child playing enthusiastically with a toy that is strongly associated with the other gender. In which of the following situations is the parent most likely to produce a strong negative reaction? a. a mother watching her daughter b. a mother watching her son c. a father watching his daughter *d. a father watching his sonInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 182 of 381 Page 87 3-45. Which of the following situations would typically allow a child to have the greatest amount of freedom in playing with toys considered “appropriate” for the other gender? a. a father interacting with his son b. a father interacting with his daughter *c. a mother interacting with her daughter d. a mother interacting with her son. Page 87 3-46. Which of the following statements about “gender-typed” behavior is true? a. Parents are equally concerned about gender-typed behavior in both their sons and daughters. *b. Fathers are more likely than mothers to encourage gender-typed behavior in both their sons and daughters. c. Mothers are more likely than fathers to encourage gender-typed behavior in both their sons and daughters. d. Fathers tend to encourage gender-typed behavior in sons whereas mothers encourage gender-typed behavior in daughters. Page 88 3-47. Which of the following mother-child conversations would be most likely, according to the discussion in Chapter 3? a. a mother talking with her daughter about anger *b. a mother talking with her son about anger c. a son beginning a conversation about sadness with his mother d. a son beginning a conversation about fear with his mother Page 88 3-48. Imagine that you are seated near a mother, her son, and her daughter as you wait for a plane to arrive. If this mother follows the pattern described in Chapter 3 of your textbook, she is likely to a. talk more to her daughter than to her son. b. talk with her daughter about how to handle angry feelings. c. encourage a larger vocabulary in her son. *d. discuss emotions related to sadness and fear with her daughter.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 183 of 381 Page 88 3-49. Chapter 3 noted that mothers are more likely to discuss sadness with their daughters, whereas they seldom discuss anger with their daughters. A related finding in another part of your textbook is that a. people judge a crying baby boy to be afraid, rather than angry. b. adult males are more likely than adult females to discuss sadness, in order to compensate for not discussing this topic during childhood. *c. adult females are more likely than adult males to spend time thinking about why they are sad. d. adult females are more likely than adult males to be depressed because they resist trying to analyze why they are sad. Pages 88-89 3-50. Adult males are sometimes more aggressive than adult females. According to the research discussed in Chapter 3, parents are especially likely to encourage these tendencies in their children a. by punishing girls for their aggressive behavior. *b. by showing gender differences in their own behavior, which children will imitate. c. by ignoring aggression in boys, so that they boys act even more aggressive in order to gain attention. d. by rewarding kindness in girls, but not in boys. Page 89 3-51. How do parents handle the issue of independence in their children? *a. They are somewhat more likely to supervise their daughters and leave their sons alone. b. They are somewhat more likely to supervise their sons and leave their daughters alone. c. They treat sons and daughters similarly as preschoolers, but supervise daughters more when children reach school age. d. They treat sons and daughters identically with regard to independence. Page 89 3-52. What can we conclude about how parents treat their sons and daughters with respect to independence? a. Parents seem to treat boys and girls exactly the same in the area of independence. b. Because girls mature faster, parents allow their young daughters to be more independent than their sons. c. In every situation that has been studied, parents are more likely to encourage independence in their sons than in their daughters. *d. In some situations, parents are more likely to encourage independence in their sons than in their daughters, but the results are not consistent.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 184 of 381 Pages 89-90 3-53. Ernesto is a Mexican American father who has nontraditional ideas about gender roles. He is playing with his daughter, using a toy stove and toy food. Based on the discussion in Chapter 3, you would expect to see that a. Ernesto would try to guide his daughter toward a game with which he feels more comfortable. b. Ernesto would interact passively with his daughter, only talking when she asks him questions. *c. Ernesto would ask good questions and actively play with his daughter. d. Ernesto would play the role of a father who is being served a meal, but he would not participate in cooking. Pages 89-90 3-54. Your textbook describes a study by Fiese and Skillman (2000), which focused on the gender-related messages that parents convey to their children. According to this research, a. parents in the current decade provided the same kind of achievement messages to their daughters and sons. b. parents in the current decade uniformly emphasized achievement more for their sons than for their daughters. *c. parents who were not very gender-stereotyped were likely to emphasize achievement equally for their sons and daughters. d. fathers consistently emphasized achievement for their sons, whereas mothers consistently emphasized achievement for their daughters. Pages 89-90 3-55. According to the research about parents’ gender-related messages, a. surprisingly, traditional parents and nontraditional parents provide similar messages about gender to their children. *b. traditional parents provide more messages about achievement to their sons than to their daughters. c. African American mothers provide more gender-biased messages to their children, compared with mothers from other cultural groups. d. children’s parents are much more likely than children’s peers to encourage gender typing. Page 91 3-56. Which of the following is not one of the ways that peers encourage gender typing? a. They downgrade children who act in non-stereotypical ways. b. They encourage gender segregation. *c. They are prejudiced against members of their own gender. d. They treat boys and girls differently.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 185 of 381 Page 91 3-57. Holly likes to climb trees, play fighting games, and take charge on the playground. She describes herself as a typical tomboy. Holly’s peers are likely to a. ignore her behavior, figuring she’ll stop eventually. b. encourage her behavior, viewing her as more fun than the more feminine girls. *c. try to convince her to act more feminine. d. imitate her nontraditional behavior, so that she can see how ridiculous she looks. Page 91 3-58. Children sometimes behave in a way that is more typical of the other gender. How do other children react to this child’s nontraditional behavior? a. Children almost always ignore a girl who is playing with a toy considered appropriate for a boy. b. Children usually have no problem with a boy who talks about his feelings, as long as he doesn’t play with a toy considered appropriate for a girl. *c. Children typically react in a more negative fashion to nontraditional behavior in a boy, rather than in a girl. d. In general, children seem to ignore “nontraditional behavior” in a peer. Pages 91-92 3-59. The tendency to associate with other children of the same gender is known as a. gender identity. b. gender schema. *c. gender segregation. d. gender discrimination. Pages 91-92 3-60. Imagine that you are walking past a playground. You are likely to see that children *a. who are about 3 to 6 years old fairly likely to play with same-gender children. b. who are about 11 to 12 years old are fairly likely to play with same-gender children. c. do not seem to show any systematic preferences for play partners. d. show no systematic preferences for play partners if they are playing at games that require motor skills, but for other activities, boys play with boys and girls play with girls. Page 92 3-61. Suppose that you are observing a group of preschool children, as part of a class assignment. You notice that three boys have taken over a sandbox in the corner of a playground, and they are saying to a girl, “No, you can’t play here because you aren’t a boy.” The boys’ behavior is an example of a. modeling. b. heterosexism. *c. entitlement. d. stereotype threat.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 186 of 381 Pages 92-93 3-62. Your textbook discusses a study by Powlishta on gender prejudice in children. When children watched videotapes of a child interacting with an adult, a. both boys and girls liked the boy targets better. b. both boys and girls liked boy targets better when they were engaged in “masculine” activities and girl targets better in “feminine” activities. *c. girls liked girl targets better, whereas boys liked boy targets better. d. surprisingly, girls liked boy targets better, whereas boys liked girl targets better. Pages 92-93 3-63. What can we conclude about children’s attitudes toward members of the other gender? a. From about the age of four, children seem quite positive about children of the other gender. b. Boys show gender prejudice, but girls do not. *c. Children are more positive about same-gender peers than about other-gender peers. d. Adults are much more biased than children in their attitudes toward members of the other gender. Pages 93-94 3-64. Suppose that you are working in a preschool setting. Based on Smith’s research on preschoolers’ treatment of other children, you would be most likely to observe that children a. do not seem to notice whether or not their peers are attractive. b. consistently treat cute boys and girls more nicely than less attractive boys and girls. c. are nice to the cute boys and aggressive toward the less attractive boys. *d. are nice to the cute girls and aggressive toward the less attractive girls. Pages 90-94 3-65. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the way that children provide gender-related messages to their peers? a. Naomi: “Children in North America who are 3 or 4 years old prefer to play with a same-gender child, but school-aged children have no preferences.” *b. Gwendal: “When children play mostly in single-gender groups, they tend to learn and practice gender-stereotyped behavior.” c. Elli: “In general, girls are more likely than boys to show entitlement, a behavior that encourages gender segregation.” d. Jeff: “Both girls and boys give consistently higher ratings to boys, whereas they downgrade girls.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 187 of 381 Page 95 3-66. What can we conclude about teachers’ behavior toward boys and girls? a. They give girls much more praise than they give boys. *b. They give boys more positive feedback than they give girls. c. They pay more attention to girls during the teaching process. d. They criticize both boys and girls, but girls receive more constructive criticism than boys do. Page 95 3-67. When researchers study teachers’ behavior toward elementary-school children, they typically find that *a. classroom teachers offer more positive feedback to boys than to girls. b. male teachers pay more attention to boys, but female teachers pay more attention to girls. c. Black girls are relatively quiet in the classroom during the early grades, but they participate more actively when they reach fourth or fifth grade. d. in low-income families, girls earn lower grades in school than boys do. Page 95 3-68. Research on teachers’ behavior in the classroom shows that a. boys who call out answers are likely to be severely criticized. *b. teachers often pay more attention to boys. c. teachers call on girls as much as they call on boys. d. teachers provide more precise feedback to girls than to boys. Page 95 3-69. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the research on teachers’ reactions to children in their classes? a. Vincent: “Teachers pay attention to Black girls, but they tend to ignore girls from other ethnic backgrounds.” *b. Alicia: “Teachers are likely to treat middle-class children better than lower-class children.” c. Marie-France: “Because girls are relatively conscientious, teachers pay more attention to them than to the boys.” d. Takeshi: “In the current era, teachers treat boys and girls similarly.” Page 96 3-70. The section on encouraging changes in the educational system reported that *a. colleges and universities are now likely to include material on gender and ethnic diversity in their teacher-training programs. b. attempts to modify children’s gender stereotypes, in general, have no effect on children’s beliefs. c. a series of brief exercises about gender stereotypes, surprisingly, can almost completely eliminate these stereotypes. d. media coverage of problems in education rarely produces change.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 188 of 381 Page 96 3-71. Chapter 3 included a discussion about educational programs designed to change children’s gender stereotypes. According to this discussion, a. colleges that train teachers seldom discuss the topic of gender stereotypes and gender discrimination. b. once children have developed firm gender stereotypes, it’s easier to change their gender biases. c. most children can change their gender stereotypes after either one or two carefully designed learning periods. *d. it’s difficult to encourage children to change their gender stereotypes because they actively construct their ideas about gender. Pages 96-97 3-72. In nonindustrialized countries, the data on elementary education show that a. girls usually receive more education than boys, but primarily with female teachers. *b. boys usually receive more education than girls. c. girls are primarily taught reading in school, and boys are primarily taught math. d. there are no gender differences in the education offered to boys and girls. Pages 96-97 3-73. Research on education in nonindustrialized countries shows that a. girls are more likely to attend school, whereas boys are more likely to perform work. b. boys and girls are equally likely to attend elementary school, but girls are more likely to attend secondary school. *c. females are significantly less likely than males to be able to read and write. d. girls and boys, in general, are treated similarly. Pages 96-97 3-74. According to the discussion of gender and education in countries outside North America, a. girls in India are more likely than boys to be enrolled in school. *b. in nonindustrialized countries, men are much more likely than women to be able to read. c. in the current era, education is considered so important for both males and females that there are no gender differences in literacy rates. d. the governments of wealthy countries have developed numerous literacy programs for children in nonindustrialized countries, and they insist that girls and boys should be equally represented in these programs.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 189 of 381 Pages 96-97 3-75. According to the discussion of education in nonindustrialized countries, *a. when mothers are able to read, they typically have healthier children, who are also better educated. b. the literacy rate for women is uniformly low in all these countries. c. the wealthiest countries in the world have donated so much money that any gender difference in literacy should be eliminated by 2015. d. about 55% of the world’s illiterate adults are female. Page 98 3-76. According to the research on children’s television, a. males and females are currently shown in equal numbers, and the activities they perform are similar. b. males and females are currently shown in equal numbers, but the activities they perform are different. c. more males are currently shown than females, but the activities they perform are similar. *d. more males are currently shown than females, and the activities they perform are different. Page 98 3-77. Studies on television viewing and gender stereotyping show that a. there is no relationship between these two variables in any of the studies yet conducted. b. most television programs actually encourage children to decrease gender stereotyping. *c. there is generally a correlation between television viewing and gender stereotyping. d. television seems only to influence gender stereotyping in children above the age of 10. Page 98 3-78. Suppose that a study shows a strong positive correlation between the number of hours that children spend watching television and the degree to which they hold stereotyped views of gender roles. Based on this information, we can conclude that a. only stereotyped children are likely to be able to tolerate many hours of television viewing. b. television clearly encourages gender-stereotyped views. c. parents are not responsible for conveying ideas about gender roles. *d. there is a relationship between television watching and stereotyped gender roles.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 190 of 381 Page 98 3-79. Researchers have examined television programs and videogames that are aimed at children. This research shows that a. there are actually more girls than boys in the TV advertisements. b. females actually display more leadership than males do in the TV programs aimed at children. *c. video games tend to be aimed at boys, and they typically encourage boys to develop computer skills. d. the amount of time that children spend watching television is not significantly correlated with their scores on measures of gender stereotyping. Page 99 3-80. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the representation of gender in children’s books? *a. Sushil: “The main character is male in about two-thirds of these books.” b. Marie-France: “Although females are underrepresented in these books, the female main characters are very competent.” c. Christopher: “Although females are represented in a stereotypical fashion in these books, the males are often shown doing ‘stereotypically feminine’ tasks.” d. Evan: “Fortunately, the books that have been published since 2000 show remarkably little gender stereotyped behavior.” Page 99 3-81. Studies of children’s books show that a. they often appear to be sexist, but this sexism has little effect on children. b. the problem of sexism in children’s books seems to have disappeared during the past decade. c. females may be underrepresented, but at least those who are shown are quite competent. *d. even today, children’s books often show boys solving problems and being active, whereas girls are more passive. Pages 99-100 3-82. A study by Ochman examined the impact of children’s books on subsequent behavior. According to this study, a. the kind of books read by children had minimal impact on their behavior. *b. children showed increased self-esteem when a model of their own gender had solved a problem in the book. c. children of both genders showed increased self-esteem when the model in the book was male. d. children of both genders showed increased self-esteem when the model in the book was female.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 191 of 381 Page 102 3-83. Alex is only 6 months old. According to the research on children’s knowledge about gender, Alex is likely to a. view males and females the same; they’re all just people to children that young. b. prefer to look at pictures of people of the same gender. c. prefer to look at pictures of people of the other gender. *d. recognize that males and females belong to different categories. Pages 102-103 3-84. Suppose that you are talking with a 4-year-old girl. What information is this girl likely to know about gender? *a. She probably looks longer at a picture of a man doing a feminine task, compared to all other combinations of the person’s gender and the task that the person is doing. b. She probably cannot provide accurate gender labels for photos of people. c. She can probably explain the differences between females and males. d. If you show her a coloring book, she probably will not select a picture that is stereotypically associated with females. Page 103 3-85. Suppose that several children who are 4 and 5 years old are looking at some coloring books and deciding which pictures to color. You will be most likely to see *a. the boys coloring a picture of a football player and the girls coloring a picture of a princess. b. the boys coloring a picture of a princess and the girls coloring a picture of a football player. c. the girls coloring a picture of a princess and the boys coloring a picture of a genderneutral scene. d. both girls and boys coloring a picture of a gender-neutral scene. Page 103 3-86. You are playing with your 5-year-old nephew Matthew. According to the research on children’s stereotypes about gender, Matthew is most likely to *a. know which toys the boys are “supposed to” like, and choose gender-consistent activities himself. b. know which toys the boys are “supposed to” like, but show no gender preferences in his own play activities. c. be easily persuaded to play with toys considered appropriate for the other gender. d. choose gender-consistent play activities, but report little understanding of what boys are “supposed to” like.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 192 of 381 Pages 103-105 3-87. Suppose you are teaching 4-year-olds in a preschool program. The children in your class are likely to believe, with respect to occupations, that a. women can become anything they want to be, though men have more restricted occupational choices. b. women have more prestigious jobs than men. *c. teachers tend to be women, and construction workers tend to be men. d. there is no relationship between occupation and gender. Pages 103-105 3-88. The research on children’s ideas about occupations shows that a. occupational stereotypes are mostly confined to middle-class White children. b. most children under the age of 5 do not have clear-cut ideas about occupational stereotypes. *c. girls frequently say that they would be angry with a typically “masculine” occupation, but boys frequently say that they would be extremely angry with a typically “feminine” occupation. d. although children are stereotyped about the occupations of other people, they do not tend to prefer gender-stereotyped occupations for themselves. Page 105 3-89. Research on children’s stereotypes about gender shows that *a. kindergartners tend to believe that males are more aggressive than females. b. kindergartners actually tend to believe that females are stronger and more competent than males. c. children do not have different beliefs about boys and girls until they reach the age of 8. d. children under the age of 6 have very clear stereotypes about females, but their stereotypes about males are not well developed. Page 105 3-90. Your textbook described a study in which 8- to 10-year old children rated photos of women, men, girls, and boys on several personality characteristics. The study demonstrated that a. only the boys tended to make different judgments about the male photos and the female photos. b. children in this age range had not yet developed clear-cut stereotypes about gender and personality. c. children actually judged the male photos as “weaker” than the female photos. *d. children in this age bracket have stereotypes about gender and personality.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 193 of 381 Pages 105-106 3-91. According to the research on children’s stereotypes, a. younger children know just as much as older children about our culture’s traditional gender stereotypes, but the younger children have more flexible stereotypes. *b. older children know more than younger children about our culture’s gender stereotypes, but the older children have more flexible stereotypes. c. the current research shows that children are much less aware of gender stereotypes than the children who grew up in the 1960s. d. younger children have more flexible gender stereotypes than older children.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 194 of 381 CHAPTER 4 Adolescence Page 109 4-1. The period during development in which a young person experiences physical changes that lead to sexual maturity is known as *a. puberty. b. adolescence. c. dysmenorrhea. d. the premenstrual syndrome. Page 109 4-2. Lynda has just had her first menstrual period. The technical term for this beginning of menstruation is *a. menarche. b. menopause. c. dysmenorrhea. d. premenstrual syndrome. Page 109 4-3. Which of the students provides the best summary of the two terms, “puberty” and “adolescence,” as applied to females? a. Cyndie: “Puberty refers to psychological changes, whereas adolescence refers to sexual changes.” b. Ulman: “Puberty refers a female’s first menstrual period, whereas adolescence refers to psychological changes.” *c. Tori: “Puberty refers to the physical changes that are related to sexual maturity, whereas adolescence refers to psychological changes.” d. Gustavo: “Puberty is a general term, referring to both physical and psychological changes, whereas adolescence refers to people who are between 13 and 20 years old.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 195 of 381 Page 109 4-4. According to the introduction to the chapter on adolescence, *a. menarche is an important component of puberty in young women. b. there is a clear-cut transition between the end of adolescence and the beginning of adulthood. c. the research shows that adults provide adolescents with consistent, focused messages about sexuality. d. females reach menarche at an average age of 10. Page 110 4-5. According to the discussion of puberty in Chapter 4, a. Asian-American females reach puberty before females from other ethnic groups. *b. body weight is typically correlated with the age at which a female reaches puberty. c. contrary to Theme 4, young females’ reactions to puberty show remarkably little variation. d. in the United States, the average girl enters puberty between the ages of 8 and 10. Page 111 4-6. According to Chapter 4 in your textbook, secondary sex characteristics are a. the chromosomes responsible for sex determination. b. the biological structures that are directly responsible for sexual reproduction. *c. features of the body related to sexual reproduction but not directly involved in it. d. the portions of the brain that control the release of hormones. Page 111 4-7. The pituitary gland is important in menstruation because it *a. produces hormones that are critical in the menstrual cycle. b. produces pain suppressants that diminish the strength of menstrual cramps. c. is located directly underneath the ovaries. d. regulates a woman’s mood during menstruation. Page 111 4-8. What role do hormones play in the menstrual cycle? a. Increased estrogen irritates the endometrium, which causes it to shed. b. Hormones are part of the menstrual flow. *c. Hormones regulate the development of the follicles and the lining of the uterus. d. Hormones provide nutrition for the egg. Page 111 4-9. What is an important function of the ovaries in the menstrual cycle? a. They discard their endometrium lining, which produces menstrual flow. *b. They contain the eggs, which are released in the middle of the cycle. c. They suppress activity in the pituitary gland. d. They inhibit the production of estrogen and progesterone.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 196 of 381 Page 111 4-10. What is ovulation? a. The stimulation of the follicle that contains the egg b. The development of the endometrium *c. The release of the egg at the middle of the menstrual cycle d. The sloughing off of the endometrium Page 111 4-11. During the menstrual cycle, a woman’s reproductive system releases an egg, through a process called a. the luteinizing hormone effect. b. menarche. *c. ovulation. d. the endometrium-shedding process. Page 111 4-12. The term “ovulation” refers to the process during which a. the follicle-stimulating hormone acts on the follicles within the ovaries. b. estrogen acts on the uterine lining, leading to the development of the endometrium. *c. the egg moves out of the ovary. d. the menstrual flow is the heaviest. Page 112 4-13. The events in the menstrual cycle are best described as a. reactions to specific levels of estrogen. b. controlled primarily by the hypothalamus, which produces both estrogen and progesterone. c. a series of bodily changes that lead to behavioral and mood changes. *d. a feedback loop involving changes in brain structures, hormones, and reproductive structures.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 197 of 381 Pages 111-113 4-14. As described in Chapter 4, the various brain structures and other biological factors operate according to a feedback loop in order to regulate the menstrual cycle. Which of the following students provides the best description of this feedback loop? *a. Dakwan: “When the level of a hormone is too high, a structure in the brain is signaled to inhibit hormone production; when the level is too low, the brain structure is signaled to produce more hormones.” b. Angus: “When the hypothalamus is signaled, a follicle in the hypothalamus releases an egg; when the hypothalamus is not signaled, the follicle does not release the egg.” c. Sandi: “When a female reaches puberty, her endometrium signals the pituitary gland, which varies in size, depending on the menstrual cycle; for instance, the pituitary gland is largest at the time of ovulation.” d. Adriana: “When a female has her period, the menstrual flow signals the hypothalamus, which inhibits the development of the follicle.” Page 112 4-15. After the egg has left the follicle, in the middle of the menstrual cycle, the *a. follicle turns into a structure that secretes progesterone and estrogen. b. pituitary gland produces more follicle-stimulating hormone. c. follicle immediately shrinks in size. d. endometrium thickens considerably. Page 113 4-16. Dysmenorrhea is *a. painful cramps in the abdominal region, as well as other pain accompanying menstruation. b. an absence of menstrual periods that may occur in young women who have anorexia. c. a condition in which menstrual flow is unusually heavy. d. a condition in which menarche is reached prior to the age of 10. Page 113 4-17. According to Chapter 4, menstrual pain a. is largely psychological in origin. b. is not significantly influenced by psychological factors. *c. is related to elevated prostaglandin levels. d. is especially severe in women as they approach menopause.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 198 of 381 Page 113 4-18. Your textbook notes that there is a correlation between a woman’s tendency to be anxious and the amount of menstrual pain that she reports. What conclusion should you draw from this information? a. Women who are anxious are more likely to exaggerate the amount of menstrual pain that they experience, in comparison to women who are low in anxiety. b. Women who experience a high level of menstrual pain are likely to become more anxious than other women. c. There must be some other variable that can explain this relationship, rather than a direct correlation between anxiety and menstrual pain. *d. Women who are low in anxiety are likely to experience a low amount of menstrual pain. Page 113 4-19. According to the discussion of menstrual pain, there is a correlation between a woman’s anxiety level and the degree of menstrual pain. Based on this statement, we can conclude that a. women who are anxious produce more prostaglandins, which directly produce more pain. b. women who are anxious are likely to focus more on their painful cramps, which encourages them to report more pain. c. women who experience menstrual pain are likely to be worried about the pain, so that they become more anxious. *d. women who are above-average in anxiety are also likely to be above-average in menstrual pain. Page 113 4-20. Which of the following young women best summarizes the information on menstrual pain and PMS? a. Lizzie: “Pain, PMS, it’s all just part of what women have to live with every month.” b. Maria: “Although few women experience menstrual pain, most women experience some symptoms of PMS.” *c. Nadja: “Most women experience some menstrual pain, but estimates of the extent of PMS are more controversial.” d. Olivia: “The research finds support for cyclical variation in mood swings, but finds no support for the existence of menstrual pain.” Page 113 4-21. According to the discussion of the premenstrual syndrome, this problem a. is strongest in the first few days after menstrual flow has begun. *b. may involve depression and irritability. c. can be completely avoided by the proper diet. d. is an important issue for between 75% and 95% of North American women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 199 of 381 Page 114 4-22. One reason that the premenstrual syndrome is so controversial is that a. feminists believe that the premenstrual syndrome is something that has been invented by male gynecologists. *b. there is no clear definition for PMS. c. it decreases in intensity following pregnancy. d. psychologists point out that it strongly resembles an intense fear, characteristic of a phobia. Page 114 4-23. Suppose that one of your friends says, “Of course premenstrual syndrome (PMS) is a major problem for women, because there are about 200 different symptoms.” Which of the following responses should you emphasize? a. “You are correct; at least half of adolescent women experience pain prior to menstruation.” b. “You are correct; according to research, blood tests have demonstrated that the majority of adolescent females experience PMS.” *c. “You are not correct; if approximately 200 symptoms have been reported for PMS, then there is no clear-cut operational definition for PMS.” d. “You are not correct; when a health professional gives a woman a shot of prostaglandins, the PMS symptoms disappear within about one hour.” Page 115 4-24. Hardie’s 10-week study of women’s daily health and stress diaries found that a. women who said “I think I have PMS” did record more negative emotions premenstrually than women who reported no PMS. b. most of the women studied met the criterion for PMS, whether they thought they had it or not. *c. none of the women in this study met the criterion for PMS. d. although women’s stress symptoms varied with the menstrual cycle, their emotional state did not. Pages 115-116 4-25. Chapter 4 features a discussion about the issue of mood swings during the menstrual cycle. This discussion pointed out that a. the better controlled studies are most likely to show evidence of mood swings. b. the research is now relatively easy to conduct, because psychologists have developed an appropriate definition for the premenstrual syndrome. c. evidence for mood swings has been demonstrated only for women who are under the age of 25. *d. many studies find no clear-cut evidence for mood swings.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 200 of 381 Pages 115-116 4-26. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the premenstrual syndrome (PMS)? a. Natasha: “According to the most recent research, hormones play a major role in PMS, especially because the levels of hormones increase and decrease during the menstrual cycle.” b. Midori: “Women who believe that they have PMS are indeed likely to have very negative emotions prior to their menstrual period, and much more positive emotions at other times of their cycle.” *c. Charles: “We cannot draw firm conclusions, but psychological and cultural factors seem to play an important role in women’s reports about PMS.” d. Dustin: “The most recent research shows that PMS is actually an important component of dysmenorrhea.” Page 116 4-27. Research by Joan Chrisler showed that female college students often thought that other women had more severe premenstrual symptoms than they did. This finding suggests that *a. the incidence of premenstrual syndrome may be exaggerated. b. the premenstrual syndrome is a genuine problem that should be addressed by developing appropriate medications. c. the premenstrual syndrome is actually a psychological problem, rather than a physical problem. d. the premenstrual syndrome should be publicized more widely. Page 116 4-28. Suppose that you know a girl who has not yet begun to menstruate. She asks you what to expect about her menstrual cycle. You would tell her that a. most women suffer from premenstrual tension. *b. hormonal factors may cause premenstrual problems in some women, but cultural and psychological factors are probably more important. c. very few women experience any menstrual pain. d. the proper attitude toward menstruation can almost always eliminate the premenstrual syndrome. Pages 116-117 4-29. A female friend complains to you that her anxiety and tension are all related to PMS. She sighs, “There’s nothing I can do about it.” Based on the information in Chapter 4, your best response is a. “I’ve read that antidepressants are currently the best treatment for PMS.” b. “According to my Psychology of Women course, there’s no such thing as PMS. You better look for another explanation.” c. “Exercise and a healthier diet have been clearly shown to improve PMS symptoms.” *d. “Are there other problems that might be causing your anxiety and tension, other than PMS?”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 201 of 381 Pages 116-117 4-30. According to the discussion of coping with the premenstrual syndrome (PMS), a. because there is no evidence for PMS, the best advice is that women should stop worrying about mood swings. b. current research demonstrates that exercise and a sensible diet can significantly reduce PMS. *c. women who are worried about PMS should keep records to see if tension and anxiety actually do show an increase and decrease throughout their menstrual cycles. d. women who think they have PMS should urge their health-care providers to prescribe an antidepressant. Page 117 4-31. Research has been conducted using the Menstrual Joy Questionnaire, followed by several traditional menstrual symptoms checklists. This research has found that a. almost all women reported completely negative reactions. b. thinking about the positive side to menstruation helped to reduce women’s menstrual pain significantly. *c. women who completed the Menstrual Joy Questionnaire were later more likely to report feelings of well-being and excitement as symptoms of menstruation. d. only women who reported no negative symptoms of menstruation showed evidence of menstrual joy. Pages 118-119 4-32. Menstrual myths and taboos a. are primarily limited to North America. b. have almost completely disappeared in modern-day America. c. are largely positive in cultures outside of mainstream North America. *d. provide additional evidence that women are devalued in many cultures. Pages 118-119 4-33. According to the discussion of menstruation in Chapter 4, *a. menstruation is a relatively invisible topic in North America today. b. when menstruation is discussed in the media, the emphasis is mainly that menstruation is a positive sign of maturity. c. most common terms for menstruation suggest at least partly positive images. d. during the current era, most of the taboos about menstruation have disappeared.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 202 of 381 Pages 118-119 4-34. The research on cultural attitudes toward menstruation demonstrates that a. many cultures outside North America believe that menstruating women have extraordinary healing powers. *b. North Americans usually avoid discussing menstruation. c. North American advertisements typically emphasize that women should speak more openly about menstruation with both relatives and friends. d. North American magazines for women typically emphasize that menstruation may be inconvenient, but it symbolizes womanhood. Page 120 4-35. During adolescence, the gender differences in self-esteem a. reveal both statistical significance and practical significance throughout adolescence. b. are relatively large for Black females and males. c. are relatively large for females and males who come from well-educated families. *d. are not consistent, and they are not very large. Page 120 4-36. Suppose that your professor says, “A meta-analysis was conducted on gender differences in adolescents’ attitudes toward education.” From that description, you know that the researchers a. asked a large number of experts to provide opinions on the topic. b. counted the number of studies that showed more positive attitudes for females, more positive attitudes for males, or no gender differences. c. tried to see whether attitudes toward education were correlated with the number of years of education the adolescents had achieved. *d. statistically combined the results from a large number of previous studies on the topic. Page 120 4-37. Your text discusses two meta-analyses on adolescents’ self-esteem. These analyses found that a. gender differences are very small throughout the lifespan. *b. gender differences are somewhat larger during late adolescence than during other periods. c. gender differences are large during childhood and adolescence, but small in adulthood. d. surprisingly, the average male scores slightly lower in self-esteem than the average female.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 203 of 381 Page 120 4-38. According to your text, group comparisons of self-esteem indicate that *a. gender differences in self-esteem are relatively small for Blacks compared to European Americans. b. gender differences are larger for Blacks than for European Americans. c. gender differences are relatively small among lower- and middle-class participants, but somewhat larger among upper-class participants. d. consistent gender differences are found across ethnic groups and social classes. Page 120 4-39. Which of the following statements best summarizes the research on self-esteem? a. Research studies consistently find a drop in females’ self-esteem during adolescence. b. Consistent gender differences are found throughout the lifespan. *c. Gender differences in self-esteem are inconsistent; the differences depend on age, ethnicity, and social class. d. Despite the media publicity over this issue, research studies find no gender differences in self-esteem. Page 120 4-40. According to the research on self-esteem, a. females’ self-esteem increases as they move through adolescence. b. males have consistently higher self-esteem than females. c. no gender differences have been found in the well-controlled studies. *d. gender differences in self-esteem depend on factors such as age and social class. Page 121 4-41. According to the research on body image and the physical self-concepts of adolescents, *a. concern about body appearance can lead to eating disorders in young women. b. young men receive the same kinds of messages about appearance that young women receive. c. young men and young women are equally concerned about their own physical appearance. d. athletic young women almost never see examples of female athletes in the media, and so they do not understand that women can be competent athletes. Page 122 4-42. According to the section on adolescents’ body image and physical self-concept, a. males and females are equally concerned about their own physical attractiveness. *b. physical appearance is the strongest predictor of self-worth in adolescent females. c. males are more likely than females to have positive self-concepts if they are positive about their physical appearance. d. images of athletic females in the media are even less common than 10 years ago, so that athletic young women typically prefer to have anorexic-looking bodies.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 204 of 381 Page 122 4-43. Which of the following statements best summarizes the material on adolescents’ body image and physical self-concepts? a. Prior to adulthood, both males and females are generally positive about their bodies. b. Surprisingly, adolescent males show more concern about their physical appearance than do adolescent females. c. Athletic competence is a strong predictor of self-worth in both females and males. *d. In general, adolescent males feel valued for their athletic competence, whereas adolescent females feel valued for their physical appearance. Page 122 4-44. Your textbook includes a section on feminist identity during adolescence. According to this discussion, a. surprisingly, adolescents have more positive attitudes toward feminists than toward non-feminist women. *b. because adolescent women can think about abstract topics, they can consider issues such as feminist identity. c. in several samples, more than half of young women said they were feminists. d. young women are relatively likely to say that they are feminists, but relatively few say that they believe in equality. Page 123 4-45. According to the discussion of feminist identity in Chapter 4, a. adolescent males are just as likely as adolescent females to have a feminist identity. b. adolescent females who say that they have a feminist identity are typically unable to provide an accurate definition for the word “feminist.” c. in general, those people who oppose feminist beliefs have a complex view of themselves. *d. adolescents are more likely to believe in gender equality than to say that they are feminists. Pages 123-124 4-46. An adolescent female who says that she is a feminist is likely to *a. have a relatively complex view of herself. b. have more feminine characteristics than the average woman. c. have a mother who is not a feminist. d. have a very negative body image.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 205 of 381 Page 124 4-47. What can we conclude about cultural identity during adolescence? a. During this stage, the majority of both males and females ignore their ethnic identity. b. Adolescence is a stage in which young people typically develop a strong pride in their cultural identity—whether they are male or female. c. Males who are strongly identified with their cultural identity often have their masculinity questioned. *d. The research has not consistently found gender differences in cultural identity. Page 124 4-48. According to the discussion of adolescents’ cultural identity, a. even European American adolescents go through a process of cultural identity formation. *b. some young women of color initially reject their cultural or ethnic group. c. their cultural identity is typically stronger than their ethnic identity. d. Black and Latino males are more strongly identified with their ethnic group than are Black and Latina females. Pages 124-125 4-49. According to the discussion of adolescents who are Muslim Americans, a. about 90% of them came to the United States from Afghanistan and Iraq. *b. teenage girls in the United States were arrested and interrogated for several weeks, following the September 11, 2001 bombing. c. almost all of these adolescents retain their Muslim identity, and they do not feel that they have any American identity. d. almost all of these adolescents emphasize their American identity, and they do not feel that they retain any Muslim identity. Page 126 4-50. Part of Chapter 4 discussed teenagers’ self-concepts. According to the information about transgender identity, *a. a transgendered person may decide to live as a man, to live as a woman, or to create another category for themselves. b. someone cannot be categorized as a transgendered person unless this person has had the appropriate surgery. c. by 2008, only 20 US colleges and universities had an official policy that there should be no discrimination against transgendered people. d. most people have more positive attitudes about genital surgery for an adult, compared to their attitudes about genital surgery for an intersexed infant.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 206 of 381 Page 128 4-51. What can we conclude about the experiences of adolescent women and men in high school math and science classes? a. Sexism is just as prevalent as it was 10 years ago. *b. Females often feel less competent and effective in these courses—even when they perform very well. c. Objective studies now show that females are treated somewhat better than men in the math classroom. d. High school males are still significantly more likely than high school females to sign up for upper-level math courses. Page 128 4-52. Which of the following students provides the best explanation for why high school females are less likely than males to consider careers in math and science? a. Qi: “Although females earn higher grades in English and other similar courses, males earn higher grades in math and science.” b. Lois: “A major problem is that parents make it clear that their daughters should pursue a career that is more traditionally feminine.” *c. Chip: “Females actually perform well in math and science courses, but they feel less competent than males do.” d. Saundra: “Teachers actually encourage females to pursue careers in math and science, but females do not respond to this encouragement.” Page 128 4-53. Your niece Tawnya is interested in a career in math or science. What might you say to her about any obstacles or encouragement she might encounter? a. Although you’re likely to receive lower grades than the males in your classes, you should pursue your dream anyway. b. You’ve got nothing to worry about. These days, studies no longer find any differences in how males and females are treated in the sciences. *c. Find some gender-fair career guidance and see if you can locate programs for young women interested in science. d. Adolescent females who encounter obstacles are actually more likely than other adolescent females to achieve academic success. Page 129 4-54. According to the research on college enrollments in the United States, a. men still constitute the majority of undergraduates. b. the gender gap for professors is about the same as the gender gap for students. c. the gender gap for Whites is larger than the gender gap for all the other ethnic groups. *d. the data on US citizens show that women now earn about half of the PhD degrees.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 207 of 381 Pages 129-130 4-55. The term chilly classroom climate refers to situations in which *a. females and males are treated differently in the classroom. b. high-school counselors recommend different classes for males than for females. c. classroom teachers prefer feminine, dependent behavior in the classroom. d. female students harass males more often than male students harass females. Pages 129-130 4-56. What can we conclude about current research on the “chilly classroom climate”? a. The research that has been conducted shows consistent evidence of bias against women. b. Women consistently report that they are well treated in the classroom. *c. Current research does not provide compelling evidence for a chilly climate in college classrooms. d. Some research suggests that men often face discrimination in the college classroom. Page 130 4-57. The discussion about higher education and students of color pointed out that *a. tribal colleges offer Native Americans a transition between their native culture and colleges where most students are European American. b. academic achievement is emphasized more for Black males than for Black females. c. most Latina females report that faculty members expect them to do well in college. d. Latina families are more likely than other families to encourage their daughters to enroll in a college that is far from home. Page 131 4-58. Imagine that you are talking with a group of high-school students about their career goals. You are likely to find that a. the young men are more ambitious than the young women. *b. the young women are more likely than the young men to choose a career that is not traditional for their gender. c. the young women are not likely to mention an interest in marriage and children. d. the majority of young women say that they are interested in pursuing a traditionally masculine career.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 208 of 381 Page 131 4-59. Which of the following statements most accurately summarizes the research on adolescents’ career aspirations? a. Adolescent males are more ambitious about their educational and career plans than adolescent females are. b. Adolescent males are more likely than adolescent females to choose a nontraditional career. *c. Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to report that they have gathered appropriate information for their future career. d. Adolescent males are increasingly likely to mention children and child care in their career plans. Page 131 4-60. An adolescent woman who chooses a stereotypically masculine career is likely to a. report a sense of discontent about her high-school years. b. report frequent mood swings. *c. be relatively self-confident about her academic ability. d. report some resentment toward men. Page 131 4-61. A variety of personal attributes are likely to predict an adolescent woman’s choice of a nontraditional career. Which of the following is not one of the attributes mentioned in Chapter 4? a. supportive family b. independence c. assertiveness *d. high interest in romantic relationships Page 133 4-62. According to the research on how adolescents interact with their parents, a. most adolescent males and females report that they disagree with their parents about most important issues. b. males are typically less likely than females to argue with their parents. c. most adolescent males and females feel they have little in common with their parents. *d. most adolescent males and females get along fairly well with their parents.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 209 of 381 Page 133 4-63. According to the research on the interactions between adolescents and their parents, a. most adolescent females report feeling closer to their fathers, while most adolescent males report feeling closer to their mothers. *b. most female and male adolescents agree with their parents on the major kinds of values. c. most young women report that their parents do not approve of their same-gender friends. d. young women of color typically do not feel that their parents provide emotional support. Page 133 4-64. Chapter 4 discussed several studies on how teenagers feel about their parents. The results of these studies indicate that a. the majority of both females and males report that they frequently argue with their parents. *b. females felt closer to their mothers than to their fathers. c. younger females felt alienated from their parents, but older females felt close to their parents. d. although females agree with their parents on minor issues, they often disagree on major issues like religion and politics. Page 133 4-65. Research on adolescents’ emotions and relationships with their families indicates that a. both males and females report that they disagree with their parents about social values and politics. b. adolescent males report more feelings of shame and fear, whereas adolescent females report more sadness. *c. adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to talk about their emotional experiences. d. both adolescent females and males experience intense emotions and are generally reluctant to express them. Page 134 4-66. Which of the following statements best summarizes the research on friendship during adolescence? a. During adolescence, both males and females are establishing independence from their friends. b. Males are more likely than females to get together with their friends. *c. Female friendships may be somewhat more intimate than male friendships, but the differences are not large. d. No gender differences have been reported in the intimacy of adolescent friendships.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 210 of 381 Page 134 4-67. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary about gender comparisons in adolescents’ friendships? a. Samantha: “Females have much closer friendship patterns than males do.” *b. Rosalpina: “Females generally emphasize that intimate conversations are very important to them.” c. Jacques: “Females who focus their attention on their friends—rather than themselves—are likely to be very well adjusted during early adulthood.” d. Michael: “Contrary to popular opinion, the research shows virtually no gender differences in relationships with friends.” Page 134 4-68. According to the discussion about adolescent females’ friendships, *a. lower-class European American women often find that their friendships provide good support for themselves. b. female friendships are much more intimate than male friendships. c. adolescent females say that the characteristics they value most in a friendship are popularity and a sense of style. d. no gender differences have been found in the closeness of adolescent friendships. Page 136 4-69. According to the research on heterosexual relationships during adolescence, *a. the media that target adolescent females usually portray gender-stereotyped romances. b. because of the pressure to be like other adolescents, almost all adolescent romances are highly gender stereotyped. c. most of these relationships last only 1 to 2 months. d. in most heterosexual romantic relationships, women think so intensely about their boyfriend that they do not take time to consider their own self-worth. Page 136 4-70. Your textbook discusses teenagers’ romantic relationships. According to this discussion, a. the topic of teenagers’ heterosexual relationships has been a popular research area for several decades. b. the majority of Latinas and African American females reported that they had sexual intercourse by the age of 14. c. for young teenagers, the majority of heterosexual romances last about 7 months. *d. the media provide a strong message that teenage girls should have a boyfriend.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 211 of 381 Page 135-137 4-71. Research on early heterosexual romances indicates that a. many of these relationships develop into lifelong partnerships. b. these relationships typically last an average of only one month. c. both females and males emphasize that physical attractiveness is the most important characteristic of their romantic partner. *d. both females and males describe their partners in terms of positive personality traits. Page 137 4-72. Chapter 4 discusses how adolescence is portrayed in the media. According to this discussion, a. teen magazines emphasize that young women should focus on college and career planning. *b. movies and television seldom portray lesbian relationships. c. the media correctly report a high incidence of intercourse among low-income Black females during early adolescence. d. the media now emphasize that dieting can be dangerous for teenagers. Page 137 4-73. Young women who are beginning to discover their lesbian identity are likely to a. see many positive images of lesbians in the movies and on TV. *b. hear anti-gay remarks in school. c. receive positive support from their parents. d. have a negative self-image. Page 137 4-74. According to the discussion of adolescents who are lesbian, a. there is more research about lesbian adolescents than about gay male adolescents. b. most lesbians say that they first became aware of their attraction to other females at about the time they graduated from high school. c. most lesbian and gay male adolescents report that they seldom hear negative remarks about lesbians and gays. *d. most young lesbians say that their first connection with another female was emotional, rather than sexual.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 212 of 381 Page 137 4-75. According to the information about teenagers’ lesbian relationships, a. most of the research has focused on lesbian teenagers, rather than on gay male teenagers, probably because attitudes toward lesbians are more positive than attitudes toward gay males. *b. lesbians typically report that they were about 10- to 12-years old when they first realized that they were attracted to other females. c. lesbian adolescents typically “come out” first to their mother, before discussing their sexual orientation with their friends. d. approximately 35% of lesbian and bisexual high school females say that they wish they were heterosexual. Pages 137-138 4-76. According to the discussion of lesbian relationships during adolescence, *a. most parents eventually become either neutral or positive about their daughters’ romantic relationships. b. psychologists know more about lesbian relationships than about gay male relationships, because sexual prejudice is more widespread about gay males. c. lesbian and gay male adolescents are more likely to “come out” to their father than their mother. d. although peers are likely to reject gay male romantic relationships during adolescence, they typically accept lesbian romantic relationships. Page 138 4-77. The research on adolescence and sexual orientation shows that a. most young lesbians say that they initially became aware of their interest in other females at about the age of 6 to 8. b. most of the studies on adolescents’ sexual orientation have been conducted with females, rather than males. *c. most young lesbians and bisexual women say that they are happy about their sexual orientation. d. contrary to popular opinion, adolescent lesbians actually discuss their sexual orientation with their fathers before they discuss it with their mothers.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 213 of 381 CHAPTER 5 Gender Comparisons in Cognitive Abilities and Attitudes About Achievement Pages 144-146 5-1. The discussion about research on cognitive abilities (Chapter 5) emphasized that a. gender differences tend to be consistent across different situations. *b. frequency distributions typically show a large overlap between the scores of males and females. c. the size of the difference between the average score for males and the average score for females is typically larger than the size of the difference among all the scores for females. d. in general, differences within each gender for cognitive abilities are smaller than they are with social characteristics. Page 145 5-2. One important point discussed at the beginning of Chapter 5 is that females and males typically have overlapping distributions for their scores on cognitive tests. Which of the following statements is not a reasonable conclusion from this finding? a. Many males and females receive similar scores. b. You can often find a male-female pair whose scores are the reverse of the general trend. *c. The samples are likely to be biased. d. The variability within each group is usually larger than the size of the gender difference. Page 145 5-3. According to the discussion at the beginning of the section on gender comparisons in cognitive abilities, there is usually a large overlap in the distribution of females’ and males’ scores. An important implication of this finding is that a. on most tests, most men score higher than most women. b. researchers’ expectations probably caused the overlap. c. men’s scores are more variable than women’s scores. *d. many men and women will receive similar scores.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 214 of 381 Pages 145-146 5-4. Suppose that researchers have tested a group of high school students on a cognitive task, using well-controlled conditions. Then they created graphs for the scores of the males and females, and they found that the two graphs had only a small overlap. Which of the following conclusions would be most likely? a. One of the two groups must have greater variability. b. The researchers probably selected biased samples. *c. The two genders probably differ in their skill on this task. d. The researchers’ findings are consistent with the results of other studies, where there are substantial gender differences on cognitive tasks. Pages 145-146 5-5. Suppose that some researchers conduct a study about cognitive abilities, and they find a relatively large gender difference. From this information, you would expect to find that *a. the overlap in the frequency distributions for males and females will be relatively small. b. the gender difference is likely to be biologically based (e.g., caused by hormonal differences). c. the same results are likely to be obtained if the study is conducted in a different social setting. d. the same results are likely to be obtained if the study is conducted with participants who are either older or younger. Page 147 5-6. As the section on cognitive abilities notes, about 7% of males and 3% of females may have spatial ability scores in the top 5% of the population. One implication that we can draw from this information is that a. gender differences in this area are very large. *b. this gender difference cannot fully explain why women in engineering are relatively rare. c. the variability in scores within each gender is very large. d. the samples of students taking these tests are probably biased. Page 147 5-7. Suppose you read a psychology article, and the introduction informs you that the article will take a box-score approach to reviewing the research on some aspect of gender comparisons. You would expect that the authors of the article will a. list the pros and cons of different interpretations of the data. *b. decide whether the overall difference is large, based on a tally of the outcomes of many previous studies. c. use a statistical method to integrate the available studies in that area. d. describe a statistical analysis similar to a correlation coefficient.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 215 of 381 Pages 147-148 5-8. Suppose you read a psychology article, and the introduction informs you that the article will use a meta-analysis to review the research in a particular field. You would expect that the authors of the article will a. describe the history of research in that area. b. decide whether the overall difference is significant, based on a tally of the previous research. *c. use a statistical method to integrate the results from the appropriate studies in that area. d. describe a statistical analysis similar to a correlation coefficient. Page 148 5-9. Your instructor is describing a meta-analysis on gender differences in nonverbal behavior. She mentions that the results indicated an effect size of .50. Based on this information you would conclude that a. half of the studies found a statistically significant difference, but the other half did not. b. the mean for females was .50 units different from the mean for males. *c. gender has a moderate effect on the measures of nonverbal behavior. d. the study found large gender differences in nonverbal behavior. Page 148 5-10. Imagine that you are attending a lecture on gender comparisons in college students’ reading comprehension. The speaker says, “The effect size for this kind of readingcomprehension test was 0.15.” You would conclude that a. this gender difference is larger than the gender difference in height. b. a box-score approach would have provided more useful information. c. the probability of finding a difference this large is about 15%. *d. the gender difference is not large enough to have an influence on people’s career choices. Page 149 5-11. According to the research about gender comparisons in general cognitive ability, a. when people construct the tests that measure general intelligence, they intentionally include questions that favor males. b. females typically show greater variability than males on cognitive tasks. c. males typically perform much better on tasks of general knowledge, such as history or geography. *d. there are no systematic gender differences in the ability to perform two tasks at the same time.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 216 of 381 Page 149 5-12. The research on complex cognitive tasks shows that *a. females and males are similar in their ability to solve complex problems. b. males typically earn significantly higher scores than females on tests that measure creativity. c. females earn higher scores on tasks that require cooperation, whereas males earn higher scores on tasks that involve competition. d. males perform significantly faster than females on tasks that require forming concepts. Page 149 5-13. Suppose that you are reading an article about gender comparisons in college students’ creativity, and the article concludes that gender differences are small for one particular test of creativity. Based on the introduction to Chapter 5, you could conclude that a. gender differences would be larger if the researchers had gathered unbiased samples. b. the researchers’ expectations probably had little effect on the results of this study. c. the scores of the females and the scores of the males would probably show little overlap. *d. these results are consistent with other research on creativity. Pages 149-151 5-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate conclusion about gender comparisons in memory skills? a. Andrej: “A meta-analysis of the studies on gender and memory would reveal a large gender difference.” b. Emily: “Women are usually better at remembering verbal material; men are usually better at remembering nonverbal material.” *c. Saundra: “Men tend to remember material better if it is generally associated with male interest areas; women tend to remember material better if it is generally associated with female interest areas.” d. Christopher: “So far, no study has found statistically significant gender differences in memory ability.” Pages 149-151 5-15. Researchers have studied gender comparisons on a variety of tasks that test memory. Which of the following memory tasks shows no gender difference? a. memory for events that happened in the past *b. memory for abstract shapes c. memory for items that are stereotypically associated with females, such as items in grocery stores d. memory for faces of people from another ethnic groupInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 217 of 381 Page 151 5-16. Suppose that a friend of yours has 3-year-old twins. He tells you that Sara’s language is more advanced than Joe’s, because she is a girl. Recalling the information on gender comparisons in verbal ability from your textbook, you reply that a. most research actually shows that boys are better in the early development of language. b. with some consistency, young boys have better mastery of vocabulary, whereas young girls are better at grammatical structure. c. no carefully conducted study has found any statistically significant gender differences in children’s language. *d. although occasional studies have demonstrated gender differences in children’s language, many other studies do not. Page 151 5-17. Chapter 5 discusses a meta-analysis that focused on the available research about gender comparisons in verbal ability. On the basis of that meta-analysis, the authors concluded that *a. gender similarities now seem to be the norm. b. gender differences have previously been small, but they are now increasing. c. there had never been any gender differences in this area, and none are found currently. d. the largest cognitive gender differences in the area of cognitive ability are in verbal skills. Page 151 5-18. According to the discussion of gender comparisons in verbal ability, a meta-analysis reported an effect size of 0.11. From this information, you can conclude that a. 11% of the studies reported a significant gender difference. b. the effect size is so low that the researchers’ expectations must have influenced the results. c. most studies reported significant gender differences, although the size of the gender difference was small. *d. in general, males and females do not differ in their verbal ability. Page 152 5-19. Suppose that you are discussing the Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT) with some friends. What could you tell them about the fairness of the critical reading portion of that test? a. It has no validity in predicting success in college. b. Females perform significantly better on the parts that require a good vocabulary, and males perform significantly better on the reading comprehension part. *c. No substantial gender differences have been found on the critical reading part of the test. d. Females’ scores have consistently been higher on the critical reading part of the test.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 218 of 381 Pages 152-153 5-20. Which of the following statements most accurately summarizes the findings on gender and reading disability? *a. When children are classified by the school system, many more boys than girls have reading disabilities; when classified by objective criteria, the gender differences are not as strong. b. When children are classified by the school system, there are no gender differences; when classified by objective criteria, more girls than boys have reading disabilities. c. Both the school system and objective criteria show that boys are four times as likely as girls to have reading disabilities. d. Both the school system and objective criteria now show that more girls than boys have reading disabilities. Page 153 5-21. Imagine that you are an eighth-grade teacher who has just administered a standardized test of mathematical achievement. If you compare the scores of the boys and the girls in your class, you are likely to find that the a. boys will receive significantly higher scores. *b. boys and girls will receive fairly similar scores. c. girls will do better on math concepts, whereas the boys will do better on math calculations. d. scores of the girls will be more variable than the scores of the boys. Pages 153-155 5-22. What can we conclude about studies on gender comparisons in mathematics ability? a. No statistically significant gender differences have been found in this area. b. Gender differences in mathematics ability probably can be traced to gender differences in brain lateralization. c. At present, gender differences in mathematics can probably be explained by either a hormonal or a genetic factor. *d. Some math tests show gender differences, but there are no large overall gender differences. Page 154 5-23. On which of the following measures of math ability would you expect to find a gender difference favoring females? a. the math portion of the SAT b. standardized math tests other than the SAT c. a test in trigonometry, in which the items focus on spatial relationships *d. grades in math classesInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 219 of 381 Page 154 5-24. What can we conclude about the grades that males and females receive in mathematics courses? a. Girls receive higher grades than boys up through sixth grade, but older boys receive higher grades than do older girls. b. No consistent gender differences have been reported in math grades. *c. With some consistency, girls receive higher grades. d. With some consistency, boys receive higher grades. Page 155 5-25. Suppose a professor is discussing a personality test that was designed to test optimism. She says that the test has high validity. From this statement, you know that a. people who get a low score one week are likely to get a high score the next week. b. there are significant gender differences on this test. c. individual differences in optimism can be explained by factors such as hormones and brain structures. *d. the test predicts how optimistic people are, using some other measure of optimism. Page 155 5-26. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the term validity? a. Molly: “Validity measures the size of the gender difference on some task.” b. Yuka: “Validity measures whether people earn the same score when they take the same test on two separate occasions.” *c. Luke: “Validity means that a test measures what it is supposed to measure.” d. Bella: “Validity means that the testing situation was approximately the same for every person who takes the test.” Page 155 5-27. Chapter 5 pointed out that the SAT has a problem with validity. Why is this issue relevant for the psychology of women? a. The SAT is not correlated with their grades in middle school. b. The scores predict that women will score higher in math courses than in English courses, yet they actually score higher in English. *c. Women actually receive higher math grades than men do in college, yet their math SAT scores are lower. d. The SAT math scores are valid, but the SAT verbal scores are not.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 220 of 381 Page 155 5-28. Your roommate Alex is reading the paper and suddenly exclaims, “See, I knew women weren’t as good as men at math. This article says that women score more than 30 points lower than men on the math SAT.” Based on the material in your text, your best response would be: a. “That can be explained by the fact that more men than women take the test.” b. “The test doesn’t really measure the ability to solve math problems, but it does accurately predict performance in college math courses.” *c. “Women may score lower, but the test underpredicts their grades in college math courses.” d. “The gender differences are not statistically significant, because the sample size is so large.” Page 155 5-29. In which of the following cognitive areas are gender differences the largest? a. verbal ability *b. spatial ability c. mathematics ability d. problem-solving ability Page 155 5-30. In which of the following cognitive skills are statistically significant gender differences most likely to be found? a. general intelligence b. problem-solving ability *c. spatial ability d. concept formation Pages 155-157 5-31. According to the discussion of spatial visualization, a meta-analysis of the research reported an effect size of 0.19, favoring males. From this information, you can conclude that a. the average male performed 19% better than the average female. b. the gender difference is probably due to biological explanations. c. the gender difference is large enough to explain why more men than women select professions in engineering. *d. the gender difference is small on spatial visualization tasks.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 221 of 381 Pages 156-157 5-32. Suppose that you are hanging a rectangular picture on a large white wall. The wall has no markings and no other pictures to help you hang the picture in a straight orientation, rather than being tilted. Which measure of spatial ability would be assessed in this task? a. spatial visualization *b. spatial perception c. mental rotation d. mental imagery Pages 155-158 5-33. On which of the following spatial abilities are the gender differences likely to be the largest? a. finding figures that are concealed in a sketch of a city b. mental imagery for a visual scene *c. figuring out whether a piece of a jigsaw puzzle would fit into the puzzle if the piece were turned sideways d. figuring out whether an illuminated ruler is in an exactly horizontal position in a darkened room Pages 155-158 5-34. On which of the following spatial abilities are the gender differences likely to be the largest? a. reading a map b. finding hidden letters in a complex painting *c. imagining what a geometric design would look like if it were turned upside down d. visualizing where the true horizontal would be located if you were seated in a completely dark room Pages 157-158 5-35. According to the discussion of gender comparisons on a mental-rotation task, a. the gender differences in this area are very large, and no study has yet reported gender similarities. b. the meta-analyses in this area usually show small effect sizes. *c. the gender differences are typically larger on mental-rotation tasks than on other kinds of spatial tasks. d. the instructions given to the participants have little effect on their performance.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 222 of 381 Page 158 5-36. Your text describes Favreau’s re-analysis of data on gender differences in mental rotation. When Favreau examined the distributions of scores for males and females, she noticed that a. the distributions were virtually identical. b. some of the females actually had faster rotation times than the fastest males. c. most of the males had faster rotation times than most of the females. *d. the gender difference could be accounted for by a small number of females with very slow rotation times. Page 158 5-37. According to the research on spatial abilities, *a. females may receive higher scores if the instructions are related to traditionally “female interests,” rather than traditionally “male interests.” b. a major portion of the gender differences in spatial ability is traced to biologically based gender differences. c. although some gender differences in spatial abilities are not consistent, the gender differences in mental rotation have been consistently found throughout the current research. d. the scores for mental rotation are distributed in a bell-shaped curve for both males and females. Pages 155-158 5-38. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on spatial abilities? *a. Osmane: “Gender differences are relatively large on some spatial tasks, but these gender differences can be reduced when the instructions are modified.” b. Anna: “Not one of the gender differences is statistically significant, despite the media coverage of this topic.” c. Oswalda: “Gender differences are large on tests of spatial visualization and spatial perception, but they are small on tests of mental rotation.” d. Fred: “Individual differences are smaller on spatial tasks than they are on verbal or mathematical tasks.” Pages 159-160 5-39. Chapter 5 discusses some biological explanations that have been proposed to account for gender differences in cognitive ability. Which of the following statements is correct about these explanations? *a. Research has not supported a genetic explanation for gender differences. b. The term lateralization refers to the fact that the X chromosome is larger than the Y chromosome. c. In normal individuals, the left hemisphere is completely responsible for spatial tasks. d. People who have more complete lateralization show the best performance on cognitive tasks.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 223 of 381 Page 159 5-40. One of the categories of biological explanations for cognitive gender differences focuses on genetic gender differences. A typical genetic explanation proposes that a. for males, a greater percentage of each chromosome is devoted to spatial ability. b. males inherit math abilities from both parents, whereas females inherit math abilities from just the mother. *c. some abilities may be associated with recessive traits, carried on the X chromosome. d. the chromosomes are more likely to undergo mutation in males than in females. Page 159 5-41. Researchers have examined whether gender differences in some cognitive areas might be explained by hormonal factors. The discussion of this possibility emphasizes that a. the levels of hormones prior to birth do have an effect on the performance of spatial tasks. b. during puberty, the level of an important hormone increases more in males than in females, and this factor explains part of the male advantage on complex math tasks. *c. the results of this research are often contradictory or complex. d. because this research has been carefully conducted, this is the most likely of the biological explanations for cognitive gender differences. Pages 159-160 5-42. Your textbook discusses a typical theory about brain lateralization. According to this discussion, gender differences in cognitive performance can be traced to the observation that a. males process most information using the left hemisphere, whereas females primarily use the right hemisphere. *b. males’ brains show more lateralization than females’ brains, so that a larger portion of the right hemisphere can process spatial information. c. males’ brains show more lateralization than females’ brains, leading to a decreased ability in combining different cognitive skills. d. verbal tasks use the right hemisphere in males, but the left hemisphere in females. Page 159-160 5-43. Your text describes several problems with brain lateralization explanations for gender differences in cognitive abilities. Which of the following was not listed as one of those problems? a. Many of the female participants show fairly complete lateralization. *b. Much of the research uses large samples. c. Many studies show gender similarities in lateralization. d. Different experiences could influence male and female brain organization, rather than brain differences causing differences in ability.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 224 of 381 Pages 159-160 5-44. What can we conclude about lateralization and cognitive performance? a. Females show more clear-cut lateralization than males do. b. In females, language tasks are handled almost exclusively by the right hemisphere; in males, language tasks are handled almost exclusively by the left hemisphere. c. People whose brains show more clear-cut lateralization perform consistently better on both verbal and spatial tasks. *d. We do not have clear-cut evidence that males show more lateralization than females do. Pages 160-161 5-45. What can we conclude about explanations for the gender differences in mathematics ability? a. The most probable explanation seems to focus on brain lateralization. *b. Some of the gender differences can be explained by the fact that males have more math-related experiences outside school. c. Socialization does not seem to be a critical factor in explaining gender differences in mathematics ability. d. In early grade school, teachers have higher expectations for females than for males in the area of mathematics. Pages 160-161 5-46. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the relationship between experience and cognitive ability? a. Ada: “Although boys may spend more time playing math and spatial games outside of school, girls actually have more experience with computers in the classroom.” b. Emmy: “Even though boys and girls complete the same number of math courses, girls are shown more often in the textbooks.” c. Hypatia: “Boys take more math courses than girls, but girls play more games involving numbers and spatial skills.” *d. Sofia: “Parents spend more time explaining science and math to boys than to girls.” Pages 160-161 5-47. Suppose that you have a friend who teaches high-school mathematics. If this teacher were to question the students in these classes, it would be likely that *a. the females would say that their parents spend longer talking about science with their brothers, rather than them. b. the females who receive top scores are likely to be fairly feminine. c. males and females would be similar in their attitudes about math. d. the males would be somewhat more careful and cautious when they take a math test.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 225 of 381 Pages 161-162 5-48. Which of the following is the best explanation of how attitudes may influence gender differences on cognitive tasks? a. Children tend to react against their parents’ stereotypes, especially during adolescence, so girls become overconfident about their math ability. *b. Boys perceive themselves as being more competent than girls, as far as math ability, so this self-confidence can improve their performance. c. Boys react more strongly when they experience stereotype threat, and so they frequently provide a quick answer that is incorrect. d. Because boys are more impulsive than girls, they are less likely to develop negative attitudes about cognitive tasks. Pages 161-162 5-49. According to Chapter 5, stereotype threat is likely to affect students’ performance when a. a person of the other gender is taking a test at the same time. b. a message is processed by the left hemisphere, rather than the right hemisphere. c. a threatening message is presented through a sound system, rather than in person. *d. people are reminded that they belong to a group that does not do well on the task they are attempting. Page 162 5-50. If you were a high-school guidance counselor, what would you conclude after reading the section on cognitive abilities? a. Only the most outstanding females should be encouraged to go into fields such as engineering and mathematics. *b. Although females may score lower on some tasks requiring spatial ability, most males and females receive similar scores. c. Although males score lower than females on many standardized math tests, they actually earn higher grades in classes. d. Only the most outstanding males should be encouraged to go into fields requiring verbal skill. Page 163 5-51. A person who enjoys accomplishing tasks very competently is high in a. extrinsic motivation. b. fear of failure. *c. achievement motivation. d. attributions for success.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 226 of 381 Page 163 5-52. Suppose that you know a woman who is an executive, and she says, “I don’t think there are enough women who are really motivated to achieve.” How would you respond? a. “You are partly correct; females earn lower scores than males do on tests of achievement motivation.” b. “You are partly correct, because the number of female college graduates is still somewhat less than the number of male college graduates.” c. “You are incorrect, because females are now actually higher than males in selfconfidence.” *d. “You are incorrect, because females spend more time studying than males, and they earn higher grades.” Page 164 5-53. A school psychologist presents you with a picture of several people seated around a conference table and asks you to create a story about the picture. The psychologist is most likely measuring your *a. achievement motivation. b. self-confidence. c. spatial perception. d. verbal ability. Page 164 5-54. What can we conclude about gender differences in achievement motivation? a. Men are somewhat higher in achievement motivation, across a variety of conditions. *b. There are no substantial gender differences. c. Men are higher in achievement motivation on practical tasks, whereas women are higher on academic tasks. d. Girls are higher than boys in achievement motivation, but men are higher than women in this area. Page 164 5-55. Suppose that you are teaching high school, and your students were tested with a task that required them to create a story based on a drawing. What would you expect about the achievement motivation of the students in your class? a. The males would have higher achievement motivation than the females. b. The females would appear to have higher achievement motivation, but it could be traced to their interest in pleasing other people. *c. There would be no substantial gender differences. d. The females would show much greater variability in achievement motivation than the males, but the averages would be similar.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 227 of 381 Page 164 5-56. Suppose that you take a variety of tests to measure various aspects of your motivation style. Your results show that you are high in intrinsic motivation, which means that *a. you like to work on a task because it is interesting. b. you really enjoy getting a high score on examinations. c. you are concerned that your high score will make you less popular with other people. d. you are primarily concerned that you will fail on an important task. Page 164 5-57. In her spare time, Daniella likes to work on crossword puzzles, simply because she enjoys these puzzles. Apparently, Daniella’s motivation on these crossword puzzles can be labeled *a. intrinsic motivation. b. stereotype threat. c. fear of failure. d. achievement motivation. Pages 165-166 5-58. In which of the following situations would you expect the largest gender differences in self-confidence? *a. when predicting out loud how well you will do when you are in a group of people b. on a task that is gender neutral c. when the task is moderately familiar d. when the task requires hard work, rather than natural talent Page 165 5-59. According to the discussion of motivation and attitudes about success, which of the following gender differences is largest? a. achievement motivation b. personal definitions of success *c. level of self-confidence d. intrinsic motivation Page 166 5-60. When should women be likely to provide low estimates of their self-confidence, in comparison to men’s estimates? *a. after someone else has just revealed a low grade b. when performing a stereotypically feminine task c. when performing a gender-neutral task d. when judging their ability to comfort a friendInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 228 of 381 Pages 166 5-61. What can we conclude about self-confidence on achievement tasks? a. In general, no gender differences appear in this area. b. When working with no one else in the room, women are more self-confident than men. *c. No major gender differences in self-confidence appear when the task is described as being one that “women are good at.” d. Men are much more self-confident than women on traditionally masculine tasks; women are somewhat more self-confident than men on traditionally feminine tasks. Page 166 5-62. In which of the following situations would you expect men and women to be most different with respect to self-confidence? *a. a task that is stereotypically masculine b. a task that everyone has performed many times in the past c. a noncompetitive, low-key task d. a task that is stereotypically feminine Page 166 5-63. Chapter 5 discussed a study in which high school students were asked to recall their score on an important mathematics test that they had completed two years earlier. The results of the study showed that the gender differences in their recalled scores *a. were largest when students had strong gender stereotypes about math ability. b. were smallest when students had strong gender stereotypes about math ability. c. were smallest when students had low math ability. d. were not significant in any of the conditions. Pages 166-168 5-64. Your text describes a study in which students worked on a series of cognitive tasks and then received either positive or negative comments about their performance. The results of this research indicated that a. women’s self-confidence stayed the same, regardless of the type of comments. *b. women’s self-confidence increased greatly after positive comments and decreased greatly after negative comments. c. both men and women had increased confidence after positive comments, but after negative comments men’s confidence dropped more than women’s. d. gender differences were not found in this study.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 229 of 381 Pages 166-168 5-65. Imagine that a male and a female have each received enthusiastic praise for their lab reports. What would you be likely to observe about their self-confidence? a. The self-confidence of both would rise significantly. b. The self-confidence of the male would rise more than the self-confidence of the female. *c. The self-confidence of the female would rise more than the self-confidence of the male. d. Neither person would show a change in self-confidence. Pages 166-168 5-66. Imagine that a male and a female have each received negative comments about an oral presentation. What would you be likely to observe about their self-confidence? a. The self-confidence of both would decrease dramatically. b. The self-confidence of the female would decrease, whereas the self-confidence of the male would actually increase slightly. *c. The self-confidence of the female would decrease more than the self-confidence of the male. d. The decline in their self-confidence would be greater if the negative remarks were made privately, rather than in public. Pages 166-168 5-67. According to the research on self-confidence and other people’s evaluations of your work, a. men are more likely than women to believe that other people are giving them accurate evaluations. *b. women consider comments from others when they try to figure out how well they are doing; men pay less attention to the comments. c. men are more accurate than women in recalling the nature of the comments they have received from other people. d. women are more likely than men to believe that they do not deserve negative comments. Page 168 5-68. Chapter 5 described a study in which bank employees received either positive or negative comments from a supervisor. The results of this study showed that *a. women were more responsive to the feedback than men were. b. men were more responsive to the feedback than women were. c. women were more likely to believe positive comments, but men were more likely to believe negative comments. d. there were no gender differences in responsiveness to these comments.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 230 of 381 Pages 167-168 5-69. In Chapter 5, you tried a demonstration that focused on the definitions of success, as provided by highly successful people. The results of the study showed that a. men were much more likely than women to emphasize that a high salary was the most important measure of success. b. women were much more likely than men to emphasize that they enjoy helping staff members to develop their own unique strengths. *c. women were somewhat more likely than men to describe a balance between personal relationships and achievement as a professional. d. men and women responded very similarly in this study. Pages 168-169 5-70. What can we conclude about the way in which women and men explain why they were successful on a task? a. Men are consistently more likely than women to say that their success is due to their ability. b. Men are consistently more likely than women to say that their success is due to hard work. *c. Overall, there are no consistent gender differences in these attributions. d. Men are consistently more likely than women to blame their failures on lack of hard work. Pages 168-169 5-71. Your best friends—one female and one male—have just made the dean’s list at your college. If both are typical of their genders, how would they explain their success to themselves? a. The male would be more likely to think it was just luck. b. The male will be more likely to think that he really worked hard. c. The female will be more likely to think that her instructors just happened to like her this semester. *d. These two people probably will not differ substantially in their thoughts about their reasons for success. Page 169 5-72. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on people’s attributions for their own success? *a. Ned: “If we look only at adults who are older than 25, men are more likely than women to attribute their success to their high ability.” b. Diane: “When working on gender-neutral tasks, men are more likely than women to attribute their success to their high ability.” c. Sylvan: “When people provide their judgments in private, men are more likely than women to attribute their success to their high ability.” d. Nadia: “Actually, no gender differences have been reported in this area.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 231 of 381 Page 169 5-73. Suppose that college students are asked to state out loud in a group why they think that they did so well on the last exam in organic chemistry. What might you expect to find with respect to gender comparisons? a. Females would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to high ability. b. Males would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to hard work. *c. Males would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to high ability. d. There would be no gender differences in attribution patterns. Page 169 5-74. In which of the following conditions would you expect to find the largest gender differences in people’s explanations for their own success? a. when the women are high in achievement motivation b. when judgments are made in private c. when the women are nontraditional *d. when performing a task that is stereotypically masculine Page 169 5-75. In which of the following situations would you expect to find the greatest gender similarities in self-attribution patterns? a. when other people are present *b. when testing adolescents c. when women are low in achievement motivation d. on a task that is typically considered to be masculine Page 169 5-76. After considering the research about gender comparisons in motivation, which of the following statements is most accurate? a. Gender differences are relatively large in achievement motivation. *b. Men and women give similar explanations for their success on a task. c. Men and women are similar in their levels of self-confidence. d. Gender differences in motivation explain a large portion of the gender differences in the workplace.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 232 of 381 CHAPTER 6 Gender Comparisons in Social and Personality Characteristics Page 174 6-1. Which of the following students provides the best understanding of the social constructionist approach? a. Gene: “Our social information is constructed by an interaction of our genetic predispositions and the social world.” b. Audra: “Our beliefs about social categories are gradually acquired during the first three years of life; thereafter, it’s difficult to change them.” *c. Qing: “Our experience in our culture provides the information necessary to invent our own versions of reality.” d. Rennie: “Our knowledge about the social world is stored in mental images, rather than in language or verbal descriptions.” Pages 174-175 6-2. According to the social constructionist approach to gender, a. our views of the world provide us with objective perspectives about social interactions. b. our views of the world are shaped primarily by rewards and punishments. c. we create highly accurate representations of the outside world. *d. we create our versions of reality, based on our gender-related interactions and experiences in the world. Pages 174-175 6-3. Which of the following statements is the best description of the social constructionist perspective? a. People learn their social roles by the principles of operant conditioning and modeling. b. Each individual constructs a life plan, according to his or her construction of the ideal self. c. The conflicts we faced as children help us construct a prototype for our adult interactions. *d. We construct our view of the world, including what it means to be male or female.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 233 of 381 Pages 174-175 6-4. According to the social constructionist approach to gender, a. each person in a culture constructs a completely different version of the reality that he or she experiences. b. social behavior can best be understood in terms of essentialism, so that all women are fairly similar in their social characteristics. c. all cultures share many basic concepts about gender, and these concepts can best be explained in terms of the principles of evolution. *d. language is an important mechanism for categorizing our social experiences and creating our individual realities. Page 176 6-5. Suppose that you are reading an article in a professional journal about gender differences in some social behavior. You are reading the methods section and have not yet reached the results section. You are most likely to expect a large gender difference in which of the following situations? a. when behavior is tallied by a trained observer b. when participants do not need to have special skills c. when work roles are made especially prominent *d. when other people are present Page 176 6-6. Imagine that you are attending a lecture on gender comparisons in social behavior. You have been told that the speaker will provide an overview of the topic. Which of the following statements would you most expect to hear? a. Surprisingly, gender differences are small when gender roles are emphasized. b. Gender differences are small when other people are watching you. *c. Gender differences are large when the relevant behavior involves skills related to one’s gender. d. Gender differences are large when other roles—such as work—are emphasized. Page 176 6-7. Chapter 6 begins with a discussion about gender differences in social behavior. Which of the following statements is correct about the situations that are likely to demonstrate especially small gender differences? *a. Gender differences are small if you compare men and women with similar jobs and you emphasize their work roles. b. Gender differences are small when other people are watching. c. Gender differences are small when we study nonverbal behavior. d. Gender differences are small when we study people in developing countries, rather than in North America.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 234 of 381 Page 176 6-8. According to the material in Chapter 6, the gender differences in social interactions are largest *a. when other people are present. b. when the situation emphasizes factors other than gender, such as work roles. c. when we are doing something routine, which we have done numerous times in the past. d. when we are talking about positive emotions, rather than negative emotions. Pages 176-177 6-9. Suppose that a male friend of yours tells you, “Well, no wonder I can’t really understand what my girlfriend is trying to tell me. After all, men and women kind of come from different planets!” Your best reply would be a. “You are correct; the gender differences in communication are large.” b. “You are correct; the gender differences aren’t enormous, but these differences have been observed in almost every component of communication.” *c. “You are not correct; there are some gender differences, but these differences typically depend on specific details of the situation.” d. “You are not correct, because the research shows that men and women are virtually identical in the way they communicate.” Page 177 6-10. Studies on men and women in conversation indicate that a. women talk more than men, but men interrupt more than women do. b. women talk more than men, and women also interrupt more than men do. c. men and women talk equally, and they also interrupt each other equally. *d. the gender differences are small, but some studies show that men talk and interrupt more than women do. Page 177 6-11. What can we conclude about interruption patterns in conversations? a. Women often interrupt other women, especially to change the topic of the conversation. b. Men are especially likely to interrupt high-status men. *c. Men interrupt more often than women interrupt, though not in all situations. d. In the current era, there are really no gender differences in interruption patterns. Page 178 6-12. Your text discusses research by Carli on the use of phrases such as “I’m not sure” and “I suppose.” This research found that a. women consistently use these hesitant phrases more than men. b. men and women use these hesitant phrases equally. c. men use hesitant phrases when talking with women, but not with other men. *d. women sometimes use hesitant phrases when talking with men, but not with other women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 235 of 381 Pages 177-178 6-13. According to the research on gender comparisons in language style, a. no consistent gender differences are found in cursing or using obscene words. b. no consistent gender differences are found in writing style. c. when speaking, women consistently use more hesitant phrases, such as “It could be that…” *d. gender differences in language style depend on factors such as the gender of the conversational partner. Page 178 6-14. What can we conclude about gender differences in what men and women talk about? a. Women gossip to a much greater extent than men. b. No gender differences can be found in conversational topics. *c. In general, the similarities in conversational topics are greater than the differences. d. Men are much more likely to talk about work, whereas women are much more likely to talk about other women. Page 178 6-15. Newman and his coauthors conducted a recent, large-scale study about the topics that people discuss with their same-gender friends. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the results of this study? a. Kierra: “Compared to women, men talked more about positive emotions.” b. Adriana: “Compared to women, men talked more about negative emotions.” c. Oliver: “Compared to women, men talked significantly more about sex.” *d. Don: “As far as topics of conversation, most of the gender comparisons did not reveal important gender differences.” Pages 178-179 6-16. Suppose that you are one of 10 males and 10 females who has been selected for a weekend training session for your new job. By the end of the weekend, which of the following observations would be most likely? a. Women would be more likely to speak positively about the contributions of other group members. *b. Men and women would generally provide similar verbal input to the group. c. Men would be more likely to accuse the group leaders of acting unwisely. d. Women would be more likely to be subdued and silent. Page 180 6-17. From what you know about gender differences in the use of personal space, which of the following would you be least likely to see? *a. two men sitting close to each other b. two women standing close to each other c. a small child sitting close to an adult woman d. an adult male and an adult female sitting close to each otherInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 236 of 381 Page 180 6-18. Which of the following students’ comments best summarizes the conclusions about gender and personal space? a. Thomas: “Gender as a subject variable does not influence personal space.” *b. Sonia: “Social status as a subject variable has an influence on personal space.” c. Edgar: “Gender is an important subject variable when people are standing, but not when they are sitting.” d. Luz: “No significant gender differences have been reported in this area.” Pages 180-181 6-19. Which of the following would you be most likely to see? a. a female sitting with her legs far apart b. a man with his body tensely contained c. a boy with bent elbows and fluttering gestures *d. a female sitting with her arms and hands close to her body Pages 180-181 6-20. According to the research on body posture, males are more likely than females to *a. keep their arms further from their body. b. sit up straight in a chair. c. stand up straight, especially when talking to someone else. d. tilt their neck and head slightly to one side. Page 181 6-21. Which of the following situations are you most likely to see when two adults are conversing with each other? *a. two women who are looking at each other b. two men who are looking at each other c. a man and a woman who are looking at each other d. a man looking at a woman, while the woman looks elsewhere Page 181 6-22. When two people are talking with each other, which of the following situations usually shows the lowest amount of eye contact? a. two women talking with each other *b. two men talking with each other c. a woman and a man talking with each other d. two people (either two men or two women) talking about a topic that is impersonal, rather than personalInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 237 of 381 Pages 181-182 6-23. Which of the following statements is correct about facial expression? a. Gender differences in facial expression are found in informal conversations, but not in posed photos. b. Men either smile broadly or not at all, whereas women are likely to display a halfsmile. c. In recent studies, there are no substantial gender differences in facial expression. *d. Women usually smile more than men. Page 182 6-24. Research on smiling patterns suggests that *a. women’s smiles to men encourage the men to act more competently. b. women almost never smile when someone is teasing them or harassing them. c. women’s smiles are closely correlated with warm and friendly feelings. d. men are more likely than women to be aware that they are using a false smile. Page 182 6-25. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about gender comparisons in facial expressions? a. Phil: “Men show a wider range of facial expressions than women do.” *b. Alma: “Women often smile because they are uncomfortable, not because they are enjoying something.” c. Angela: “When people look at a photo of an angry man, they are likely to say that he is somewhat afraid; in contrast, they say that a photo of an angry woman is expressing only anger.” d. Sedrick: “The most recent research shows no evidence of gender differences in facial expression.” Pages 182-183 6-26. According to the chapter on social gender comparisons, decoding ability is a. the speed with which a person processes written material. b. the ability to see a figure that is hidden in a complex design. *c. the ability to figure out another person’s emotions from his or her nonverbal behavior. d. the ability to figure out alternative meanings of a spoken passage. Pages 182-184 6-27. What can we conclude about gender comparisons in the ability to decode another person’s emotions? a. Women are consistently more accurate than men in decoding facial expressions. *b. Women are usually more accurate than men in decoding facial expressions. c. Gender differences are seldom found in cultures outside North America. d. The only gender difference in this area is that men are more accurate than women in decoding emotion from the tone of a person’s voice.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 238 of 381 Page 185 6-28. According to LaFrance and Henley, gender differences in personal space, body posture, and gaze are most effectively accounted for by the fact that *a. men have more power and social status in our culture. b. people who have less power don’t pay enough attention to people with more power. c. children receive inconsistent punishments and rewards for their gender-appropriate nonverbal behaviors. d. certain nonverbal behaviors are more adaptive in the workplace for men, rather than women. Page 185 6-29. According to Judith Hall and her coauthors, social power is not primarily responsible for gender differences in nonverbal decoding ability because a. men and women do not differ substantially in social power. b. gender differences in nonverbal behavior emerge during infancy. *c. powerful people often smile as much as less powerful people do. d. powerful people actually smile much more than less powerful people do. Page 185 6-30. According to the social learning explanation of gender differences in communication, a. our culture reinforces men’s position of power and social status. *b. children are reinforced for gender-appropriate nonverbal behavior and punished for gender-inappropriate nonverbal behavior. c. women and girls need to learn more masculine styles of behavior in order to be successful. d. people with high social status seldom notice the nonverbal behavior of other people. Pages 185-186 6-31. Which of the following students provides the best overview of explanations for nonverbal gender comparisons? a. Alicia: “Because the gender differences are so small and inconsistent, they can be explained in terms of minor differences in the way boys and girls are reinforced for their verbal behavior.” *b. Zacchary: “The gender differences can be explained in terms of both the social learning explanation and the power explanation.” c. Sarita: “Recent research demonstrates that the power explanation is much more appropriate than the social learning explanation.” d. Tommy: “The major gender differences can be explained in terms of the fact that men are larger than women, so they take up more space.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 239 of 381 Pages 188-189 6-32. According to the research on gender comparisons in altruism, a. men tend to be more helpful than women. *b. overall gender differences in general helpfulness are minimal. c. gender differences are large whenever nobody else is present, other than the helper and the person being helped. d. women are more helpful than men in most situations, except when the task is perceived to be dangerous to women. Pages 188-189 6-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the research on “heroes,” or people who risk their life to help other people? *a. Tanika: “Men are likely to be more heroic than women when physical strength is required.” b. Josh: “Men and women are equally heroic when the heroic action is done in private.” c. Shoshona: “Men are likely to be more heroic than women when the action involves pain and the possibility of medical problems.” d. Gerard: “Men were more likely than women to try to save Jews during the Nazi holocaust.” Pages 188-189 6-34. Suppose that you read an article in a social psychology journal that explains gender comparisons in college students’ helpfulness in terms of Alice Eagly’s theory of social roles. Which of the following statements would you be most likely to see in this article? a. “The gender differences have evolved over thousands of years, because women are most likely to pass on their genetic material if they are helpful.” *b. “Because women give birth to children and are more likely to take care of them, women are usually helpful in areas that require social sensitivity.” c. “Because men are more likely to have social power in the workplace, they are less likely to provide help on both physical and social tasks.” d. “Because women are now more likely than men to attend college, the gender differences in helpfulness should be small and inconsistent.” Pages 188-189 6-35. The research on gender comparisons in altruism shows that *a. the conclusions about this topic depend on the specific kind of altruism that is examined. b. men are typically more altruistic than women when the situation does not involve danger. c. men are somewhat more likely than women to be organ donors. d. social factors cannot explain why gender differences are found for some kinds of altruism, but not for other kinds.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 240 of 381 Pages 188-189 6-36. What can we conclude about gender differences in altruism? a. Males, following their provider role, consistently help more than females. b. Females, following their caretaker role, consistently help more than males. c. Males help by using a problem-solving strategy; females help by using the “let’s talk about it” strategy. *d. Gender differences in altruism depend on many factors, such as danger and expertise. Page 189 6-37. Gender differences in nurturing reactions to young children are most likely to be found with a. physiological measures. *b. self-report. c. measures of nonverbal behavior. d. behavioral measures. Page 189 6-38. Which of the following students’ statements best captures the research on gender comparisons in nurturance? a. LaTonya: “Contrary to general opinion, no gender differences have yet been found in this area.” b. Anooj: “Women are consistently more nurturant than men, no matter how you measure nurturance.” c. Sarah: “Men are more nurturant than women when you consider behavioral measures; women are more nurturant than men when other measures of nurturance are used.” *d. Samuel: “Women are more nurturant than men when you consider self-report measures; gender differences are minimal with other measures.” Page 189 6-39. According to research on preschoolers’ interest in babies, a. parents’ ratings of their preschoolers’ interest are not correlated with the ratings provided by other observers, so we cannot draw conclusions about this topic. b. there are no gender differences reported for preschoolers. *c. parents who accept gentle behaviors in their sons typically have sons who are interested in babies. d. preschool boys have such strong stereotypes about masculinity that they consistently avoid interactions with babies.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 241 of 381 Pages 189-190 6-40. Several college students are watching a movie about a teenager whose mother had died. Which measures of empathy would be likely to reveal the largest gender differences? a. measures of blood pressure b. measures of facial expression in response to the movie *c. responses to a questionnaire about emotional reactions to the movie d. All three kinds of measures would show equally large gender differences. Pages 188-190 6-41. What can we conclude about the studies on altruism, nurturance, and empathy? a. Women tend to show more of these caring kinds of behaviors than men do. b. During childhood, females show more of these caring kinds of behavior; during adulthood, males show more of this behavior. *c. Considering all the studies together, there are no major overall gender differences. d. Men tend to show more of these caring kinds of behaviors than women do. Page 191 6-42. Your friend Heather has been studying theories of moral reasoning. She believes that humans grow through their connections with other people. These beliefs are most similar to those of a. the social constructionist model. *b. Carol Gilligan’s cultural feminist approach. c. liberal feminism. d. radical feminism. Page 191 6-43. When confronted with a moral dilemma, such as whether or not to turn in someone who has committed a crime, Larry emphasizes the role of power and influence in people’s relationships to others. In terms of Carol Gilligan’s work, this view is most similar to the a. social-roles perspective. *b. justice perspective. c. care perspective. d. equality perspective. Page 191 6-44. When people make moral judgments based on the interconnections between individuals, they are using the *a. care perspective. b. liberal feminist perspective. c. justice perspective. d. essentialism perspective.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 242 of 381 Page 191 6-45. According to the summary of research about moral judgments, a. a recent meta-analysis of the North American research demonstrates that the gender differences in moral judgments are large. b. in countries other than the United States and Canada, the gender differences in moral judgments are large. *c. most of the research shows gender similarities in moral judgments when women and men face similar moral decisions. d. not enough research has been conducted to permit a clear-cut decision. Page 191 6-46. The current research on gender comparisons in moral reasoning shows that a. women are consistently more likely than men to emphasize “justice” in moral reasoning. b. women are consistently more likely than men to emphasize “care” in moral reasoning. *c. overall, there are gender similarities in this area. d. the only gender differences in moral reasoning are found in cultures outside North America. Pages 191-192 6-47. Which of the following students provides the most accurate definition of social justice? a. Deryn: “Social justice means that each person should have a right to a fair trial in court.” b. Sarka: “Social justice means that a nation should give the greatest privileges to the people who pay the most income tax.” *c. Andrew: “People who value social justice are concerned about the fair treatment of people who experience discrimination and other problems.” d. Traci: “People who value social justice tend to discriminate against people from other countries who live in the United States and are not US citizens.” Pages 191-192 6-48. Chapter 6 examined gender comparisons in attitudes on social-justice issues, based on responses to a questionnaire given to more than 200,000 college students. This analysis showed that a. there were some gender differences, but they did not reveal either practical significance or statistical significance. b. the results revealed large, consistent gender differences in the way that women and men responded to these questions. *c. the largest gender differences focused on controlling the sale of handguns and on same-sex couples having the right to marry legally. d. both males and females responded that military spending should be increased, but women were significantly more likely than men to endorse this item.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 243 of 381 Page 193 6-49. According to the research on children’s friendships, a. boys are more likely than girls to engage in self-disclosure with their friends. b. girls tend to have a larger number of friends than boys do. *c. when playing with their friends, boys are more likely than girls to enjoy playing games that have rules. d. boys are more likely than girls to have friends who do not know each other. Page 193 6-50. The section on gender comparisons in friendship stated that *a. both female friends and male friends are most likely to get together to “just talk.” b. men appear to have somewhat more stable friendship patterns. c. women prefer to get together with friends for specific activities, rather than “just talk.” d. men prefer to get together with friends to work on projects, rather than “just talk.” Pages 193-194 6-51. What can we conclude about gender comparisons in self-disclosure with friends? a. No gender differences have yet been reported in any well-controlled study. *b. Female friends show somewhat more self-disclosure with each other, compared to male friends. c. The gender differences in self-disclosure are among the largest of any area of social behavior. d. Gender differences in self-disclosure are found only when behavioral measures are considered; otherwise, gender similarities are found. Pages 194, 206 6-52. Chapter 6 featured a demonstration based on some research by Beverley Fehr, about characteristics that are important for a close friendship. Women were more likely than men to emphasize that a person should a. stick up for a friend who has been insulted. b. respect something that is important to a friend. c. try to cheer up a friend who is bothered by something. *d. listen to a friend discussing a problem.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 244 of 381 Page 195 6-53. Which of the following students provides the best summary about the kind of help that men and women offer to a friend who is worried? a. Tatiana: “Women tend to offer sympathy, whereas men tend to tell their friends not to worry.” b. Michaela: “Women are more likely than men to take a problem-solving approach, such as listing all the factors that should be considered.” c. Dick: “Women are more likely than men to blame their friends for creating the problem.” *d. Angelo: “Men and women do not occupy ‘different cultures,’ with respect to providing emotional support to their friends.” Pages 196-197 6-54. The constructionist approach is relevant to gender comparisons in aggression because a. people have acquired characteristics like aggression through social learning. b. it explains why some groups are naturally scapegoats for aggressive attacks from other groups. *c. it explains that we have traditionally interpreted aggression as a male characteristic. d. it explains why people are innately aggressive. Pages 196-197 6-55. Why is the social constructionist perspective important when we consider the topic of gender and aggression? a. All cultures share quite similar views on the criteria for aggressive behavior. *b. North Americans tend to see aggression in terms of physical violence, rather than verbal violence. c. When a woman experiences violence in a relationship, North Americans tend to think about damage to her self-esteem, rather than physical damage that requires medical care. d. We tend to construct better excuses for people’s physical aggression than for their relational aggression. Pages 196-197 6-56. Suppose that you read an article that reports gender differences in aggression in Culture A, but gender similarities in aggression in Culture B. How would the social constructionist perspective explain these results? a. Evolutionary forces operated differently in the two cultures. *b. Each culture creates its own definition of aggression. c. Aggressive behavior is favored by the school system in Culture A, but not in Culture B. d. Both cultures have adopted an essentialist perspective on gender differences.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 245 of 381 Page 197 6-57. The discussion of gender comparisons in physical aggression included information on crime rates. Which of the following students best understands this topic? a. Ted: “Women now commit more crimes than men.” b. Nicole: “The sharp increase in the number of women in prison is primarily due to more women killing their abusive partners.” c. Amy: “Women and men are equally likely to commit murder.” *d. Charles: “Men are consistently more likely than women to be the offenders in almost every category of criminal behavior.” Pages 197-198 6-58. Child A and Child B are both boys who are standing near each other in a kindergarten classroom, and Child A wants the toy that Child B currently has. Which of the following is the best example of relational aggression in this situation? a. Child A says he will kick Child B if he will not share. *b. Child A says he will not invite Child B to his party if he will not share. c. Child A says he won’t share the toy he has, if Child B will not share. d. Child A says he will break Child B’s toy, if he will not share. Pages 198-199 6-59. Ostrov and his colleagues studied children’s aggression in a situation where some of the children did not have the appropriate crayon to color a picture. In this study, a. boys show more overt aggression and more relational aggression than girls do. *b. boys show more overt aggression, but they show less relational aggression, compared to girls. c. contrary to expectations, boys show less overt aggression and less relational aggression than girls do. d. no consistent gender differences have been found in the research on children’s aggression. Page 199 6-60. The gender differences in aggression a. are relatively large and consistent. *b. tend to be somewhat larger when measuring unprovoked aggression. c. are usually larger when we consider aggression directed toward strangers. d. are rarely demonstrated when we consider relational aggression. Page 199 6-61. Studies of gender differences in aggression show that a. there are, in general, no important gender differences in aggression. *b. if people are provoked, gender differences in aggression are minimal. c. in almost all areas, males are more aggressive than females. d. males and females differ in their tendency to talk about aggression, but they do not differ in their actual aggressive behavior.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 246 of 381 Page 200 6-62. Why might “the myth of the nonaggressive female” actually be harmful for our culture? a. Because aggressive women might be especially valued. b. Because men will then encourage women to become more aggressive. *c. Because women might be denied access to jobs that require competitiveness. d. Because North American culture will be seen as different from the norms of other cultures. Page 201 6-63. According to the research on leadership, a. males tend to score somewhat higher than females on a standardized test of leadership effectiveness. b. traditionally masculine males are surprisingly positive about female leaders who claim they are experts in a field that is considered to be male-dominated. *c. males are more likely than females to think that they would be good leaders. d. females generally receive more positive ratings if they use a power-oriented leadership style, rather than a feminine leadership style. Page 201 6-64. How would a boss with a transformational style of leadership respond to a new female employee? *a. Notice what she seems to do well, and encourage her to develop that skill even further. b. Promise her a raise if she performs according to a certain standard. c. Correct her if she does a task in an inappropriate fashion. d. Tell her that it is up to her to decide how she performs a particular job. Page 201 6-65. If Kristine is an executive who has a transactional style of leadership, she would be most likely to *a. reward employees who correctly accomplish the assignments they had been given. b. encourage employees to develop their abilities. c. work to gain the trust of the employees. d. test and evaluate employees on a daily basis. Page 202 6-66. The research on leadership shows that a. people prefer female leaders who have a high-power style, rather than a low-power style. *b. men who are traditionally masculine are more likely than other men to give negative ratings to women. c. people give similar ratings to Black leaders and White leaders. d. surprisingly, the research conducted since about 2005 shows surprisingly little discrimination against female leaders.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 247 of 381 Pages 202-203 6-67. The research about persuasion shows that a. men and women are equally persuasive, if all other factors are equal. *b. people rate male job candidates equally positively, whether or not they request a higher salary. c. people rate female job candidates equally positively, whether or not they request a higher salary. d. men are more likely than women to rate female candidates negatively if they request a higher salary. Page 203 6-68. Suppose that Jane wants to persuade George to do something. If they are typical of their gender, which of the following best describes the situation? a. Jane will be most persuasive if she uses assertive but not aggressive language. b. Jane will be most persuasive if she sulks or pouts to get her way. *c. Jane will not be persuasive if she uses assertive language. d. Jane will not be persuasive if she tries to manipulate George into agreeing with her. Page 203 6-69. Suppose that a man and a woman are debating a controversial topic. Both of them are standing straight, speaking fairly fast, and using a medium amount of eye contact with the audience. You would expect the men in the audience to a. be equally persuaded by both the man and the woman. b. be more persuaded by the woman. *c. be more persuaded by the man. d. report that neither the man nor the woman was persuasive, because they spoke too fast. Page 203 6-70. Why do competent women find themselves in a double bind with respect to persuasion? a. A situation that they perceive as “winning” might be perceived as “losing” by other people. b. Men are more likely to see them as a sex objects, whereas women are more likely to see them as a source of competition. c. Women want men to be gentle, but men want them to be forceful. *d. If they act in a competent manner—therefore living up to their own standards—they may not persuade men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 248 of 381 CHAPTER 7 Women and Work Page 209 7-1. According to the introduction to the chapter on women and work, *a. more than half of North American women over the age of 16 are currently employed. b. women are especially likely to receive negative evaluations when they are in traditionally feminine occupations, such as elementary school teaching. c. employment rates are higher for women in Northern Africa and Central America than for women in North America. d. because mothers in the United States feel guilty about child care, their rate of employment has actually dropped during the past decade. Page 210 7-2. Which of the following statements about employed women is correct? *a. The amount of education a woman has had is one of the best predictors of whether she works outside the home. b. Unlike professions such as law or engineering, the profession of medicine has always welcomed women. c. Presently, fewer than 20% of first-year medical students are female. d. Medicine is the only “high-prestige” profession in which the percentage of females has increased significantly in recent years. Page 210 7-3. Which of the following statements best describes the factors that influence women’s employment patterns? *a. Ethnicity is not strongly related to employment. b. Surprisingly, women’s educational background has little influence on their likelihood of being employed. c. White women are more likely than women of color to be employed, no matter what their level of education. d. Latina women have the highest rate of employment, compared to other ethnic groups.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 249 of 381 Page 211 7-4. Suppose that a friend of yours says, “Of course immigrant women have an easy life….” Your best response would be: a. “You are correct, because they come to North America, and then they take thousands of good jobs away from the people who are born here.” b. “You are correct, because the women who have graduate degrees get full credit for all their work experience in their other country, when they are applying for prestigious jobs in North America.” c. “You are incorrect, because only a small percentage of them even look for work.” *d. “You are incorrect, because most of them get jobs that don’t pay very well.” Page 211 7-5. Research on the work patterns of immigrant women shows that a. compared to US-born European Americans, Latin American women who come to the United States are more likely to have completed four years of college. b. when immigrants come to North America, they are typically given full credit for their prior education and training. *c. Asian immigrants who come to Canada are more likely than other Canadian residents to have some university experience. d. in Canada, immigrant women with some university experience typically receive the same salaries as Canadian-born women. Pages 211-212 7-6. Your textbook discusses the research on women and the welfare system in the United States. This research shows that a. women are likely to go on welfare so that they can receive generous welfare benefits. b. the welfare program encourages women to seek a college education. *c. current welfare legislation forces women to take low-paying jobs rather than receive training for higher-paying jobs. d. current welfare legislation provides adequate child-care benefits so that women with children can work outside the home. Pages 211-212 7-7. Suppose that a friend comments that she is outraged that women in the United States can receive funds from the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF). Your best response would be: a. “Unfortunately, one of the major problems is that the women on TANF have no reason to actually get a job.” b. “This is an important problem, because all the states have to use the exact same criteria for awarding TANF funding.” *c. “In many states the funds really aren’t adequate, and the families in the TANF program will be poor, even if they find a job.” d. “Actually, the problem is that the fathers—rather than the mothers—typically receive the payments.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 250 of 381 Pages 211-212 7-8. According to the information about the current US program, “Temporary Assistance for Needy Families” (TANF), a. one advantage is that the same policy applies to all 50 states. b. the program encourages women to obtain the kind of training they need for an appropriate job. c. the program doesn’t even operate—in any form—in about 20 of the 50 states. *d. most former recipients still live below the poverty line. Page 212 7-9. Access discrimination may involve a. discrimination against women in promotion decisions. b. excluding women from informal gatherings connected with work. *c. offering women applicants less attractive positions. d. paying women lower salaries. Pages 212-213 7-10. According to the research on access discrimination against women, *a. people with strong stereotypes about gender roles are more likely to demonstrate access discrimination. b. access discrimination is more likely to occur for low-prestigious positions. c. access discrimination is less likely to occur if the candidate’s qualifications are ambiguous. d. access discrimination primarily operates when women apply for “genderappropriate” jobs. Pages 212-213 7-11. Suppose you are a woman who is applying for a job. You would be most likely to experience access discrimination if a. the person hiring you has a moderate score on a test of gender-role stereotypes. b. the job is considered to be a feminine one. *c. it is unclear whether you are well qualified. d. you have many letters of recommendation that document your previous work experience. Pages 212-213 7-12. According to the discussion of “Women and Work,” access discrimination is especially likely to operate a. when women apply for a promotion. b. when women apply for a low-level job. *c. when women are assertive, rather than traditionally feminine. d. when women have clear-cut qualifications for the job.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 251 of 381 Pages 213-214 7-13. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the explanations for access discrimination? a. Gilda: “Employers have overly high expectations for female job applicants, and so a female applicant is unlikely to live up to these expectations.” b. Josephine: “Female applicants are likely to have a particularly difficult time being hired for a stereotypically feminine job, and this is why access discrimination is so common.” *c. Gerald: “Employers sometimes believe that the applicant must have stereotypically masculine characteristics to succeed on the job.” d. Shawn: “Employers often fail to pay enough attention to gender-role spillover, which is the ability to perform an activity considered appropriate for the other gender.” Page 214 7-14. According to the concept of gender-role spillover, which is discussed in the chapter titled “Women and Work,” a. women often let their family problems spill over into the time spent at work. b. women are more likely than men to discuss gender issues in the workplace. c. men are likely to sexually harass women who act in a nonstereotypical fashion. *d. employers may judge a female job applicant on the basis of her attractiveness and stereotypically female characteristics. Page 214 7-15. The chapter on women and work discusses the concept of affirmative action. Affirmative action means that *a. an organization should make genuine efforts to consider qualified people who belong to a group that is underrepresented in the company. b. an organization must practice reverse discrimination by giving special preference to women and people of color, even if they are somewhat less qualified than European American men. c. quotas must be established for every occupational category, and organizations will be fined if they do not meet the quota. d. women and people of color must be paid higher wages and promoted more quickly than European American men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 252 of 381 Pages 214-215 7-16. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about affirmative action in the United States? *a. Lyle: “According to the affirmative action laws, relatively large organizations need to consider qualified women and also people from underrepresented ethnic groups.” b. Carmen: “Affirmative action means that companies must hire unqualified women, rather than qualified men.” c. Bryan: “About half of the affirmative action court cases involve discrimination against highly qualified men.” d. Josefa: “The government sets specific quotas about the number of people that a company must hire from an underrepresented group.” Page 217 7-17. Which of the following statements best describes the conclusions about women’s salaries? a. When factors such as type of job and number of years of experience are equated, men and women receive roughly equivalent salaries. *b. At every level of education, females earn much lower salaries than men do. c. Men earn significantly more than women if we consider only those who did not graduate from college; however, gender differences disappear among college graduates. d. The gender gap in salaries is larger between Black men and Black women than between White men and White women. Page 217 7-18. According to the research on men’s and women’s salaries, a. US women experience salary discrimination, but Canadian women do not. b. salary discrimination is consistently more severe in Europe than in the United States and Canada. c. when we compare the salaries of men and women who have the same job, then the gender differences in income disappear. *d. women who have had 4 years of college actually earn less than men who have had only 2 years of college. Page 217 7-19. Studies on men’s and women’s salaries show that a. the discrepancy between the salaries operates only for White workers, not for Black and Latina/o workers. b. almost all of the discrepancy in salaries disappears when we consider factors such as the number of years of experience and whether the worker is part-time or fulltime. c. ten years ago, women earned only about 60% of what men earned, but now their salaries are nearly identical. *d. although the types of jobs that men and women enter may account for some of the differences, a substantial part of the wage gap is probably due to discrimination.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 253 of 381 Pages 217-218 7-20. Discussions of gender and work often use the term comparable worth. This terms means that a. men and women should be paid according to the number of years of training or education they have had. *b. men and women should receive the same pay for different, but comparable, jobs. c. women and men now receive comparable salaries. d. women in stereotypically masculine professions should receive salaries comparable to men in stereotypically feminine professions. Pages 217-218 7-21. Comparable worth means that a. for any position, the women’s abilities must be comparable to the men’s abilities. b. men should receive larger salaries than women because careful comparisons reveal that men’s jobs are more difficult. c. men’s work is really comparable to women’s work when we examine the actual types of tasks they do at work. *d. when men and women perform comparable jobs—even if these jobs are actually different—they should receive comparable pay. Page 218 7-22. According to the discussion of comparable worth, *a. jobs traditionally occupied by males usually pay more than jobs traditionally occupied by females, even if the “female” jobs require more education or experience. b. the most important factor to be used in calculating comparable worth is the salary that the individual worker has requested. c. the argument of comparable worth was relatively successful in US and Canadian courts during the 1990s. d. comparable-worth legislation would actually end up lowering women’s salaries relative to men. Page 218 7-23. An example of occupational segregation would be that a. the average male has a higher salary than the average female. *b. among a group of college graduates, women would be more likely to go into teaching, whereas men would be more likely to go into engineering. c. within a group of workers, the males would receive higher ratings than the females. d. even when men and women work at the same job, they tend to socialize with individuals of their own gender.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 254 of 381 Page 218. 7-24. The data on employment show that men and women often select careers in different fields. This tendency is called *a. occupational segregation. b. comparable worth. c. entitlement. d. denial of personal disadvantage. Page 219 7-25. Chapter 7 discusses a study by Bylsma and Major in which undergraduates were asked to specify what salary they should receive for working as a lab assistant. The results showed that a. males and females requested the same salary. *b. males requested a significantly higher salary. c. females requested a significantly higher salary. d. males and females who were not well qualified for the job requested similar salaries; among well-qualified people, males requested a significantly higher salary. Page 219 7-26. How would the term entitlement be relevant for men’s and women’s salaries? a. Because of affirmative action, women feel that they deserve somewhat higher salaries than men. b. Because of comparable-worth legislation, women and men now expect to receive equal salaries for different—but comparable—jobs. c. Because women are more likely than men to work part time, they know that they are entitled to smaller annual salaries. *d. Because men belong to a more privileged social group than women do, men feel that they deserve higher salaries. Page 219 7-27. Suppose that you know a woman who receives a low salary as a secretary, despite the fact that she works long hours and her job requires complex work. However, she tells you that she thinks her salary is appropriate. She is apparently demonstrating a. entitlement. b. the glass ceiling. c. comparable worth. *d. denial of personal disadvantage.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 255 of 381 Page 219 7-28. How do employed women feel about their own salaries, in comparison to men’s salaries? a. Approximately 25% of women report being angry about the gender gap in salaries. b. Women tend to see themselves as underprivileged because they are underpaid. *c. They are relatively satisfied and they do not acknowledge that they are experiencing discrimination. d. They accept their own lower salaries because they recognize that women in general are underpaid. Pages 219-220 7-29. According to the discussion in Chapter 7, the term glass ceiling refers to *a. a barrier found in organizations that keeps women and people of color from moving ahead. b. the ratio between the average woman’s salary and the average man’s salary. c. a factor that keeps women from complaining about their salaries. d. the rule that women must be paid the same salary as men who are doing comparable work. Page 220 7-30. Eagly and Carli believe that the labyrinth metaphor is more appropriate than the glassceiling metaphor because a. the labyrinth metaphor is easier to combine with the sticky-floor metaphor. *b. women who want to advance will face many challenges, not just a single challenge. c. the glass-ceiling metaphor could not be easily applied to the work experiences of people of color. d. the glass-ceiling metaphor allowed more flexibility than is found in the real world. Page 220 7-31. Chapter 7 discussed several metaphors that could apply to women’s situations in the workplace. Which of the following metaphors best describes how women encounter numerous difficulties if they want to reach an ambitious goal? a. the glass escalator b. the sticky floor c. the glass ceiling *d. the labyrinth Page 220 7-32. Many women remain in low-level jobs because they are never considered for positions with greater responsibility. The metaphor used to describe this workplace situation— from the viewpoint of a woman—is the a. glass ceiling. *b. sticky floor. c. glass escalator. d. the basement effect.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 256 of 381 Page 220 7-33. The glass escalator phenomenon occurs when a. women and men of color receive preferential treatment due to affirmative action. b. women in nontraditional fields are not held to the same standards as men in those fields. *c. men in traditionally feminine fields are quickly promoted to management positions. d. a small number of women are promoted quickly, in order to avoid complaints about discrimination. Page 221 7-34. According to the research on treatment discrimination, a. women and men are now treated almost exactly the same in the workplace, except in the area of salary. *b. even in the current era, women are more likely than men to receive negative evaluations in the workplace. c. women who act in a traditionally feminine manner are especially likely to receive negative evaluations in the workplace. d. women are especially likely to receive negative evaluations in the workplace if the raters are focused on the evaluation task, rather than having several tasks to do at the same time. Page 221 7-35. Research on students’ evaluations of their professors indicates that a. female professors consistently receive lower ratings than male professors. *b. male students tend to give their female college professors lower ratings than female students do. c. male students give lower ratings to male professors and female students give lower ratings to female professors. d. female students give consistently lower ratings than male students to both female and male professors. Page 221 7-36. Deliberate or repeated comments, gestures, or physical contacts of a sexual nature that are unwanted by the recipient are known as *a. sexual harassment. b. sexual innuendo. c. access discrimination. d. heterosexism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 257 of 381 Page 221 7-37. Which of the following examples illustrates sexual harassment? *a. A boss tells his assistant that she is more likely to be promoted if she sleeps with him. b. A boss expects his female secretary to make the coffee. c. A male sports announcer states that he doesn’t think women should play hockey. d. A male employer gives a female employee a low rating on an evaluation form. Pages 216-221 7-38. Which of the following students best summarizes women’s experiences of treatment discrimination in the current era? a. Shawna: “As more and more women have entered the workforce, most types of treatment discrimination have been either eliminated or greatly reduced.” b. Sid: “Male coworkers may make negative comments about women in general; however, most women workers are included in informal social interactions.” c. Lana: “Women now receive equal treatment in terms of salaries and promotions, but they are often excluded from informal social interactions.” *d. Jamaica: “Women still experience discrimination in salaries, promotions, and interactions with coworkers.” Pages 221-222 7-39. Bias against lesbians, gay males, and bisexuals is a form of *a. heterosexism. b. reverse discrimination. c. sexism. d. essentialism. Pages 221-222 7-40. Which of the following students best summarizes the experiences of lesbians in the workplace? a. Jeanette: “Attitudes towards lesbians and gay men are improving; however, they are better off both personally and professionally if they don’t ‘come out’ at work.” *b. Kate: “Lesbians still experience access discrimination; even once they have a job, they are sometimes fired if their sexual orientation is discovered.” c. Dorothy: “Most states now prohibit employment discrimination based on sexual orientation.” d. Ellen: “Experts recommend that the best way to avoid discrimination is to be honest with potential employers, right from the beginning.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 258 of 381 Pages 221-222 7-41. According to the research about employment for lesbians and gay men in the United States, a. it is illegal to fire employees, based on their sexual orientation. b. lesbians typically earn lower average salaries than heterosexual women. c. lesbians and gays who hide their sexual orientation are usually more productive than those who are “out of the closet.” *d. some of the supervisors in public schools believe that lesbians and gay males might persuade young people to abandon their heterosexual identity. Pages 221-222 7-42. Research about the employment of lesbians and gay men indicates that a. they experience no negative reactions from their colleagues who are highly educated. *b. people who are open and accepting of their gay identity are higher in self-esteem. c. there is no evidence that hiding one’s sexual orientation influences a worker’s productivity. d. when gay men and lesbians do not come out, they report more positive interactions with coworkers and employers. Pages 222-223 7-43. Recommendations on what individuals can do about treatment discrimination include a. avoiding situations in which sexual harassment might occur. b. working hard to make yourself indispensable to your employer. c. relying on institutional changes rather than taking action as an individual. *d. women who are experienced in a profession providing support to those entering the profession. Page 223 7-44. Organizations can help to eliminate treatment discrimination by *a. training managers in providing fair evaluations. b. agreeing to hire and promote more women, even when they are less qualified. c. ignoring “gender issues” and treating all employees equally. d. encouraging individuals to be responsible for gender-fair treatment, rather than focusing on establishing policies within the organization.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 259 of 381 Page 223 7-45. According to the recommendations for eliminating treatment discrimination in the workplace, a. affirmative action should not be emphasized because it actually works against gender-fair treatment. b. diversity training workshops may have an influence on people’s attitudes, but not on their behavior. *c. managers who are evaluating a female employee should ask themselves how they would evaluate her if she were a male employee. d. managers should emphasize comparable worth with respect to promotion, but not annual salary. Page 223 7-46. Chapter 7 pointed out that a company may have an important advantage if it decides to increase the employee diversity. The reason for this advantage is that *a. a company with workplace diversity may increase its sales, because they are closer to the diversity in the real world. b. with greater diversity in the company, people will have less in common with each other, and the employees will focus more on their job than on socializing. c. the employees will be less likely to know about the salaries of their coworkers. d. diversity among the employees will reduce the likelihood of the glass-escalator phenomenon. Page 225 7-47. Studies on women in traditionally female occupations show that *a. even in recent years, more women are employed in traditional occupations rather than nontraditional ones. b. women in these occupations are likely to be given greater independence in making decisions, in contrast to women in traditionally male occupations. c. these are the occupations that have received the most research and attention from feminists. d. jobs that are considered to be traditionally female are highly similar across cultures.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 260 of 381 Page 226 7-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about employment in traditionally female occupations? a. Marco: “The research demonstrates that a single woman in the United States can live fairly comfortably on a salary of about $7 an hour, as long as she works 40 hours a week.” b. Jian: “The majority of women in Western Europe are agricultural workers, whereas in most African countries, the majority are service workers.” *c. Stacey: “Immigrant women who are hired to do domestic work are generally hired at a low salary, and they are expected to work long hours.” d. Thomas: “In Asian and Latin American countries, many women work in sweatshops, but there are no sweatshops in the United States or Canada because they are illegal.” Page 226 7-49. According to the discussion about women who are domestic workers, a. the law now specifies that these women must earn at least a minimum-wage salary. b. health insurance is now one of the guaranteed benefits of this kind of work. *c. many of these women report that they are treated like modern-day slaves. d. the situation of domestic workers has been very well publicized in the current decade. Pages 226-228 7-50. Which of the following statements describes the current situation in garment industry sweatshops? a. A sweatshop worker in Latin America makes barely enough to live on, about $1.30 an hour. b. North American sweatshops may have harsh working conditions, but the workers earn the federal minimum wage. c. Although the pay in sweatshops may be low, the corporations usually provide good working conditions. *d. Maquiladoras in Latin America are typically run by US corporations. Pages 226-228 7-51. According to your textbook’s discussion of sweatshops, a. the term “sweatshop” applies only to factories outside North America. b. women earn low wages in these factories, but the cost of food and housing is so low in other countries that the wages are generally fair. *c. a large portion of the clothing made outside North America is made under very poor working conditions. d. most sweatshops in Latin America and Asia currently have unions.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 261 of 381 Pages 228-229 7-52. Research on the attitudes and personality characteristics of women in traditionally male high-prestige professions shows that a. they are more masculine than the males in those professions. *b. they are generally quite similar to the males in those professions. c. they are almost always more feminine than the males in those professions. d. they are more likely than the males in those professions to have personality disorders. Pages 228-229 7-53. Women who are employed in traditionally male high-prestige professions *a. usually have characteristics that resemble the characteristics of the men in these professions. b. are most likely to be appreciated if they are assertive. c. are just as self-confident as the men in these professions. d. typically do not experience salary discrimination. Page 229 7-54. According to research on women and men in traditionally male high-prestige professions, which of the following areas would be most likely to show gender differences? a. overall knowledge of a discipline b. attitudes about work c. personality styles *d. general self-confidence Pages 230 7-55. According to the research, women in high-prestige professions a. rarely experience sexual harassment. *b. may be treated in a patronizing fashion. c. are usually viewed as professional first, women second. d. typically find female role models and mentors to help them. Page 230 7-56. According to the discussion of women in blue-collar jobs, a. in general, women in blue-collar jobs are treated better than women in traditionally male high-prestige professions. b. women typically do not experience access discrimination in being hired for bluecollar jobs, but they do experience treatment discrimination. c. sexual harassment is more common in traditionally female jobs than in blue-collar jobs. *d. there is more research on women in prestigious professions than in blue-collar jobs.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 262 of 381 Page 231 7-57. Which of the following students best summarizes the experiences of women in bluecollar jobs? a. Rosie: “Surprisingly, in the current era, women are welcome in blue-collar jobs, as long as they can do the work.” *b. Selma: “Women blue-collar workers may experience both access discrimination and sexual harassment, yet they are often proud of their abilities.” c. Wilma: “Women now constitute about 25% of employees in blue-collar jobs like firefighter and carpenter.” d. Delores: “There really aren’t any benefits for women in blue-collar jobs, but they take whatever work they can get.” Page 231 7-58. Women in blue-collar jobs tend to report that a. the extra pay is not enough to justify the drawbacks of these jobs. b. they rarely experience harassment or teasing. *c. their jobs provide a sense of pride and satisfaction. d. they are held to the same standards as their male coworkers. Pages 231-232 7-59. Imagine that you are talking with an individual who is arguing that there are so few women in engineering because women lack the motivation and the spatial skills to succeed in this profession. This kind of explanation would be called a(n) a. situation-centered explanation. b. comparable-worth argument. c. inequity explanation. *d. person-centered explanation. Pages 231-232 7-60. What did your textbook conclude about the reasons for the small number of women in some occupations? a. A person-centered explanation seems to account for the data. *b. A situation-centered explanation seems to account for the data. c. A person-centered explanation accounts for the abundance of men and the situationcentered approach accounts for the scarcity of women. d. A person-centered explanation accounts for the scarcity of women and the situationcentered approach accounts for their relatively low wages.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 263 of 381 Pages 231-232 7-61. Suppose that the executives in a large corporation are taking a situation-centered explanation for the small number of women who occupy leadership positions. One strategy they should adopt is to a. make sure that the glass escalator is operating. b. provide assertiveness training workshops for females who are potential leaders. c. provide courses for women on topics such as conducting meetings. *d. emphasize that managers should be trained to use objective forms for evaluating employees. Page 234 7-62. Sara and Jack are a married couple; both of them are employed outside the home. If they are typical of other married couples with respect to household chores, *a. Sara will perform about two-thirds of the household tasks. b. Jack will perform about 50% of the household tasks. c. They will both perceive that the housework should be equally divided, even if it isn’t in reality. d. Jack and Sara will each perform roughly half of the stereotypically feminine tasks, but not the stereotypically masculine tasks. Page 234 7-63. Current research about married couples shows that, when both the husband and the wife are employed, *a. women do about twice as much housework as the men do. b. most men realize that they do not perform half of the housework. c. the division of housework is much more equal in White households than in Black households. d. politically conservative husbands do as much housework as politically liberal husbands do. Page 234 7-64. According to the research on how married couples split household tasks, a. men spend more hours in the workplace than women do; once you equate for this factor, the division of housework is roughly equal for males and females. b. White couples divide housework unequally, but Black and Latina/o families do not. c. Black and Latina/o families divide housework unequally, but White couples do not. *d. when both a wife and a husband are employed, men still perform less than half of the housework.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 264 of 381 Pages 234-235 7-65. What can we conclude about household tasks? a. In most homes, men and women now share the household chores equally. b. Most married women wish that their husbands would help much more with the housework. *c. Roughly half of men don’t acknowledge how little housework they actually do. d. Surprisingly, traditional men do the same amount of housework as nontraditional men. Page 235-236 7-66. How is the concept of entitlement related to the performance of household tasks? a. Most women feel entitled to perform about 70% of the chores. b. Men feel entitled to perform home repair tasks, and women feel entitled to remind them about these tasks. *c. Because men feel entitled to avoid household tasks, they leave most of the chores to their wives. d. Men whose wives work outside the home feel significantly less entitled, and so they typically perform more of the household tasks. Pages 236-237 7-67. Which of the following students provides the best summary of women’s employment and marital satisfaction? a. Caleb: “When a woman is not employed, she tends to be more satisfied with her marriage than a woman who is employed outside the home.” *b. Eva Maria: “According to the research, employed women and non-employed women are equally satisfied with their marriages.” c. Yael: “If a woman in a prestigious occupation decides to quit, she will end up doing less housework and child care than other women, because she used to have a highprestige job.” d. Scott: “A woman with a high salary is more likely to get divorced than a woman with a low salary.” Pages 236-237 7-68. In general, what can we conclude about the relationship between marital satisfaction and employment status? *a. A woman’s employment status is not closely related to her marital satisfaction. b. Employed women tend to have happier marriages than nonemployed women. c. Nonemployed women tend to have happier marriages than employed women. d. Well-educated women have happier marriages if they are not employed; if women have little education, then their marriages are happier if they are employed.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 265 of 381 Pages 237-238 7-69. The research on how mothers and fathers share childcare shows that *a. mothers spend about twice as much time as men in taking care of children. b. US and Canadian fathers have not really increased their child-care responsibilities in recent years, despite what you hear in the popular press. c. mothers may do more of the housework than fathers do, but fathers and mothers devote equal time to child care. d. the individual differences in sharing child-care responsibilities are so great that we cannot draw any clear-cut conclusions. Pages 237-238 7-70. Which of the following students best describes the conclusions about parents taking care of children? a. Mike: “A father’s gender-role orientation is not related to his tendency to take care of his children.” *b. Carol: “In the past three decades fathers have increased their child-care responsibilities, but mothers still perform between 60% and 90% of child-care tasks.” c. Miles: “Canadian fathers perform a much higher proportion of child-care tasks than US fathers.” d. Selina: “Children show greater cognitive and social skills when mothers (rather than fathers) provide a high proportion of the child care.” Pages 237-238 7-71. When fathers perform a large percentage of the childcare tasks, a. the children are likely to have more behavior problems. *b. the fathers tend to be healthier than when the fathers are uninvolved. c. the children are more socially skilled, but not more academically oriented. d. the fathers often choose to do significantly less housework. Pages 238-239 7-72. Which of the following represents the best summary of the current research on child care? a. Children who have been in child-care programs show consistently better social skills than children cared for primarily at home. b. Children in child-care programs show advanced cognitive development, but they are much less likely to show secure attachment to their mothers than children cared for at home. c. Although attachment seems to be unaffected by child-care programs, cognitive development can be delayed due to the lack of individual attention. *d. Many factors—such as quality of program and the families’ economic background—seem to influence the effects of child-care programs on children.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 266 of 381 Pages 238-239 7-73. Reviews of the research on employed mothers conclude that a. children of employed mothers are less likely to be emotionally close to their mothers than children whose mothers do not work outside the home. b. children of employed mothers tend to be more gender-stereotyped than children whose mothers do not work outside the home. c. children’s cognitive development is significantly more advanced when children are cared for by their mother. *d. in general, children who are cared for by their mothers are similar in their cognitive and social skills to children who are cared for in a child-care center. Pages 238-239 7-74. According to research investigating the effects of child-care programs on children’s cognitive development a. children in child-care programs are much slower to develop cognitive skills than children of the same age who remain at home. b. children in child-care programs generally are slower in language development than children who stay at home; however, the children in child-care programs dramatically improve and catch up by the time they finish kindergarten. *c. middle-class children who have been in child-care programs are similar to homecare children, in terms of their cognitive development. d. there are no observable differences in the cognitive development of children in child-care programs and those cared for at home. Pages 238-239 7-75. Imagine that several students are discussing the advantages and disadvantages of childcare programs for children. Which student’s statement offers the best summary of the research in this area? a. Chris: “The research clearly demonstrates that children are better off in child-care programs than in home care.” *b. Pat: “In general, children who have been in child-care programs and children cared for at home are similar in their closeness to their mothers.” c. Fran: “At this point, no study has demonstrated any significant differences between children in child-care programs and children cared for at home.” d. Kim: “Because so much research has been conducted, we can now firmly conclude that children are better off if they are cared for at home.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 267 of 381 Page 239 7-76. Which of the following students provides the best overview of the maternal employment discussion? a. Andy: “The current research still shows that children are better adjusted when they are cared for at home by a parent.” b. Nick: “There are very few child-care facilities available in urban areas in the United States, but those that do exist are usually high quality.” c. Cassandra: “Fortunately, most families have the option of high-quality child care, at reasonable prices.” *d. Nathaniel: “The United States is one of the few industrialized countries in the world that does not have a comprehensive child-care program.” Pages 239-240 7-77. Role strain is a. the difficulty a family experiences when more than two members of that family are employed. b. the sense of hopelessness that housewives feel in trying to obtain satisfaction from their work. *c. the perceived difficulty of fulfilling various role responsibilities. d. the discrepancy between what a woman believes she is worth and the amount she is paid. Pages 239-240 7-78. A woman is likely to experience role strain when a. employers practice access discrimination. b. an organization has too many token women. c. she is employed in an occupation that is less challenging than she would like. *d. she believes that she cannot fulfill all her role obligations. Page 240 7-79. Which of the following groups of employed women is most likely to have health problems? a. women in high-prestige jobs *b. women in low-paying jobs c. women with children over the age of 6 d. women whose husbands are also employed Pages 240-241 7-80. Research that compares employed women with nonemployed women has demonstrated that *a. employed women generally show better adjustment. b. employed women and nonemployed women are equally well adjusted. c. nonemployed women generally show better adjustment. d. women in traditional careers are better adjusted than nonemployed women, and nonemployed women are better adjusted than women in nontraditional careers.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 268 of 381 Pages 240-241 7-81. Investigations of the relationship between employment and mental health indicate that a. high salary seems to be the best predictor of self-esteem. b. women with challenging and rewarding jobs are satisfied with their work, but they are typically frustrated with their home lives. c. even women with low-status, unrewarding jobs report higher life satisfaction than non-employed women. *d. employment can act as a buffer against family stresses, and family life can provide a buffer against problems at work. Pages 240-241 7-82. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the mental health of employed and nonemployed women? a. Saskia: “Compared to employed women, nonemployed women are more depressed, but less anxious.” b. Uwe: “Employed women can avoid stress, as long as they learn to manage their time effectively.” *c. Jenna: “Employment can serve as a buffer against many of the problems that occur in family life.” d. Mark: “In the current era, employed and nonemployed women are similar in measures of mental health.” Pages 240-241 7-83. According to the research about women’s employment and their personal adjustment, a. women are less likely than men to experience a leisure gap. b. women who work part time are likely to have higher self-esteem than women who work full time. *c. women who have fulfilling jobs find that these jobs help them manage problems that arise at home. d. women who work full time are likely to have better physical health than nonemployed women, but their mental health is not affected.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 269 of 381 CHAPTER 8 Love Relationships Page 247 8-1. According to the discussion in Chapter 8 about ideal partners, a. men and women choose very different characteristics for an ideal sexual partner. b. men and women choose very different characteristics for an ideal marriage partner. *c. men and women choose many of the same characteristics for an ideal marriage partner. d. there are no gender differences, as far as the characteristics of an ideal sexual partner. Page 247 8-2. Which of the following statements best summarizes the information on dating and attractiveness? *a. Men are more likely than women to emphasize physical attractiveness in a sexual partner. b. Women are more likely than men to emphasize physical attractiveness in a sexual partner. c. In the current era, physical appearance is not very important to either males or females. d. Both men and women place more emphasis on attractiveness for a long-term relationship than for a short-term relationship. Page 247 8-3. When males and females are describing the characteristics they think are important for a sexual partner, a. females are much more likely than males to emphasize physical attractiveness. b. females are much more likely than males to emphasize health issues. c. females are much more likely than males to emphasize overall personality. *d. females and males emphasize fairly similar characteristics.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 270 of 381 Pages 247-248 8-4. Which of the following characteristics are women most likely to want from a male partner for marriage? a. attractiveness *b. honesty c. romanticism d. good income Pages 247-248 8-5. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement regarding the research about North Americans’ ideal romantic partner? *a. Quincy: “The gender differences are small when people judge a partner who would be ideal for marriage.” b. Arundhati: “In the current era, there are no statistically significant gender differences when making judgments about either an ideal sexual partner or an ideal marriage partner.” c. Sam: “Women seldom mention attractiveness, either for an ideal sexual partner or marital partner.” d. Sarah: “The gender differences are very large when people judge an ideal sexual partner.” Page 248 8-6. Your text describes several studies about personal ads. The results of these studies indicate that a. men were more likely than women to specify their ideal partner’s financial status. b. women and men were equally likely to emphasize physical attractiveness in a partner. *c. women and men were equally likely to specify that an ideal partner should be romantic and sensitive. d. women were more likely than men to describe their own financial status. Page 248 8-7. According to the research on ideal romantic partners, which of the following traits would college women be likely to prefer? a. a strong, dominant man b. a man who is not a feminist *c. a man who is kind d. a man who is low in altruismInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 271 of 381 Pages 249-250 8-8. Cross-cultural research on ideal partners indicates that a. US women are much more likely than women in other cultures to emphasize the importance of financial prospects in a spouse. *b. men are more likely than women to emphasize their ideal partner’s physical attractiveness regardless of cultural setting. c. men in Japan are more likely to emphasize their ideal partner’s physical attractiveness than men in the United States. d. men in Japan are more likely to emphasize their ideal partner’s financial prospects than men in the United States. Pages 250-251 8-9. According to the evolutionary-psychology approach to preferences in love relationships a. both women and men prefer healthy-looking, attractive partners because they are most likely to be fertile. b. men prefer partners who are intelligent, so that they know how to take care of children. *c. women prefer men who have good incomes and are reliable. d. both women and men prefer partners who have good incomes, because evolution favors income and other signs of power. Page 251 8-10. Critics of the evolutionary approach to preferences in love relationships point out that *a. the evolutionary approach has failed to identify any genetic mechanism for the proposed gender differences. b. the approach overemphasizes the importance of physical attractiveness and underemphasizes human intelligence. c. cultural differences in mate preferences are much smaller than gender differences in mate preferences. d. the approach does not predict any gender differences. Page 251 8-11. According to your textbook’s criticism of the evolutionary-psychology approach to love relationships, a. women actually give negative evaluations of reliable men who are “nice guys.” *b. most men and women actually say that they plan to have just one sexual partner once they settle down. c. the evolutionary approach can explain same-gender preferences, but not heterosexual preferences. d. the evolutionary approach does not explain all the data, but it is more accurate than the social-roles explanation.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 272 of 381 Page 251 8-12. The social-roles explanation for preferences in love relationships claims that a. men’s emphasis on their partner’s financial resources results from socialization. b. women seek attractive partners because the importance of attractiveness has been reinforced throughout their lives. *c. women experience different social opportunities and social problems than men. d. gender differences in mate preferences are inevitable, given our social culture. Page 251 8-13. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the socialroles explanation for the pattern of gender comparisons in romantic preferences? a. Samantha: “The social roles have been evolving over time, so that gender differences are no longer significant.” *b. Dorota: “Females emphasize financial resources because they typically have lower incomes in our culture.” c. Mariusz: “Culture has little influence on romantic preferences, because biological factors determine our social roles.” d. Roy: “Gender differences in romantic preferences seem to be inevitable, at least for the next century or so.” Page 252 8-14. When reporting on their current romantic relationship, heterosexual women are more likely than heterosexual men to report all of the following emotions except *a. passion. b. friendship. c. commitment. d. depression. Page 252 8-15. Which of the following students provides the most accurate description of gender comparisons in people’s descriptions of their current heterosexual love relationship? *a. Keith: “Women are more likely than men to report both positive characteristics and negative characteristics.” b. Judy: “Women are more likely than men to report positive characteristics, but less likely to report negative characteristics.” c. Kerissa: “Women are less likely than men to report positive characteristics, but more likely to report negative characteristics.” d. Saul: “Surprisingly, no gender differences have been reported for these descriptions.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 273 of 381 Pages 252-253 8-16. What can we conclude about feelings of friendship among people who are in love? a. Surprisingly, people’s feelings of satisfaction in a love relationship are not related to the friendship they feel for their partner. b. Men emphasize friendship more than women do in a love relationship. *c. Women emphasize friendship more than men do in a love relationship. d. Both men and women emphasize friendship in a love relationship, and no gender differences have been reported in this area. Page 253 8-17. People tend to be more satisfied with their love relationships if *a. the relationship is based on friendship. b. the male is nontraditional and the female is traditional. c. the male in the relationship is more physically attractive than the female. d. the male in the relationship is more emotionally expressive than the female. Page 253 8-18. According to the research about the love relationships of heterosexual couples, a. women are much more likely than men to disclose personal information about themselves. *b. relationships that are based on friendship are likely to last for a long time. c. when women have a romantic partner who is a feminist, the relationship is less sexually satisfying. d. when men have a romantic partner who is a feminist, the relationship is less sexually satisfying. Pages 254-255 8-19. What can we conclude about gender differences in the way that love relationships break up? a. No systematic gender differences can be found in this area. *b. Women are somewhat more sensitive than men to potential problems in a love relationship. c. Women are more devastated by the break-up of a love relationship than men are. d. Women are likely to perceive the break-up as an abrupt occurrence, whereas men perceive it to be gradual. Pages 254-255 8-20. Your textbook discusses—in some detail—the research by Choo and her colleagues on the breakup of romantic relationships. This research showed that *a. men and women had fairly similar emotional reactions to the breakup. b. men were more likely than women to feel a sense of relief and happiness following the breakup. c. men were more likely than women to have anticipated the breakup, but they were still more depressed after the breakup. d. men were more likely than women to use alcohol or drugs after the breakup.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 274 of 381 Pages 254-255 8-21. Research on how women and men cope with the breakup of a love relationship indicates that a. men are more likely to take alcohol and drugs following a breakup. b. women and men are equally likely to blame their partner for a breakup. c. women are more likely to blame themselves for the breakup. *d. men are more likely to distract themselves from thinking about the breakup. Pages 254-255 8-22. According to research about responses to the breakup of a romantic relationship, a. no gender differences have been identified. b. men were more likely than women to blame themselves for the breakup. *c. men are more likely than women to try to distract themselves from thinking about the breakup. d. men are more likely than women to believe that their partner should have worked harder to save the relationship. Pages 256-257 8-23. Which of the following statements about marriage is true? a. In the current era, about one-third of the North American adults are married. b. The average age for a woman’s first marriage in the United States and Canada is 21 years old. *c. In the United States, European Americans are more likely to be married than Blacks. d. In the United States, ethnic-group membership is not related to the likelihood of being married. Pages 256-257 8-24. In the United States, which of the following statements about ethnicity and marriage is correct? a. Latina adults are significantly more likely to be divorced than Black adults. b. At present, ethnicity is not related to marital status. *c. Latina women are somewhat more likely than European American women to be married. d. European American women have the lowest marriage rates, probably because they are more likely than women from other ethnic groups to live with a partner, rather than be married.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 275 of 381 Pages 257-258 8-25. Chapter 8 discusses several studies of marital satisfaction. These studies indicate that *a. young married couples are probably the happiest people in any age group. b. marital satisfaction drops quickly after the newlywed period, but then levels off for the remainder of the marriage. c. women’s marital satisfaction reaches a low point when their children leave home. d. intimacy, physical affection, and shared activities all increase over the first 20 years of marriage. Pages 257-258 8-26. Which of the following statements about marital satisfaction is correct? a. In the first weeks after marriage, young men are significantly happier than young women. *b. Couples’ satisfaction with their marriages changes substantially as a function of the number of years of marriage. c. Women’s marital happiness is at an all-time high when their children are in the preschool period. d. For both men and women, marital satisfaction decreases gradually over the duration of the marriage. Pages 257-258 8-27. Suppose that some female and male high school teachers are discussing marriage in the lounge. Assuming that these people are representative of their genders—and their selfreports are honest—what would we be likely to find? a. The women would be happier with their marriages than the men. b. Those who had been married about 15 to 25 years would be the happiest, no matter whether they are men or women. c. Newlyweds would be the least happy, no matter whether they are men or women. *d. The women whose children had left home would be somewhat happier than those whose children still live at home. Pages 257-258 8-28. In general, the research on marital satisfaction shows that a. men spend more time thinking about the status of their marriage than women do. *b. women are more likely than men to wish that they could change some parts of their marriage. c. men are more sensitive than women to problems in the marriage. d. no significant gender differences have been reported for marital satisfaction.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 276 of 381 Page 258 8-29. According to the chapter on love relationships, which of the following characteristics is not listed as an important determinant of marital happiness? a. conflict resolution skills *b. number of children c. mutual support d. sharing of household tasks Page 258 8-30. Suppose that Cindy is happily married to Mark. If Mark brings Cindy an unexpected gift, *a. she will be happy because she thinks that Mark wanted to do something nice for her. b. she will be suspicious because she thinks that Mark must feel guilty about something. c. she will be unhappy because she thinks that Mark probably doesn’t know what she likes. d. she will wait until she has looked at the gift before she figures out how to interpret Mark’s behavior. Page 259 8-31. A married woman who emphasizes marianismo would be most likely to believe that a. her husband should be gentle and caring, rather than masculine. b. she must be psychologically stronger than her husband. c. men and women should have equal responsibilities in a marriage. *d. she should emphasize the needs of her family members, rather than her own needs. Pages 259-260 8-32. In discussing the marriages of Latinas, your text refers to the concept of marianismo. Which of the following statements is true regarding this concept? a. Marianismo is the belief that women should play a strong role in the marriage. *b. Fewer than half of Latinos and Latinas believe that marriages should adopt the machismo/marianismo pattern. c. Most Latinas remain passive in marriage, focusing on their husband and children, thus supporting the marianismo model. d. Unlike most stereotypes, there is not even a “grain of truth” to the marianismo myth.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 277 of 381 Pages 259-260 8-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the marriage patterns of Latinas/os? a. Magda: “Most Latinas want their husbands to demonstrate machismo, though they are reluctant to demonstrate marianismo.” b. Rigoberto: “In the current era, most Latinas and Latinos have completely turned away from the traditional emphasis on marianismo and machismo.” *c. Alberto: “In general, Latinas and Latinos have more traditional marriages than do European American couples.” d. Nimian: “Most Latinas say that they reject marianismo, but in reality, most Latinas are very submissive.” Page 260 8-34. According to the research about African American married couples, *a. these couples tend to be fairly egalitarian in their marital style. b. females tend to be significantly more powerful than males. c. men have much more power than women, and the difference is much larger than in European American families. d. Black men see themselves as being in conflict with Black women. Pages 260-261 8-35. Which of the following statements about ethnicity and marriage is correct? a. Most Latina/o marriages adopt the marianismo/machismo pattern. b. Husbands have much more power than wives in Black families, compared to White families. *c. Recent immigrants from Asia are likely to encounter conflict between traditional customs and North American gender roles. d. Gender-role issues are primarily a problem for White families; other cultures have more clear gender-role expectations. Pages 260-261 8-36. Your text describes the division of power in Hindu immigrant couples from India. According to this discussion, a. in the current era, these couples tend to divide decision-making power in egalitarian ways. *b. these couples tend to divide power along gender-stereotypical lines. c. husbands are responsible for all decisions, including decisions about finances and food. d. because of their cultural background, Indian immigrant women are likely to have more decision-making power than in the typical European American home.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 278 of 381 Page 261 8-37. Approximately what percentage of first marriages currently taking place in the United States and Canada will end in divorce? a. 20% b. 30% *c. 50% d. 75% Pages 261-262 8-38. As Chapter 8 pointed out, couples who live together prior to marriage are more likely than other couples to get divorced. Based on this information, what can you conclude? a. People who live together before marriage don’t have high moral standards, so they would not feel guilty about getting a divorce. b. People who live together before marriage don’t have friends who would criticize them for getting a divorce. c. People who live together before marriage don’t really respect each other, so they are likely to get a divorce. *d. The two factors are related, but you cannot draw any conclusions about causality. Page 262 8-39. According to the research on divorce, a. women are more likely than men to be surprised by their spouse’s request for divorce. b. most women report that adjusting to a divorce is substantially easier than they had expected. c. divorce rates are highest for people who have completed college. *d. women are more likely than men to initiate divorce. Pages 262-263 8-40. Research about reactions to divorce concludes that a. divorce is not particularly stressful for most women. b. men are much more likely than women to be angry about a divorce. *c. some women find that a divorce actually helps them recognize their own strength. d. women typically report that, once the decision is made, they adjust quickly to divorce. Page 263 8-41. Which of the following statements about the financial effects of divorce is true? a. Because of alimony, most women’s financial situations improve after divorce. *b. A woman’s financial situation is usually worse following a divorce. c. In the United States about 20% of divorced fathers fail to pay child support. d. A divorced father typically does not pay support for his ex-wife, but about twothirds do pay child support.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 279 of 381 Page 264 8-42. According to the chapter on love relationships, the term sexual minority refers to a. the minority of adults who have not been sexually active in the last 6 months. b. people of color who currently are sexually active. c. people whose attitudes about sexuality are extremely conservative. *d. anyone who has an attraction to someone of the same gender. Page 264 8-43. Which of the following would be an example of heterosexist thinking in research on love relationships? a. Assuming that all couples who are interviewed for a study are sexually active *b. Interviewing women for a study and assuming that none of them is lesbian or bisexual c. Interviewing husbands but not wives for a study on perceptions of marriage d. Assuming that all people interviewed for a study are biased against lesbians and gay males Pages 265-266 8-44. The research on the psychological adjustment of lesbian women shows that a. lesbians are slightly lower than heterosexual women in their self-esteem. b. lesbians are slightly higher than heterosexual women on measures of depression. c. lesbians and heterosexual women, in general, are similar in their ability to make decisions easily. *d. lesbians and heterosexual women, in general, are similar in their psychological adjustment. Pages 265-266 8-45. What can we conclude about the adjustment patterns of lesbian women? a. In general, lesbian women tend to be less self-confident than heterosexual women. *b. Given the level of heterosexism in our culture, it’s surprising that lesbian women do not have more psychological problems. c. In several important areas, lesbian women tend to have psychological problems; however, these problems are directly caused by heterosexism. d. On most important dimensions, lesbian women tend to be better adjusted than heterosexual women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 280 of 381 Page 266 8-46. Studies on lesbian identity indicate that a. many lesbians experience a decrease in self-esteem once they recognize their lesbian identity. b. about half of lesbians who accept their identity show higher self-esteem, and about half show lower self-esteem, in comparison with heterosexual women. c. accepting a lesbian identity is psychologically beneficial only for those lesbians who maintain relationships with many heterosexuals. *d. people who accept their lesbian identity typically have higher self-esteem than those who do not accept their identity. Pages 266-267 8-47. According to the research about lesbian relationships, *a. lesbian women tend to prefer partners who are dependable and have a good personality. b. lesbian women usually emphasize physical attractiveness in choosing a partner. c. heterosexual women are more likely than lesbian women to start their relationships with friendship, and fall in love later. d. heterosexual women are more likely than lesbian women to emphasize being emotionally close to one’s partner. Page 267 8-48. Your textbook discussed research on power in lesbian relationships. This research indicates that a. salary is an important determinant of power among lesbian couples. b. in most lesbian couples, one woman performs most of the housework. c. in most lesbian couples, the woman with the lower salary performs about 90% of the housework; if the women have similar salaries, however, they divide the housework equally. *d. lesbian couples are happier if both members of the pair contribute equally to decision making. Pages 267-268 8-49. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about people’s satisfaction with their love relationship? a. Harry: “Lesbian couples are somewhat less satisfied than unmarried heterosexual couples.” *b. Pearl: “Some studies show that lesbian couples report fewer conflicts than heterosexual couples.” c. Corrin: “Lesbian couples are less committed to their relationship than unmarried heterosexual couples.” d. Anton: “Lesbian couples report less psychological intimacy than heterosexual couples who are dating.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 281 of 381 Page 268 8-50. Your text describes Kurdek’s research on relationship commitment. The lesbian couples in this study were a. less committed to their relationships than the heterosexual married couples. *b. more committed to their relationship than were dating heterosexual couples who were not living together. c. more committed to their relationship than both married and dating heterosexual couples. d. virtually identical to married and dating heterosexual couples, in terms of relationship commitment. Pages 268-269 8-51. Beth and Susan’s relationship has just ended. If the two women are similar to the lesbians described in your text, they are likely to a. experience more negative emotional reactions than heterosexual women feel after a breakup. *b. experience similar kinds of emotional reactions that heterosexual women feel when they break up. c. experience few emotional reactions other than loneliness. d. seek support from family members. Page 269 8-52. According to the discussion of the breakup of a lesbian couple, a. lesbian couples seldom break up because they feel lonely or emotionally distant from their partner. b. when a relationship breaks up, lesbian women do not experience the same emotions that heterosexual women experience. c. when a relationship breaks up, lesbian women report that they are likely to find strong emotional support from heterosexual friends. *d. lesbians are less likely than heterosexual women to say that their families’ support keeps them together. Page 269 8-53. According to Chapter 8’s discussion about lesbian women of color, *a. the concept of intersectionality helps us understand that a Black lesbian may experience a different kind of discrimination than a White lesbian. b. lesbian women of color experience almost exactly the same problems as European American lesbians experience. c. Black and Latina lesbians often come from families who are much more accepting of lesbian relationships, compared to European American families. d. European American lesbians are more worried about parental rejection than are lesbian women of color.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 282 of 381 Pages 269-270 8-54. A Latina who is lesbian *a. is likely to believe that she cannot meet her family’s expectations about a heterosexual marriage. b. often believes that her family doesn’t notice that she is not dating men. c. actually has an easier situation than a European American lesbian. d. frequently finds that her religious community is positive about her identity as a lesbian. Pages 269-270 8-55. The discussion of lesbian women of color pointed out that a. they are just as likely as White lesbians to emphasize their lesbian identity. *b. North American cities often have social organizations that can provide support for them. c. most believe that their ethnic communities are just as likely as White communities to accept their lesbian partner. d. most believe that their ethnic communities are more likely to accept gay men than lesbian women. Page 270-271 8-56. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the legal status of lesbian relationships? a. Chantal: “Compared to other industrialized countries, the United States gives more legal rights to lesbian couples.” b. Nicolai: “Attitudes toward lesbian marriages are more negative than toward gaymale marriages.” *c. Tessa: “Unmarried lesbian couples are denied more than 1,000 benefits that married couples automatically receive.” d. Aaron: “Lesbians actually have fewer rights now than they did in 2000.” Page 270-271 8-57. According to the discussion of the legal status of lesbian relationships, a. attitudes toward same-gender marriages are much more liberal in the United States than in most European countries. b. compared to men, women have more negative attitudes toward same-gender marriages. c. if lesbian couples were allowed to marry, the only major legal advantage would be in terms of insurance coverage. *d. two heterosexual people who are married receive more than 1,000 benefits and protections, compared to lesbian couples who are not allowed to marry.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 283 of 381 Pages 271 8-58. The research about bisexuality shows that a. women are more likely to have had exclusively lesbian relationships than relationships with both women and men. b. bisexual women alternate frequently between exclusively lesbian relationships and exclusively heterosexual relationships. c. bisexual women are equally attracted to both men and women at all periods in their lives. *d. bisexual women and lesbian women report being equally happy with their lives. Page 272 8-59. According to the discussion about bisexual women, a. virtually all of them are in a transition stage that is necessary before accepting a lesbian identity. b. research shows that they are more well adjusted than lesbian women. *c. they are often rejected by both lesbian and heterosexual communities. d. most bisexual women have been married to a man at some time in their lives. Pages 271-272 8-60. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about bisexuality? a. Robert: “Heterosexual people have greater acceptance of bisexual women than of lesbians.” b. Nancy: “Women are more likely to be attracted only to women, rather than to both women and men.” c. Tomás: “Heterosexual people believe that lesbians are more likely than bisexual women to be unfaithful to their romantic partner.” *d. Ulla: “If a bisexual women is bicultural, she already knows that most North Americans have difficulty with people who don’t fit into just one category.” Pages 272-273 8-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about women’s patterns of sexual orientation? a. Paige: “Most lesbian women began by trying to have heterosexual relationships; then they questioned those relationships and decided to adopt a completely lesbian identity.” b. Horace: “Men are more likely than women to shift between heterosexuality and a homosexual identity.” c. Sven: “When researchers question women who considered themselves to be lesbian at some point in their lives, the women report that they are now either clearly lesbian or clearly heterosexual.” *d. Liv: “Most women who identify as ‘nonheterosexual’ are likely to have questioned or changed their sexual identity at some point.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 284 of 381 Pages 272-273 8-62. Which of the following items provides the most accurate summary of Lisa M. Diamond’s research on the fluidity of many women’s sexual identity? a. Women who have stereotypically masculine careers are twice as likely as other women to develop a bisexual identity. b. Sexual feelings are more important than emotional reactions when women are making decisions about their sexual identity. c. Research on nonheterosexual women shows that there are more “stable lesbians” than “fluid lesbians.” *d. Research on nonheterosexual women shows that the majority preferred to call themselves “unlabeled” at some point in their lives. Pages 273-274 8-63. The research on the biological basis of sexual orientation has been criticized because a. it uses self-report to establish the research participants’ sexual orientation. *b. it cannot explain why 75% of the identical twins did not share the same sexual orientation. c. much of the research generalizes from lesbians, in order to draw conclusions about gay men and bisexuals. d. researchers have not paid enough attention to sexual behaviors in nonhuman animals. Pages 274-275 8-64. Your text discusses a number of alternatives to biological explanations of sexual orientation. Which of these alternatives was supported by the social constructionist approach? a. The theory that a lesbian is someone who failed to identify with her mother. b. The theory that lesbians were sexually molested as children. *c. The theory that sexuality is fluid and flexible, based on people’s evaluation of life experiences. d. The theory that homosexuality interferes with the successful passing on of genes to the next generation. Pages 274-275 8-65. According to the social constructionist approach to sexual orientation, a. there seem to be biologically based, hormonal differences between lesbian and heterosexual women. b. most women develop a fairly rigid sexual orientation during childhood, and this orientation remains stable throughout their lives. c. the principles of learning theory—especially punishment and rewards—explain whether women become heterosexual or lesbian. *d. most North American women initially think of themselves as being heterosexual, but some review their experiences and decide that they are lesbian or bisexual.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 285 of 381 Pages 274-275 8-66. How would a social constructionist approach account for sexual orientation? a. People construct an identity that is consistent with the biological predisposition that has been genetically determined. b. People construct a psychological identity that is consistent with the identity of their parent of the same gender. c. People construct same-gender preferences because of their unique learning experiences. *d. People construct their own identities based on their interpretation of their life experiences. Pages 275-276 8-67. According to the discussion of explanations for sexual orientation, a. the research shows that biological factors are more important for women than for men. b. the popular press tends to overemphasize social explanations, rather than biological explanations. c. social constructionists are more likely than other theorists to emphasize biological explanations. *d. people’s sexual orientation is often based on their thoughts about their own personal experiences and attractions. Pages 275-276 8-68. Lisa M. Diamond developed a theory called the “dynamical systems approach.” According to this approach to sexual identity, *a. nonheterosexual women notice their sexual feelings, and they reinterpret their sexual experiences, to create their sexual identity. b. prenatal hormonal levels are the most important determinant of sexual orientation. c. genetic factors are the most important determinant of sexual orientation. d. almost all lesbians knew that they were not heterosexual, beginning at puberty. Page 277 8-69. Which statement about single women is correct? a. Single women don’t live as long as married women. b. The percentage of never-married people is similar across ethnic groups. *c. In the United States, about 20% of all women above the age of 18 have never married. d. Canadian women are much more likely than women in the United States to be married.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 286 of 381 Pages 278-279 8-70. Studies of single women show that *a. they are typically similar to married women in terms of personal adjustment. b. they are likely to experience less distress than married women. c. they are likely to be less assertive than married women. d. the majority say that they will continue to search for an ideal male partner. Pages 277-279 8-71. According to the discussion of single women, *a. currently there is a dramatic increase of research about never-married heterosexual women. b. married women are slightly more likely than single women to work outside the home. c. most single women would prefer to marry a less-than-perfect man, rather than to remain single for the remainder of their life. d. in general, married women live longer than single women. Page 279 8-72. Chapter 8 discussed a survey that asked never-married women, “If you couldn’t find the perfect mate, would you marry someone else?” The results of this study showed that a. the majority of women replied that they would marry someone who wasn’t perfect. *b. the majority of women replied that they would remain single. c. the majority of college graduates said that they would marry a less-than-perfect man, and the majority of other women said that they would remain single. d. most women replied that they couldn’t answer the question, unless the question provided more options. Page 279 8-73. According to the discussion of singlism in Chapter 8, a. college students have consistently negative attitudes toward single people. *b. single women say that they receive less respect from other people, compared to the way that married women are treated. c. single women may face some disadvantages, but the data show that they do not experience discrimination when they want to rent or buy a home. d. surprisingly, the percentage of adult women who were unmarried was higher in the 1970s than in more recent decades. Pages 279-280 8-74. When asked about the advantages and disadvantages of being single, women who are single are likely to say that *a. they enjoy having their own privacy. b. loneliness is never really a problem. c. they do not experience negative reactions from their married friends. d. they feel less competent in the workplace than married women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 287 of 381 Page 280 8-75. According to the discussion of single women of color, a. White women are much more likely than Black women to be single. b. an unmarried Mexican American woman will not be trusted to take care of her elderly parents, so this responsibility falls to her married sisters. *c. Asian American women are likely to say that they stayed single in order to pursue an advanced education. d. women of color report almost exactly the same reasons for remaining single as do European American women. Page 280 8-76. Research on single Black women shows that *a. they often prefer to stay single, rather than marry a man who doesn’t have job prospects. b. most reported that their closest friend was a male. c. the percentage of single Black women is less than the percentage of single White women. d. Black professional women do not feel they need supportive friendships in the workplace.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 288 of 381 CHAPTER 9 Sexuality Page 286 9-1. According to the discussion of feminist perspectives on sexuality, a. most textbooks for adolescents emphasize that male and female sexuality are equally important topics. b. the media should place greater emphasis on biological factors related to sexuality. c. the media are currently more interested in female sexuality, rather than male sexuality. *d. research on sexuality often regards men’s sexual experience to be the normative standard. Pages 286-287 9-2. Which of the following students provides the best summary about theoretical approaches to sexuality? a. Garth: “In the current decade, researchers are paying more attention to women’s sexuality than to men’s sexuality.” *b. Bryan: “If you read the textbooks that high schools use, you’ll see that they approach sexuality from the male perspective.” c. Dede: “The essentialist viewpoint on sexuality emphasizes that women differ widely with respect to their sexual responses.” d. Monika: “The constructionist approach to sexuality emphasizes the importance of hormonal influences.” Pages 286-287 9-3. Which of the following statements would a social constructionist be most likely to say in connection with sexuality? a. “All women share the same reactions to sexual stimulation.” b. “We need to conduct extensive research on the biological factors related to women’s sexuality.” c. “Each person constructs his or her own highly individual perspective on sexuality; as a result, there is little agreement about topics related to sexuality.” *d. “In our culture, women are not supposed to be highly enthusiastic about sexual experiences.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 289 of 381 Pages 287-288 9-4. According to the discussion of anatomy in Chapter 9, the clitoris a. is located inside the vagina. b. is a part of the labia majora. *c. has numerous nerve endings. d. is a structure with no identifiable function. Pages 287-288 9-5. Which of the following external sexual organs is most important, as far as women’s orgasms? a. the labia *b. the clitoris c. the mons pubis d. the labia minora Pages 288-289 9-6. Critics of the Masters and Johnson approach to sexual responses emphasize that these two researchers a. described the stages of sexual response correctly, but they were incorrect about the order of the stages. b. overemphasized the importance of emotions in our sexual responses. *c. presented a neatly ordered sequence of events that doesn’t account for the variety of sexual experiences. d. proposed stages that don’t apply to female sexual responses because the studies were only conducted on men. Pages 288-289 9-7. During the excitement phase in the sexual response cycle described by Masters and Johnson, a. blood rushes away from the genital region. b. the clitoral region decreases in sensitivity. c. a woman automatically has an orgasm. *d. erotic thoughts can produce sexual arousal. Page 289 9-8. During the resolution phase of the sexual response cycle, as described by Masters and Johnson, a. the sexual excitement resolves into an orgasm. b. blood rushes into the vaginal area. c. breathing becomes more rapid and heart rate increases. *d. the sexual organs return to their earlier, pre-excitement state.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 290 of 381 Page 289 9-9. According to the discussion of women’s sexual responses, a. women typically report that sounds and visual stimuli have little effect on their sexual experiences. *b. stimulation of the clitoris is an important component of women’s orgasms. c. women show little variation with respect to the four phases they experience in connection with an orgasm. d. orgasms resulting from the stimulation of the clitoris produce different kinds of physiological responses than orgasms resulting from a partner’s thrusting penis. Page 289 9-10. Research on women’s sexual experiences indicates that a. women’s perspectives on sexuality are just as likely as men’s perspectives on sexuality to focus on genitals and orgasms. b. most women are more likely to have orgasms with vaginal stimulation, rather than clitoral stimulation. *c. women’s orgasms result from clitoral stimulation, either from direct touching or indirect pressure. d. women who prefer orgasms from vaginal stimulation tend to be more well-adjusted psychologically than other women. Page 289 9-11. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summaries of gender comparisons in sexual responses? a. Giani: “Men experience vasocongestion, but women do not.” *b. Edward: “According to physiological measures, men’s orgasms and women’s orgasms are fairly similar.” c. Jeanne: “Women and men provide very different descriptions of their orgasms.” d. Alejandra: “In terms of the Masters and Johnson phases of sexual responses, men have much shorter resolution phases than women do.” Pages 289-290 9-12. Which statement about gender comparisons in sexual responses is correct? *a. Women and men are fairly similar in many aspects of the sexual response cycle. b. Women have much more subtle psychological reactions to orgasms than men do. c. Large gender differences are found in reactions to sexual excitation. d. Small gender differences are found in rates of masturbation. Pages 290-291 9-13. Gender differences are largest in which of the following aspects of sexuality? a. physiological components of sexuality b. psychological reactions to orgasm c. the order of the general phases during the sexual response cycle *d. the subjective aspects of sexual desireInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 291 of 381 Page 291 9-14. What do current feminist researchers conclude about sexual desire? *a. The gender differences in this area are larger than most other psychological gender differences. b. The gender differences in this area are small, and they can generally be traced to differences in the way that female and male hormones operate. c. Gender comparisons show that men and women think about sex equally often. d. Gender comparisons show that contemporary men and women want sexual activities equally often. Pages 290-291 9-15. Suppose that a friend says, “I think that there are fairly large gender differences in sexual desire.” Your response should be *a. “Yes, the research shows that men report greater sexual desire than women, on several measures of desire.” b. “Yes, there are gender differences, but they can be explained by the fact that a man’s genitals are easier to see than women’s genitals.” c. “No, the results for sexual desire are similar to most other results for gender comparisons—a few minor gender differences, but mostly similarities.” d. “No, the research has so many methodological problems that we cannot draw any conclusions about this topic.” Page 293 9-16. According to the discussion of current attitudes toward sexuality in North America, *a. most people believe that nonmarital intercourse is acceptable if the couple is in a committed relationship. b. the sexual double standard is now stronger than it was during the 1950s. c. most people believe that women can have nonmarital intercourse, but it should be discouraged for men. d. the United States and countries in Europe have highly similar perspectives on the sexual double standard. Page 293 9-17. What is the current status of the “sexual double standard” in North America? a. People believe that premarital sex is appropriate for men, but not for women. *b. Nonfeminists are more likely than feminists to believe in the double standard of sexuality. c. Primetime television generally shows that premarital sex is more appropriate for women than for men. d. Primetime television generally shows that premarital sex is equally appropriate for both women and men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 292 of 381 Pages 293-294 9-18. Chapter 9 discussed a study by Marks and Fraley, who asked people to read a brief story about the sexual history of either a male or a female. This individual had either zero or 19 previous sexual partners. Later, the participants were asked to estimate the number of positive and negative comments about the person, as mentioned in the story. The results showed that a. people recalled roughly the same number of positive and negative comments about the man with 19 partners, compared with the female with 19 partners. *b. people recalled a greater number of positive comments and fewer negative comments for the man with 19 partners, compared with the woman with 19 partners. c. there was no evidence of a sexual double standard. d. female participants recalled more negative comments for the female with 19 partners, and male participants recalled more negative comments for the male with 19 partners. Pages 293-294 9-19. Which of the following students provides the most accurate conclusion about the sexual double standard? a. Davina: “Countries around the world have similar attitudes toward intercourse outside of marriage.” *b. Reemo: “Researchers no longer find consistent evidence of a sexual double standard when North Americans judge the number of sexual partners.” c. Telica: “Even in the most recent studies, people are consistently more likely to condemn a sexually active female than a sexually active male.” d. Keli: “The only time that the double standard still exists is with respect to precautions against sexually transmitted diseases.” Pages 293-294 9-20. According to research on the sexual double standard, a. no evidence of the double standard exists today in North America. *b. cultures differ substantially in their beliefs about the sexual double standard. c. ironically, the double standard has been reversed, and casual sex is now more acceptable for females than for males. d. because of the fear of sexually transmitted diseases, casual sex is condemned in both males and females. Page 294 9-21. Cross-cultural research on the sexual double standard indicates that a. in the current era, most cultures show little evidence of the double standard. b. US students show less evidence of a double standard than Swedish students. *c. even today, women in some Middle Eastern cultures can be harshly punished or killed for engaging in “inappropriate” sexual activities. d. the sexual double standard is found consistently across almost all cultures.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 293 of 381 Page 294 9-22. According to the discussion of sexual scripts, *a. men are usually the initiators of a sexual relationship. b. if women like their partners, they typically speed up the pace of a sexual relationship. c. in most married couples today, either women or men can take the sexual initiative. d. women enjoy sexual activity much more than men. Page 294 9-23. According to the discussion of sexual scripts, a. nontraditional couples are especially likely to use sexual scripts. *b. the current North American sexual script says that men should take the lead in a sexual relationship. c. sexual scripts are descriptions of how biological factors limit sexual activity. d. sexual scripts are highly similar throughout the cultures of the world. Pages 294-295 9-24. Studies about parent-child communication show that *a. mothers are more likely than fathers to provide information about sexuality to adolescent females. b. parents usually discuss the pleasurable aspects of sexuality with their adolescent children. c. there are no substantial differences between the cultural groups, with respect to mothers’ conversations with their daughters about sex. d. few mothers discuss any aspect of sexuality with their teen-aged daughters. Page 295 9-25. According to the research on ethnicity and sex education, *a. Black mothers are typically more comfortable discussing sexuality than Latina or European American mothers. b. both Black and Latina mothers are usually more comfortable than European American mothers when they talk about sexuality. c. European American mothers are the usually the most comfortable about speaking about sexuality. d. no ethnic differences have yet been identified with respect to discussing sexuality with children. Pages 295-296 9-26. The programs on sexuality offered by school systems usually emphasize *a. biological aspects of sexuality. b. survey results on teenagers’ sexual activities. c. social factors related to sexuality. d. emotional factors related to sexuality.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 294 of 381 Pages 295-296 9-27. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about sex education in US schools? a. Teresinha: “Sex education provides very little information about the biological basis of reproduction.” b. Eduardo: “Most sex education programs emphasize the emotional aspects of sexuality.” c. Cindi: “Most sex education programs now include information that is relevant for lesbian and gay students.” *d. Dora: “Currently, the “abstinence only until marriage” programs are not very effective in reducing the amount of sexual experience that teenagers have.” Pages 295-296 9-28. Many school systems emphasize the abstinence-only or “just say no” approach to sex education. The research about this approach shows that they a. significantly reduce teenagers’ sexual activity. b. significantly reduce the incidence of sexually transmitted diseases. c. significantly reduce the pregnancy rate. *d. frequently provide misinformation about sexual activity and its consequences. Pages 295-296 9-29. The research on comprehensive sex education programs, as opposed to abstinence-only programs, shows that teenagers who participate in these comprehensive programs a. engage in more sexual activity, but also use contraceptives more often. b. engage in more sexual activity, without increased use of contraceptives. *c. postpone sexual relationships until they are older. d. differ from their parents, because parents typically do not want information about birth control included in the programs. Pages 296-297 9-30. The research on media coverage of sexual issues shows that a. the media only emphasize the negative aspects of sexual activity. b. the information conveyed by the media about sexuality is actually quite accurate. c. in the 21st century, the movies and television are much less likely to portray sexual interactions than they were in previous decades. *d. young women report that they feel they cannot achieve the physical attractiveness portrayed in the media images.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 295 of 381 Pages 296-297 9-31. Chapter 9 discussed the topic of the media and sexual information. According to analyses of television messages from the last 10 years, *a. only about 5% of television ads have any content about sexuality. b. TV programs show significantly more sexual activity than in 1970s. c. TV programs actually include less material about gays and lesbians than in the 1970s. d. TV programs aimed at teenagers provide more accurate information than in the 1970s. Page 298 9-32. According to the research on factors related to adolescent sexual behavior, a. academic performance is not related to early sexual experience. *b. Black females typically have their first sexual experience earlier than Latina females. c. young males and females see sex as an enjoyable two-way interaction. d. surprisingly, peer pressure does not appear to be an important determinant of early sexual activity. Page 298 9-33. According to the information about sexual behavior in heterosexual adolescents, a. compared to sexual interactions in the 1990s, the current trend of “hookups” actually allows adolescent females to have more power in a sexual relationship. *b. European American and Latina adolescent females typically have sexual experience at a younger age, compared to Asian American female adolescents. c. most adolescent females report that they have positive memories of the first time they had sexual intercourse. d. adolescent males are more likely than adolescent females to have negative memories about their early experiences with sexual intercourse. Pages 298-299 9-34. When young women discuss their first sexual experience, they frequently report that a. it was sexually exciting, but not very romantic. *b. it was not a positive experience. c. it was an extremely positive experience. d. it was romantic, but not very sexually exciting. Page 299 9-35. An important problem that must be remembered when interpreting the surveys on sexual activities is that a. the samples usually include participants from too many different ethnic groups. b. people are generally more truthful in the area of sexuality than in other important aspects of behavior. *c. obtaining a representative sample of respondents is difficult. d. researchers usually interview far more women than men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 296 of 381 Page 299 9-36. Which of the following students best describes the results of the large-scale survey of adult sexual behavior conducted by Edward Laumann and his colleagues? a. Kerri: “Men and women have approximately the same number of sexual partners during their lifetime.” b. Nigel: “Women actually have more sexual partners than men, because women live longer.” c. Tonia: “Almost 50% of men claimed to have had more than 20 sexual partners in their lifetime.” *d. Aquil: “About 17% of men and 3% of women reported having more than 20 sexual partners in their lifetime.” Page 299 9-37. According to the research on masturbation, a. men and women report similar frequencies of masturbation. b. the majority of both males and females report masturbating at least once a week. *c. among adults, gender differences in the frequency of masturbation are large. d. masturbation is now much less common among both men and women, in comparison to 20 years ago. Pages 300-301 9-38. According to the research on communication about sexuality, a. couples typically use verbal communication more than nonverbal communication. b. nonverbal communication is actually more effective than verbal communication in conveying whether a person is interested in sexual activity. *c. couples tend to be more satisfied with sexual aspects of a relationship if they can talk about sexual issues. d. in general, people communicate successfully with their sexual partners. Pages 300-301 9-39. Rose and Jack have been dating for several months now. If Rose is typical of women in her sexual assertiveness, she will *a. be reluctant to suggest activities that will give her sexual pleasure. b. rarely refuse sex, but be assertive about using birth control. c. clearly communicate her desire for sex, and she will also refuse to have sex if she doesn’t want to. d. consistently insist on using a condom, even if Jack doesn’t want to.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 297 of 381 Pages 300-301 9-40. Chapter 9 discusses the communication patterns between a male and a female about sexual activity. According to this research, a. compared with earlier studies, couples now have much more intimate conversations about the sexual activities they would enjoy. b. both men and women are actually fairly skilled at interpreting each other’s nonverbal messages. *c. men are more likely than women to assume that their partner wants to engage in sexual activity. d. there are no significant gender differences with respect to communication patterns about sexuality. Page 304 9-41. Research on sexuality among lesbians indicates that a. lesbian couples have problems communicating their sexual needs, just like heterosexual couples. *b. lesbian couples value nongenital physical contact, such as hugging and kissing. c. sexuality among lesbians focuses on genital stimulation and orgasm. d. our culture tends to accept public affection between women, even though more intimate contact is not tolerated. Page 301 9-42. Lesbian women a. tend to describe their sexual relationships as being unsatisfying. *b. generally reach orgasm during sexual activity more often than heterosexual women. c. tend to have sex more often than heterosexual women. d. do not differ from heterosexual couples in the frequency of kissing during lovemaking. Page 302 9-43. Your textbook includes a statement about lesbian sexuality by Laura Brown. She states that lesbians are like the early map makers. Brown’s point was that a. lesbians are less happy with their sexual interactions, compared to heterosexual women. b. the range of sexual interactions for lesbians is relatively narrow. *c. lesbian women create their own scripts about sexuality. d. pioneers are likely to receive negative reactions from other people. Pages 302-303 9-44. Which of the following students’ statements is correct about sexuality and older women? a. Clarissa: “Estrogen production does not decrease significantly at menopause.” *b. Virginia: “Vaginal moisture production typically decreases in older women.” c. May: “The major reason that sexual activity decreases in older women is that few older women are able to respond sexually.” d. Violet: “People are more tolerant of sexuality in older women than in older men.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 298 of 381 Pages 302-303 9-45. Research on older women’s sexuality indicates that a. older women typically lose the physiological capability for orgasm. b. touching, hugging, and holding replace genital sexuality in the older years. *c. a woman’s age doesn’t have a strong influence on her enjoyment of sex. d. a decrease in hormone levels at menopause causes a decrease in sexual interest. Pages 302-303 9-46. The research on older women and sexuality shows that a. the vagina becomes less elastic as women grow older, and this problem is difficult to treat. b. a decrease in sexual interest in older women can be traced to a decrease in hormone levels. c. there is a strong correlation between a woman’s age and her enjoyment of sexual activity. *d. North American culture typically portrays older women as having no interest in sexuality. Page 303 9-47. When younger people make judgments about sexuality in older people, they usually a. condemn it in both older males and older females. b. admire it in both older males and older females. *c. judge it more positively in older males than in older females. d. judge it more positively in older females than in older males. Page 303 9-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about sexual disorders? a. Oskar: “Surveys connected with sexuality frequently have difficulty obtaining unbiased data, but the data on sexual disorders are based on highly accurate data.” *b. Renée: “In order to qualify as a sexual disorder, the disturbance must be one that causes mental distress.” c. Fulvia: “There is no psychological basis for female orgasmic disorder; it can be traced to biological factors.” d. Thomas: “Lesbians are more likely to experience female orgasmic disorder than low sexual desire.” Page 303 9-49. A disorder that involves low sexual desire a. is typically caused by physical factors. b. involves too much vasocongestion during the excitement phase of the sexual response cycle. *c. may be caused by psychological factors such as depression and dissatisfaction with a romantic relationship. d. is not found among lesbians.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 299 of 381 Pages 303-304 9-50. A disorder known as female orgasmic disorder a. is characterized by sexual unresponsiveness. b. is typically caused by physical factors. c. is the appropriate diagnosis for someone who can reach orgasm only through clitoral stimulation. *d. occurs when a woman is not satisfied with her ability to reach orgasm when she is sexually aroused. Pages 303-304 9-51. The sexual disorder in which women experience sexual excitement, but don’t reach orgasm, is known as a. low sexual desire disorder. *b. female orgasmic disorder. c. sexual overresponsiveness. d. cognitive restructuring. Pages 303-304 9-52. One of the most probable causes of female orgasmic disorder is a. lack of interest in sexual activity. b. a medical condition. *c. difficulty in overcoming inhibitions. d. a reaction to medication. Pages 303-304 9-53. In the sexual disorder called female orgasmic disorder, a. a vaginal infection or ovarian problem is typically responsible. *b. a common cause is that the woman has trouble overcoming her sexual inhibitions. c. the vagina is so constricted that intercourse is painful. d. a woman has little interest in sexual activity. Page 304 9-54. Women may develop sexual problems because *a. people believe that women don’t actually need to enjoy sex. b. they have experimented too much during adolescence. c. sexual relations typically focus on their pleasure, rather than their partner’s pleasure. d. they are more likely than men to take their minds off their daily concerns.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 300 of 381 Page 304 9-55. The discussion of gender roles and sexual problems stated that some sexual problems may develop because *a. women may worry that they are not attractive enough. b. women typically become rather assertive during sexual activity. c. the goal of male sexuality has been for males to please their partners, so the women may feel guilty. d. women are more concerned about the physical sensations of arousal than they are about whether they are sufficiently attractive. Page 304 9-56. Suppose that a friend says, “I think that male gender roles contribute to sexual disorders in women.” Your appropriate response would be a. “No, they don’t, because researchers believe that female sexual disorders can be corrected by sex therapy for women.” b. “No they don’t, because researchers believe that female sexual disorders are caused by self-objectification, rather than by male gender roles.” *c. “Yes, they do, because male gender roles suggest that men should be aggressive, and women should be passive.” d. “It’s not clear, because researchers have not conducted enough studies to determine whether gender roles are related to sexual disorders.” Pages 304-305 9-57. The sex therapy technique in which the therapist tries to change people’s inappropriate negative thoughts about sexuality is known as a. self-objectification. b. the psychodynamic approach. c. feminist analysis. *d. cognitive restructuring. Pages 304-305 9-58. According to a feminist approach to sex therapy, a. people should realize that biological factors cause the clear majority of sexual problems. b. more attention should be paid to stimulating the vagina, rather than the clitoris. c. self-objectification is an especially useful technique in sex therapy. *d. communication and emotional components of sexuality are essential.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 301 of 381 Pages 304-305 9-59. Leonore Tiefer is a prominent feminist sex therapist whose work is discussed in Chapter 9. According to her perspective, a. researchers must pay more attention to biological factors that are related to sexuality, because this information provides the basic background for psychological factors. b. an important goal in the current decade is to develop medication for women, similar to Viagra for men. c. both women and men should be encouraged to engage in more self-objectification, so they can be more aware of their sexual responses. *d. an ideal feminist approach to sex therapy would emphasize factors such as tenderness and emotional closeness. Pages 306-308 9-60. Which of the following birth control methods is least effective in preventing pregnancy? *a. rhythm method b. diaphragm with spermicidal cream c. tubal sterilization d. condoms Pages 306-308 9-61. Which of the following birth control methods is most effective in preventing pregnancy? a. withdrawal b. diaphragm and spermicidal cream *c. tubal sterilization d. the rhythm method Pages 306-308 9-62. According to the data on birth control, a. a sexually active woman who uses no birth control for one year has a 45% chance of becoming pregnant. *b. abstinence is the only birth control method that is 100% effective in avoiding pregnancy. c. the majority of birth control methods are also effective in eliminating the risk of AIDS. d. most birth control methods are designed to be used by men, rather than women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 302 of 381 Pages 307-308 9-63. A relatively new method of preventing pregnancy is “emergency contraception.” According to the discussion in Chapter 9, emergency contraception a. is a form of abortion that can be used early in pregnancy. b. is most effective if taken at some point between the first and the second month of pregnancy. c. requires permission from at least two physicians, in order for a woman to use this medicine. *d. is a form of birth control, rather than a form of abortion. Page 309 9-64. Chapter 9 showed a diagram about teenage pregnancy in the United States, which includes information about the number of premarital births, the number of abortions, and so forth. According to this information, a. the clear majority of pregnant teenagers give birth. b. the clear majority of pregnant teenagers terminate their pregnancy. *c. only about 10% of the teenagers who become pregnant before marriage decide to get married before the baby is born. d. about 30% of teen pregnancies end in spontaneous miscarriages. Page 309 9-65. An estimated ______ of all pregnancies in the United States are unintended at the time of conception. a. 10% b. 20% c. 33% *d. 50% Page 309 9-66. The research about birth control methods and sexuality in the United States suggests that *a. approximately half of all pregnancies were not planned at the time of conception. b. social class is no longer related to the likelihood of using birth control. c. about 80% of women who have graduated from college say that they use birth control regularly. d. so far, the use of birth control does not seem to be correlated with any personality characteristics. Page 309 9-67. Women who use effective birth control methods are most likely to be a. traditional in their ideas about gender roles. b. unaware of the risks associated with various contraceptive methods. c. Black and Latina women. *d. college educated.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 303 of 381 Page 309 9-68. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about factors related to women’s use of contraception? a. Esther: “Black women are much more likely than Latina women to use contraception.” *b. Arturo: “Level of education is related to the use of contraception.” c. Daria: “Social class is no longer related to the use of contraception, though it was in previous eras.” d. Babette: “Researchers have not been able to identify any personality characteristics that are correlated with the use of contraception.” Page 309 9-69. Women who are most likely to use effective birth control are typically *a. high in self-esteem. b. from lower social classes. c. women of color. d. women who are not feminists. Pages 310-311 9-70. The discussion of birth control pointed out that *a. parents and educators often avoid discussing sexuality and birth control with teenagers. b. people who have traditional values are the most likely people to use birth-control methods. c. there are several contraceptives available now that are problem-free. d. contraceptive services are readily available to adolescents. Pages 310-311 9-71. One reason that women may be reluctant to use birth control is that a. many women have not heard about birth control as an important issue. b. most women secretly want to have a baby. *c. many women do not want to think about the fact that they are sexually active. d. all of the effective contraceptives have been demonstrated to have high health risks. Pages 310-311 9-72. What can we conclude about the topic of unwanted pregnancies? a. Stronger “just say no” messages against sexual activity would substantially reduce the number of pregnancies. b. If contraceptives were mentioned less often, the number of unwanted pregnancies would clearly decrease. *c. Many women do not think that they, personally, are likely to get pregnant. d. The cost and availability of contraception are no longer factors that contribute to unwanted pregnancy.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 304 of 381 Pages 311-312 9-73. The discussion of international family planning data indicated that a. the United States leads the world in the percentage of couples using some kind of contraceptive. *b. one of the best predictors of using birth control in developing countries is the female literacy rate. c. almost all married couples throughout the world have access to family planning, though unmarried couples do not. d. the overall use of contraceptives in Africa equals the overall use of contraceptives in North America. Pages 311-312 9-74. The research on family planning in developing countries shows that a. countries that are predominantly Catholic have the lowest rate of contraceptive use. b. countries in Africa are more likely than countries in Latin America to have a high rate of contraceptive use. *c. there is a strong correlation between female literacy rate and the use of contraceptives. d. worldwide, the overall rate of contraceptive use—by sexually active couples—is now approaching 80%. Pages 311-312 9-75. Chapter 9 discusses family planning in developing countries. According to this discussion, a. the birth rate in most developing countries has been remarkably stable for the last 30 years. b. surprisingly, female literacy rates are not correlated with fertility rates. c. throughout the developing countries, about 85% of sexually active couples use some form of contraception. *d. women in some countries in Africa have an average of more than 6 children. Page 312 9-76. According to the original Roe v. Wade decision in 1973, *a. women have the legal right to choose abortion. b. federal funding may not be used for abortion. c. life doesn’t begin until the child is born. d. a waiting period is required before an abortion can be performed. Page 312 9-77. Before the Roe v. Wade decision in 1973, approximately a. 1,000 women died each year from abortions. *b. 10,000 women died each year from abortions. c. 20,000 abortions were performed each year d. 2 million abortions were performed each year.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 305 of 381 Page 313 9-78. According to the discussion of miscarriages and abortion in Chapter 9, *a. women who smoke cigarettes when they are pregnant are about twice as likely as nonsmokers to have a miscarriage. b. the abortion rate for US adolescents is lower than for most European adolescents. c. in countries where abortion is illegal, women seldom die from an abortion. d. in the United States, a woman is more likely to die from an abortion than from childbirth. Page 313 9-79. According to the discussion of abortion and miscarriage in the United States, *a. a woman is 30 times more likely to die as a result of childbirth than as a result of a legal abortion. b. 20 years ago, anti-abortion groups murdered professionals who performed abortions, but there have not been any such murders since the 1990s. c. although cigarette smoking affects a baby’s birth weight, it has no effect on the miscarriage rate. d. cigarette smoking raises the probability of a miscarriage by about 10%. Page 313 9-80. What conclusion can we draw about abortion in the United States? a. In recent years, fewer than 5% of all pregnancies ended in abortions. b. Women who seek abortions generally tend to be women who already have three or more children. *c. Abortions that are performed professionally during the early stages of pregnancy are much safer than childbirth. d. The abortion rate is much lower in the United States than in Europe. Page 313 9-81. Research shows that the major reaction that most women feel after an abortion is *a. relief. b. low self-esteem. c. anxiety. d. long-lasting depression. Page 313 9-82. Women who have had an abortion a. seldom have any regrets about their decision. *b. rarely have severe psychological reactions afterwards. c. experience severe depression afterwards in about 35% of the cases. d. typically experience a loss of self-esteem.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 306 of 381 Page 313 9-83. Adjustment after an abortion is more difficult for a woman if she *a. is low in self-efficacy. b. has an abortion early in her pregnancy. c. feels that her friends support her decision. d. feels competent in other aspects of her life. Pages 313-314 9-84. Chapter 9 discusses the children born to women who had been denied abortion. This research shows that a. these children were typically as psychologically healthy as children from a wanted pregnancy. *b. these children were more likely to have psychological disorders and problems with the legal system. c. the only significant difference between these children and children of wanted pregnancies was in terms of physical health. d. these children were better able to cope with life stresses than children from a wanted pregnancy. Pages 313-314 9-85. According to the research on children born to women who had been denied an abortion, a. these children did not differ significantly from children from a wanted pregnancy. b. although these children had psychological problems during the first 12 years of life, they were well adjusted once they reached adolescence. c. these children were more flexible and self-sufficient than children from a wanted pregnancy. *d. when these children reached adulthood, they were more likely than other children to have marital and drug problems. Page 314 9-86. Information on single motherhood as an alternative to abortion indicates that *a. most young single mothers have problems completing school and finding a job. b. both Canada and the United States provide fairly extensive social support and services for unmarried women and their children. c. in the current era, being a single mother no longer carries a social stigma. d. approximately 200,000 women become single mothers each year.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 307 of 381 CHAPTER 10 Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood Page 319 10-1. According to the introduction of the chapter on pregnancy, childbirth, and motherhood, a. the topic of pregnancy is now one of the most active research areas in the psychology of women. b. the psychology research on pregnancy primarily focuses on normal, uncomplicated pregnancies. *c. the psychology research tends to focus on topics such as teen pregnancy and unwanted pregnancies. d. many current television sitcoms focus on pregnancy and childbirth. Pages 319-320 10-2. The beginning of Chapter 10 pointed out that pregnancy a. is a fascinating topic to psychologists, who have conducted extensive research in this area. b. is a condition that is almost always considered to be positive and life-affirming. c. is a topic that the media depict with impressive accuracy and compassion. *d. is seldom mentioned in television programs. Pages 319-320 10-3. The introduction to the section on pregnancy and childbirth pointed out that a. in the current era, mothers hold positions of substantial prestige in North American culture. b. the popular media pay attention to pregnancy and childbirth, but researchers tend to ignore this important area. *c. both researchers and the media tend to pay little attention to events concerned with motherhood. d. researchers tend to focus on the positive aspects of pregnancy and childbirth.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 308 of 381 Page 320 10-4. The discussion of the biology of pregnancy stated that *a. the egg and sperm unite while the egg is traveling down the fallopian tube. b. the uterine lining is sloughed off just after the fertilization of the egg has occurred. c. the fallopian tubes are responsible for increasing the production of progesterone and estrogen in a pregnant woman. d. the placenta develops during the first months after fertilization, but then it gradually diminishes in size toward the end of pregnancy. Page 320 10-5. The placenta a. is the thickened wall of the uterus during pregnancy. b. is another name for the growing embryo. *c. is an organ that helps to provide the embryo with oxygen and nutrients. d. is the cord that attaches the embryo to its mother. Page 321 10-6. The research on nausea during pregnancy shows that *a. 50-90% of women experience nausea at some point in their pregnancies. b. the majority of women experience nausea throughout the entire 9 months of their pregnancy, although it is not disabling. c. nausea is called “morning sickness” because it only occurs prior to noon. d. only about 10% to 20% of women report experiences with nausea during pregnancy. Page 321 10-7. What can be concluded about physical reactions to pregnancy? *a. The individual differences in physical reactions are very large. b. All pregnant women experience a tendency toward nausea. c. In most parts of the United States, pregnancy is regarded as a nine-month sickness. d. About 95% of women report less interest in sexual activity during pregnancy. Page 321 10-8. Imagine that a group of pregnant women at a childbirth-education class is discussing their feelings about sexuality. What would be your prediction about their interest in sex during pregnancy? a. Surprisingly, the majority would find sex more appealing than prior to pregnancy— at least during the first six months of pregnancy. b. About 95% would report that they are less interested in sex than prior to pregnancy. c. The majority would say that their interest in sex has not changed. *d. Although many would report decreased interest, some would report no change and some would report increased interest.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 309 of 381 Page 325 10-9. According to the discussion of sexual interest during pregnancy, *a. the majority of women report less interest in sex when they are pregnant, but individual differences are prominent. b. contrary to public opinion, most women report greater interest in sex than prior to their pregnancy. c. although the majority of women say that they are less interested in sex when they are pregnant, the frequency of sexual intercourse is actually higher during pregnancy. d. we do not have useful data on this topic, because psychologists have paid so little attention to research on pregnancy. Page 322 10-10. A common emotional reaction to pregnancy is a. the realization that there is a tremendous discrepancy between idealized views of pregnancy and the reality of pregnancy. *b. a feeling of transition into adulthood. c. pleasure at watching one’s body grow larger. d. a feeling of emptiness and lack of purpose. Page 322 10-11. According to the discussion on emotional reactions to pregnancy, a. women are typically depressed during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy. *b. women often report feeling somewhat anxious and emotionally fragile during pregnancy. c. women typically report that their strongest feeling is that other people admire them and respect them. d. most women report primarily negative emotions about their pregnancy. Page 322 10-12. Studies of pregnant women show that they *a. often report feeling physically unattractive during this period. b. may show decreased concern about their bodily functions, other than the pregnancy itself. c. show a uniform decrease in sexual arousal throughout pregnancy. d. show a uniform increase in negative feelings throughout pregnancy.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 310 of 381 Page 322 10-13. Research on pregnant women and smoking indicates that *a. many pregnant women try to stop smoking, but it’s difficult to overcome this addiction. b. Black and Latina women are more likely than White women to smoke during pregnancy. c. although women are aware of the harm to the developing fetus, few pregnant women try to stop smoking during their pregnancy. d. pregnant women typically increase their rate of smoking, because hormonal increases strengthen nicotine addiction. Page 323 10-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the information about women’s reactions to pregnancy? a. Isadore: “Because of widespread publicity, only 2% of pregnant women smoke during pregnancy.” *b. Ling: “Women may resent that other people seem to regard them only as a pregnant woman, with no other personal identity.” c. George: “Women have strongly positive emotional reactions to pregnancy; married and unmarried women are equally positive.” d. Ruth: “Unfortunately, no appropriate research has yet been conducted on this important question.” Page 323 10-15. Women’s emotional reaction to pregnancy seems primarily to depend on a. hormonal factors. b. cultural definitions of motherhood. c. the level of approval received from others. *d. a combination of physical, social, and cultural factors. Page 323 10-16. With respect to pregnancy, the term “miscarriage” is defined as a. a situation in which a woman delivers a baby more than two months prior to the due date. b. a pregnancy in which the fertilized egg is not implanted in the uterus. c. a “false pregnancy” in which menstruation has been biologically suppressed, leading the woman to believe that she is pregnant. *d. a termination of pregnancy that is not intended, prior to the 20th week of pregnancy.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 311 of 381 Page 323 10-17. According to the discussion of miscarriage, a. the term refers to both intended and unintended termination of pregnancy. b. the data show that only about 1% of all pregnancies in the United States end in a miscarriage. c. almost all women experience intense grief following a miscarriage. *d. as in many other aspects of pregnancy, women have varied emotional reactions to miscarriage. Page 323 10-18. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about women who are pregnant during extremely stressful catastrophes? a. Gwen: “Fortunately, the fetus is very well protected inside the uterus, and so a pregnant woman does not have an increased risk of a premature delivery or a lowbirthweight newborn.” b. Hildegard: “Women do not have an increased risk of a premature delivery or a lowbirthweight newborn, but the newborn is more likely to have developmental delays.” c. Nizam: “Women do have an increased risk of a premature delivery, but no increased risk of a low-birthweight newborn or a newborn with developmental delays.” *d. Pablo: “Women have an increased risk of a premature delivery, as well as a lowbirthweight baby.” Page 323 10-19. According to the research on emotional reactions, pregnant women a. almost always report highly positive emotions throughout pregnancy. b. typically have unusual fearful reactions because people are responding to them differently now that they are pregnant. *c. often experience a mixture of both positive and negative emotions. d. typically experience negative emotions at the beginning of their pregnancy but gradually shift to positive emotions by the end. Page 324 10-20. Imagine that you are at a party at a friend’s home, and you see a pregnant woman in one of the rooms. Based on the information in the section on attitudes toward pregnant women, you would expect to find that people would a. avoid any mention or acknowledgment of her pregnancy, consistent with the point that pregnancy is an invisible topic. *b. be likely to touch her stomach and give plenty of uninvited advice. c. stand somewhat closer to her than to a nonpregnant woman. d. avoid being in the same room with her, because it’s embarrassing to discuss the topic of pregnancy.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 312 of 381 Page 324 10-21. Which of the following would be the best example of “hostile sexism” directed toward a pregnant woman? a. People act in an overly helpful manner toward a pregnant woman. *b. Employers are likely to avoid hiring a pregnant woman. c. People do not make eye contact with a pregnant woman. d. Strangers feel that they have a right to touch the stomach of a pregnant woman. Page 324 10-22. According to the discussion of hostile and benevolent sexism toward pregnant women, *a. people tend to show both hostile and benevolent sexism toward a woman who is pregnant. b. people tend to show hostile sexism—but not benevolent sexism—toward a pregnant woman. c. people tend to show benevolent sexism—but not hostile sexism—toward a pregnant woman. d. surprisingly, people treat pregnant and nonpregnant women similarly, in terms of these two forms of sexism. Page 324 10-23. You visit a nearby mall and look through two department stores that cater to two different kinds of shoppers. If you looked in the maternity clothes section of each store, you would be likely to see that a. in the low-status store, the maternity clothes are near the baby clothes, but in the high-status store, the maternity clothes are near the “luxury clothing.” *b. in the low-status store, maternity clothes are near the uniforms. c. in the low-status store, maternity clothes are much more visible, so that pregnant women are encouraged to feel special. d. in both cases, maternity clothes are close to the sportswear. Page 325 10-24. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the information about pregnant women and employment? *a. Tomas: “Black women and women in developing countries have usually expected that they will work during pregnancy.” b. Silvia: “Currently, very few North American women continue their jobs until just before their due date.” c. Andrea: “During pregnancy, even normal physical activity in the workplace often results in a premature delivery.” d. Stephen: “In the current decade, pregnant women are not at risk for premature delivery caused by physically demanding activities in the workplace.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 313 of 381 Page 325 10-25. According to the US research about women’s employment during pregnancy, a. most recent college graduates do not plan to be employed following the birth of their first child. b. when women work outside the home during pregnancy, they have an increased risk for premature delivery. c. most women can take time off during the last weeks of pregnancy, without losing any salary. *d. female and male employees are both likely to avoid hiring a pregnant job applicant. Pages 326-237 10-26. The discussion of biological components of childbirth pointed out that a. contractions become very regular as childbirth approaches. b. the dilation of the cervix occurs during the last stage of labor. *c. contractions help to move the baby down the vagina. d. progesterone levels rise sharply during the first stage of labor. Pages 326-327 10-27. Which of the following statements about labor and childbirth is correct? *a. The second stage ends when the baby is born. b. During the first stage of labor, the placenta is abruptly expelled. c. Contractions typically slow down the delivery of the baby. d. The dilation of the cervix is a relatively speedy process, usually taking 3 to 5 minutes. Pages 326-237 10-28. During the third stage of labor, a. the cervix becomes dilated to about four inches. b. the estrogen levels begin to rise. c. the baby begins to move down into the vagina. *d. the placenta is delivered. Pages 327-328 10-29. Which of the following students’ statements about childbirth is true? a. Marissa: “The third stage of labor occurs when the baby is actually delivered, and it usually lasts less than 20 minutes.” b. Asenate: “The total duration of labor varies from woman to woman, but it seems to be determined by individual hormonal levels.” c. Jessica: “In the United States and Canada approximately 50% of all deliveries are performed by cesarean section, mostly for the convenience of doctors.” *d. Kristi: “In the United States, Black women are almost twice as likely as White, Latina, and Asian mothers to have a preterm birth.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 314 of 381 Page 328 10-30. The discussion of preterm births pointed out that a. the incidence of preterm birth does not seem to be related to the number of years of education a woman has. b. no ethnic-group differences have been reported in the incidence of preterm births. *c. women who are overly thin are at risk for a preterm birth. d. in North America, most babies who are born prematurely are no longer considered at risk for medical complications. Page 328 10-31. The data on Cesarean births show that a. the newborn’s health is significantly better with a Cesarean birth than with a vaginal birth. *b. women who have had Cesarean births are more likely than other women to say that the birth experience was traumatic. c. unfortunately, it is very difficult for hospitals to reduce their rate of Cesarean births. d. most women actually prefer to have a Cesarean birth, but physicians prefer vaginal delivery. Page 328 10-32. Your textbook discussed the relationship between social factors and the childbirth experience. According to this discussion, a. researchers have not yet studied this issue systematically, but anecdotal evidence suggests that social factors are important. b. researchers have studied this relationship, and they did not find a connection between social factors and childbirth. *c. researchers have found that women require less medication if a nurse or a relative remains with them during childbirth. d. researchers were surprised to find that women actually require longer labor if a nurse or a relative remains with them during childbirth. Page 328 10-33. A friend says that she has heard that social factors can influence a woman’s childbirth experience. According to the information in Chapter 10, you should reply, a. “No, the mother may be happier if someone stays with her during labor and delivery, but there are no consistent advantages, as far as her actual childbirth.” b. “No, the mother is actually more self-conscious and nervous if someone stays with her during labor and delivery.” *c. “Yes, in Canadian and US research, a woman has fewer complications if she has the same nurse staying with her during labor and delivery.” d. “Unfortunately, there has been no well-controlled research on this important topic.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 315 of 381 Page 328 10-34. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on social factors and childbirth? *a. Erika: “In many countries in the world, people consider childbirth to be a normal event, rather than a medical procedure.” b. Juan: “In some cultures, a woman is allowed to have companions with her during childbirth, but only a few hospitals in North America allow this.” c. Suli: “Mothers typically enjoy having a relative or friend to keep them company while they are giving birth, but no medical benefits have yet been discovered.” d. Sam: “The research shows that a doula or other trained professional actually increases the likelihood of a cesarean section.” Page 329 10-35. According to the discussion of emotional reactions to childbirth, a. almost all women feel that childbirth is one of the major peak experiences in their lives. b. most women actually have little emotional reaction to childbirth. c. most women are so physically weary that exhaustion is their primary reaction to childbirth. *d. some women have extremely positive emotions, but some women have extremely negative emotions. Page 329 10-36. What can we conclude about emotional reactions to childbirth? a. With the right mental attitude, a woman in labor should not find childbirth to be an uncomfortable experience. *b. There is a wide range of emotional reactions to the childbirth experience. c. Most women’s descriptions of childbirth do not emphasize the pain. d. Despite the media images, most women report either a neutral or a negative reaction to the childbirth experience. Page 329 10-37. The “high-tech” approach to childbirth has *a. led to lower death rates for both babies and their mothers. b. made mothers feel more positive about their infants. c. reduced the number of cesarean births that are performed. d. eliminated most of the pain of childbirth.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 316 of 381 Pages 329-330 10-38. An important principle of natural childbirth is that *a. learning about pregnancy and childbirth will reduce fear. b. with proper coaching, pain can be almost completely eliminated. c. women should learn to coach themselves in order to produce the best possible birth experience. d. relaxation techniques and muscle-strengthening exercises can eliminate the need for medication. Pages 329-330 10-39. Studies on “natural childbirth” have shown that a. the experience is usually so effortless that the name “natural childbirth” is appropriate. b. mothers who have had “natural childbirth” have more positive attitudes, but no less pain, compared to those who have a typical hospital experience. *c. mothers who have had “natural childbirth” typically require less medication. d. “natural childbirth” actually provides no statistically significant benefits. Pages 331-332 10-40. According to the stereotypes about motherhood, a. mothers know very little about taking care of babies. b. women who are mothers are asexual and not interested in taking care of their husbands’ needs. *c. a woman experiences complete fulfillment when she becomes a mother. d. fathers are really more competent than mothers in the area of child care. Page 332 10-41. How are mothers actually treated in our North American culture? a. They are admired and respected. b. They are rarely mentioned in literature or in the media. *c. They occupy a position of relatively low prestige. d. They are respected by men, but not by women. Pages 332-334 10-42. According to your textbook’s discussion of the reality of early motherhood, a. fathers typically help much more with childcare than mothers had expected. *b. mothers often report that they do not feel competent about taking care of a newborn. c. mothers often report that their baby’s social interactions match the expectations that they had created about motherhood. d. mothers are generally pleased to see that they can easily adopt the role of an unselfish mother.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 317 of 381 Pages 332-334 10-43. A woman who has just had a child is likely to feel that a. she has been well trained for her work as a new mother. b. although the baby demands care at many times throughout the day and night, she does not actually spend many hours on the task. *c. her newborn gives little positive reinforcement or emotional reaction other than crying. d. most people will express their admiration for a mother’s competent child care. Pages 332-334 10-44. Imagine that you have a friend who delivered a healthy baby about a week ago. Which of the following reactions might you expect her to report? *a. An isolation from other adults b. A feeling of freedom, because she is no longer continually carrying the baby inside herself c. An intense joy that her newborn can communicate both love and appreciation d. A renewed sense of energy and excitement, now that she has lost weight and her hormones have returned to normal levels Pages 332-334, 349 10-45. The discussion of motherhood examines infant mortality rates for several countries. According to these data, a. the United States and Canada have the lowest infant mortality rates in the world. *b. in some countries in Africa, more than 10% of infants die before their first birthday. c. the countries with the lowest infant mortality rates are all located in Europe. d. all the developed countries have almost identical infant mortality rates. Page 334 10-46. The data on infant mortality and maternal mortality rate show that: a. in a comparison of 15 technologically advanced countries in the world, the US has the lowest neonatal mortality rate. *b. about 1 in 3,000 women in Canada and the United States dies because of complications during pregnancy and childbirth. c. in sub-Saharan Africa, about 3% of infants die before their first birthday. d. in sub-Saharan Africa about 1 in 50 women dies due to complications of pregnancy and childbirth. Pages 334-335 10-47. A mother of a young infant has many positive emotional reactions to childbirth. Which of the following positive reactions is not likely to be reported? a. A feeling of confidence because she has given birth. *b. A sense of amazing energy, because she is no longer carrying the weight of a baby c. Enjoyment of family activities that include the baby d. Pleasure in her private interactions with the babyInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 318 of 381 Pages 332-335 10-48. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the reality of motherhood? a. Janelle: “For most mothers, the exhaustion and drudgery of motherhood far outweighs the few positive aspects.” b. Jamilla: “The positive aspects of motherhood are much more concrete than the negative aspects.” c. Jerri: “Although mothers list many more positive aspects of motherhood, the few negative aspects are much more intense.” *d. Jill: “Despite the very real difficulties of motherhood, for most women the benefits to personal growth and rewards of interacting with children outweigh the limitations.” Page 335 10-49. The data on birth rates for US ethnic groups show that *a. the average adult White woman and the average adult Black women have about the same number of children. b. the average Latina woman has almost twice as many children as the average White woman. c. Native American women have the highest birth rate of all ethnic groups. d. Asian women have a significantly lower birth rate than any other ethnic group. Pages 335-336 10-50. What is one typical difference between the motherhood experiences of Black women and White women? a. Motherhood is less valued in the Black community. *b. Grandmothers and other relatives are more likely to assume some child care responsibilities in the Black community. c. Motherhood is more associated with strength in the White culture. d. Black women are more likely to be raising children alone, without the help of an extended family. Page 336 10-51. According to the discussion of motherhood and women of color, a. different racial and ethnic groups respond quite similarly to motherhood. b. Latina mothers typically reflect the ideal of marianismo. *c. some cultural beliefs may conflict with the US medical model of pregnancy and childbirth. d. extended families are more important in Native American culture than in Black culture.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 319 of 381 Page 336 10-52. Studies of motherhood in different North American cultures indicate that *a. for immigrant women, cultural beliefs may conflict with modern medical practices. b. the customs and rituals surrounding pregnancy are similar across a wide variety of cultures. c. Black mothers, who pride themselves on their strength and independence, prefer to raise their children alone. d. most North American Indian cultures emphasize the importance of fathers participating in the birth experience. Pages 336-338 10-53. Suppose that you learn that a lesbian couple and their children have moved to a home in your neighborhood. If you were to meet their children, you could expect to find that a. their intellectual development would be similar, but they possibly would be slightly lower in social competence, compared to children in heterosexual households. b. their social, cognitive, and emotional competence would be slightly lower than the competence of children in heterosexual households. c. their psychological well-being and social skills would be somewhat higher than those of children in heterosexual households. *d. their intellectual skills, adjustment, and popularity would be similar to that of children in heterosexual households. Pages 336-338 10-54. Suppose that you read an article about lesbian couples who are rearing children. You would be most likely to trust this article if it said: *a. “Most of the children have positive attitudes about their mothers’ nontraditional relationships, and they are also socially well-adjusted.” b. “Most of the children are accepting about their mothers’ relationships, but they are actually more racist than children reared by two heterosexual parents.” c. “Children raised by two heterosexual parents are more likely to be lower in social adjustment, compared to children raised by two lesbians.” d. “Because lesbian parenting is a sensitive topic, there hasn’t been enough research to draw clear-cut conclusions.” Pages 336-338 10-55. Studies of children raised in lesbian households find that a. they are more likely to be gay or lesbian than children raised by heterosexuals. *b. they are similar to children raised in heterosexual households in both psychological health and feelings about their families. c. they score lower in popularity with peers than children raised in heterosexual households. d. they have lower scores in moral development, self-concept, and social competence, but similar levels of intelligence, compared to children raised in heterosexual households.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 320 of 381 Pages 338-339 10-56. Which of the following statements about breast feeding is correct? a. Mothers who breast-feed do not differ in any significant way from mothers who do not breast-feed. *b. About 80% of North American mothers now breast-feed their infants, at least in early infancy. c. Teenage mothers are more likely to breast-feed than older mothers. d. Mothers from low-income families are more likely than upper-income families to breast-feed, primarily for economic reasons. Pages 338-339 10-57. According to the discussion of breast feeding, a. in the current decade, less than half of all North American women breast-feed their newborn infants. *b. mothers who are older than 30 are more likely than younger mothers to breast-feed their infants. c. because of marianismo, Latina women are more likely than women from other ethnic groups to breast-feed their infants. d. it is surprisingly difficult to design programs that encourage women to breast-feed their infants; so far, none of them have been successful. Pages 338-339 10-58. Which of the following is not one of the advantages of breast feeding (as opposed to bottle feeding)? a. It offers health advantages in countries where sanitary conditions make bottle feeding potentially dangerous. b. It provides protection against allergic reactions. *c. It encourages a stronger bond between the baby and the baby’s father. d. It is associated with a reduced risk of breast cancer and ovarian cancer in mothers. Page 339 10-59. An important distinction between postpartum blues and postpartum depression is that postpartum blues a. are experienced by a smaller number of women. *b. begin sooner after childbirth. c. produce more long-lasting problems. d. are more likely to be associated with a high level of estrogen and progesterone. Page 339 10-60. In the United States and Canada, postpartum blues *a. are experienced by about half of women who have recently given birth. b. usually last about two weeks. c. are most common in women who have already had two or more children. d. is another term for postpartum depression.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 321 of 381 Page 339 10-61. Postpartum depression a. occurs in 50% to 80% of women several days after delivery. b. is extremely different from other kinds of depression. c. usually occurs toward the end of pregnancy. *d. may last for many months. Pages 339-340 10-62. According to the discussion in Chapter 10, postpartum depression is a. a short-lasting negative mood change that typically goes away within the first two weeks after childbirth. *b. a disorder that occurs in approximately 10% of new mothers in Canada and the United States. c. a disorder that is found in Canada, the United States, and Europe, but is rarely reported in other countries. d. a disorder that is actually quite different from the kind of clinical depression that is found in women who have not recently experienced childbirth. Pages 339-340 10-63. Which of the following women is least likely to develop postpartum depression? a. a woman who is not married b. a woman who has just had her first child *c. a woman who receives attention and support from family and friends d. a woman who lives in a rural area and cannot get together with friends or family Pages 339-341 10-64. The discussion of postpartum disturbances suggests that a. social factors play a relatively minor role in postpartum disturbances. *b. postpartum disturbances occur less often if a mother talks with a trained professional. c. hormone levels are strongly correlated with postpartum disturbances. d. less than 10% of all women experience postpartum blues. Pages 341-342 10-65. According to the research on attitudes toward maternal employment, a. people typically say that mothers of young children should work outside the home, if they want to. b. people typically say that even well-educated mothers should not work outside the home. *c. there is often a “no win” dilemma about whether mothers should work outside the home. d. people are likely to say that mothers themselves are the best judge about whether they should work outside the home.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 322 of 381 Pages 341-342 10-66. According to the research about maternal employment, *a. people frequently think that employed mothers are less competent than employed women who have no children. b. even when a woman feels that her employment is personally important, she is likely to realize that a lengthy maternity leave is actually quite restful and pleasant. c. mothers who work outside the home have somewhat more mental health problems than mothers who stay home with their children. d. most studies on maternal employment have such small sample sizes that we cannot draw useful conclusions about this topic. Pages 342-344 10-67. Which of the following students best summarizes the research on attitudes toward childfree women? a. Gloria: “Although past studies found that these women were judged to be extremely selfish, the current research finds no biases toward childfree women.” b. Dawn: “Childfree women are rated as just as happy as women with children.” c. Aimee: “Childfree women are considered to be as fulfilled as women with children, but they are judged to be less happy.” *d. Shayonna: “Women with children are considered to be happier and more fulfilled, and to have a more rewarding life than childfree women.” Page 344 10-68. According to research about couples’ reasons for not wanting to have a child, the results included all of the following reasons except: a. Parenthood is an irrevocable decision b. Children are expensive c. Children can interfere with a couple’s lifestyle or vocational plans *d. Parenthood is too challenging Page 345 10-69. Dawn and Dennis have decided not to have children. Their friends, Tom and Anita, are trying to provide them with reasons for having children. According to the research discussed in your text, Tom and Anita’s reasons for having children are most likely to include: a. Gaining parental approval by providing grandchildren b. The satisfaction of raising a child in your own image *c. People’s lives are enriched when they nurture and love children d. Tax laws make having children financially beneficialInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 323 of 381 Pages 345-346 10-70. According to the discussion of infertility, a. the definition of infertility is failure to conceive after 6 months of sexual intercourse without using contraception. *b. approximately 15% of couples in the United States are infertile. c. in the current era, few couples who are infertile find this to be a worrisome problem. d. most infertility can be traced to a psychological cause. Pages 345-346 10-71. Research on infertility indicates that a. most women who are infertile have a long-standing sorrow about not being able to have a child. *b. infertility may cause distress and anxiety to couples. c. distress and anxiety may cause infertility. d. infertile couples report much lower levels of marital satisfaction than fertile couples.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 324 of 381 CHAPTER 11 Women and Physical Health Page 351 11-1. According to the introduction of the chapter on women and physical health, a. most of women’s physical health problems can be traced to psychological difficulties. b. health psychology is an important topic in the medical professions, but— surprisingly—not within psychology. *c. health psychology examines the causes of illness, as well as illness prevention and health improvement. d. research has found only small gender differences in physical health. Pages 351-352 11-2. The topic of physical health is important in a textbook about the Psychology of Women because a. this topic provides additional examples of gender similarities in almost every area. b. we need to discuss why women die at an earlier age than men do. *c. gender makes a difference in the way that a disease is diagnosed. d. women are significantly less likely than men to have a chronic health problem. Pages 351-352 11-3. The introduction to the chapter on women and physical health emphasizes that a. the same pattern of “no major gender differences” is even more true in this chapter than in previous chapters. b. an important gender difference is that alcohol has less influence on women, even when factoring in a person’s body weight. c. the situation is different when we consider the research on physical health; here, the female is considered normative. *d. gender often influences how a health problem is diagnosed.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 325 of 381 Pages 351-352 11-4. Which of the following students’ statements about gender and health is true? a. Florence: “Approximately 40% of older women experience a chronic health problem.” b. Clara: “Most diseases produce similar symptoms in women and men, but those symptoms are interpreted differently by physicians.” *c. Norma: “The female body has more fat and less fluid than the male body.” d. Grace: “Women’s reproductive health has not been extensively studied.” Page 352 11-5. The chapter on women’s physical health pointed out that the only kind of female health problem that receives abundant attention is a. lung cancer. b. heart disease. *c. problems with the reproductive system. d. Alzheimer’s disease and related disorders. Pages 351-352 11-6. Suppose that an acquaintance of yours asks, “Why should there be a chapter about women’s health in your Psychology of Women textbook?” One correct response would be that this chapter is necessary a. to demonstrate that women and men are even more similar in their physical health than they are in their mental health. b. to dismiss the myth that physicians treat women differently than men, because gender bias no longer occurs. *c. to discuss the kind of health problems that women are most likely to experience. d. to point out that most of women’s psychological problems can be traced to physical illnesses. Page 353 11-7. According to the discussion of women in medicine, a. women have been welcomed in medicine to a greater extent than in other traditionally male disciplines such as law. *b. at present, about half of medical school graduates are female. c. attitudes toward women in medicine are still so negative that women currently constitute fewer than 25% of students in medical school. d. at present, we have no evidence of discrimination against women who pursue careers in medicine.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 326 of 381 Pages 353-354 11-8. Which of the following statements is correct concerning the biases against women in the health-care system? a. Women are less likely than men to have full-time employment, so their schedules are more flexible and they are more likely to participate in medical research. *b. Important medical research that has implications for women’s lives has often excluded females from the research population. c. Women are often depicted in medical textbooks, creating the impression that women are sick, rather than healthy. d. Women experience substantial discrimination in applying to medical school. Pages 353-354 11-9. Which of the following statements best summarizes the medical treatment that women receive? a. Women consistently receive more medical treatment than they need. b. Women consistently receive less medical treatment than they need. *c. Women sometimes receive too much medical treatment, and sometimes too little medical treatment. d. At present, women do not seem to receive biased medical treatment. Pages 353-354 11-10. The discussion of women’s medical care pointed out that a. increased numbers of women in medicine have significantly reduced the gender stereotypes about women patients. *b. women sometimes receive too little health care, and sometimes they receive too much. c. women consistently receive more extensive medical treatment than is necessary. d. female patients often provide too much information to physicians; this can lead to inaccurate diagnosis. Page 354 11-11. Chapter 11 discussed conversational patterns between physicians and patients. This discussion pointed out that a. no inequities have been reported in this area. b. patients are encouraged to discuss their medical histories, so this is one setting in which women typically talk more than men. *c. female patients are more likely than male patients to say that their physicians talk down to them. d. male physicians actually interrupt their male patients more than their female patients.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 327 of 381 Page 355 11-12. Research on gender differences in life expectancy shows that a. White women live longer than White men, but there are no substantial gender differences in life expectancy for Black women and men. *b. in almost every country in the world, women live longer than men. c. women have a significant advantage over men, with respect to both life expectancy and morbidity. d. once the data are corrected for gender differences in genetic and hormonal factors, men and women are similar in their life expectancy. Page 355 11-13. The chapter on physical health included a graph that showed the gender comparisons in life expectancy. According to this graph, a. the US data show much greater gender differences for Black individuals than for White individuals. b. the Canadian data show much greater gender differences than the United States. c. both men and women in Canada have much greater longevity than men and women in the United States. *d. both the US data and the Canadian data show somewhat greater life expectancy for women than for men. Page 355 11-14. According to your textbook, one explanation of the gender differences in lifespan is that a. men live longer because they have better insurance. b. men live longer because they are less likely than women to have health problems related to their reproductive systems. *c. women live longer because their jobs are typically safer. d. women live longer because they are more likely than men to have appropriate insurance. Page 355 11-15. Which of the following students provides one of the valid explanations for gender differences in life expectancy? a. Sadie: “Most researchers focus on the possibility that the X chromosome and female hormones protect women against health problems.” b. Bessie: “Women live longer because they are much less likely to be overweight.” c. Kate: “Women actually experience about half as many serious illnesses as men do.” *d. Rosa: “Women visit their health-care providers more often than men do.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 328 of 381 Page 356 11-16. On a talk show about medical issues, you hear the guest physician discussing the number of people in the United States whose overall health is poor. A term you are especially likely to hear in connection with this discussion is *a. morbidity. b. disability. c. mammography. d. comorbidity. Page 356 11-17. Your textbook discusses gender comparisons in morbidity in North America. According to this discussion, *a. women live longer than men, so women are more likely to have health problems associated with old age. b. although women are more likely than men to experience physical abuse from a partner, this abuse encourages women to seek health care, leading to higher morbidity. c. morbidity is based on self-report, so there are probably no actual gender differences in morbidity. d. morbidity is calculated in a biased way, and women are actually less likely than men to have serious health problems. Page 356 11-18. Which of the following examples is most clearly related to gender differences in morbidity? a. Women metabolize alcohol differently than men. *b. Lower incomes may lead to increased health problems for U. S. women. c. In virtually every culture in the world, women live longer than men. d. Women are diagnosed with illnesses more often because they are more likely than men to consult physicians. Pages 356-357 11-19. According to the information about social class and health in the United States, a. social class is correlated with life expectancy, but not morbidity. *b. women are less likely than men to have adequate health insurance. c. almost all of the gender differences in life expectancy can be explained by social class. d. the United States is more likely than other developed countries to emphasize disease prevention, which is especially useful for low-income people.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 329 of 381 Pages 356-357 11-20. According to the discussion of social class and health status in the United States, a. several different measures of social class show no relationship between social class and life expectancy. *b. the US spends more money on health care, per person, than any other country in the world. c. the data show than the US is among the top 10 countries in the world, with respect to life expectancy. d. as of 2007, about 5 million US citizens did not have any health insurance. Pages 356-357 11-21. According to the discussion of the US health care system, *a. people who have private insurance typically receive the best medical care. b. men are more likely than women to have Medicaid insurance. c. for women of color, Medicaid insurance typically provides better coverage than do the private insurance programs. d. contrary to popular opinion, private insurance and Medicaid actually provide similar kinds of medical care. Page 357 11-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about health issues for females in developing countries? *a. Tatiana: “Parents are more likely to get medical care for sons than for daughters.” b. Joaquim: “In Africa and the Middle East, sons and daughters get similar medical care; in Latin America and Asia, sons get better care than daughters.” c. Cynthia: “The only time when women get adequate nutrition and medical care is when they are pregnant; at other times, they experience bias.” d. Hank: “Women in developing countries experience problems during pregnancy and childbirth, and they are twice as likely as North American women to die in childbirth.” Page 357 11-23. Chapter 11 discussed the health of women in developing countries. According to this discussion, a. a woman living in the lowest-income countries in Africa is about 50 times as likely to die during childbirth, compared to a woman living in Canada. b. a young girl living in low-income countries in Asia or the Middle East actually receives better medical care than a young boy. *c. in some low-income countries, boys receive much more to eat than girls receive. d. relatively little money is spent on health care in most low-income countries, but males and females receive similar treatment.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 330 of 381 Page 357 11-24. According to the discussion of women in developing countries, a. women and men have more nearly equal health status than in North America. b. most women manage to get good nutrition, even though they may never visit a health facility. *c. women are about 100 times as likely to die during childbirth as in the United States. d. ironically, women actually receive better health care than men do, often because their childbearing ability is valued. Page 358 11-25. Which of the following statements about female genital mutilation is correct? a. The term is inappropriate, because it simply involves a routine widening of the vaginal opening prior to childbirth. *b. This operation involves cutting or removing part or parts of the female genitals. c. The purpose of female genital mutilation is to make women more like males. d. The operation is relatively minor, similar to male circumcision. Page 358 11-26. Suppose that a young female patient in the United States suffers from complications from female genital mutilation, performed before she emigrated. People from this patient’s culture are likely to believe that *a. the procedure makes the genitals cleaner and reduces sexual activity outside of marriage. b. the procedure increases male sexual pleasure by altering the location of the woman’s vagina. c. the operation is not especially painful. d. modern surgical instruments have reduced the danger of the procedure. Page 359 11-27. Which of the following statements about women’s health is correct? *a. More women die of cardiovascular disease than of all forms of cancer combined. b. More women die of breast cancer than of any other kind of cancer. c. More women die of breast cancer than of heart disease. d. The most common cause of death in men is cardiovascular disease, whereas the most common cause of death in women is now lung cancer. Page 359 11-28. The discussion of cardiovascular disease pointed out that *a. health professionals may fail to recognize heart attacks in women because the symptoms reported do not always fit the classic male symptoms. b. men experience cardiovascular disease about five years later than women do. c. low-dose aspirin clearly reduces the likelihood of heart attacks in both men and women. d. cardiovascular disease is the most common cause of death for men, whereas breast cancer is the most common cause of death for women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 331 of 381 Page 359 11-29. The data on cardiovascular disease show that a. women usually develop heart disease earlier than men do. b. White women are more likely than Black women to die of heart disease. c. women are more likely than men to have bypass surgery for heart disease. *d. women who are having a heart attack often have different symptoms than men do. Page 360 11-30. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about breast cancer? *a. Derrick: “The public tends to focus on breast cancer, rather than on diseases that are actually more deadly to women.” b. Hakim: “Compared to US women, Canadian women have a much greater probability of dying from breast cancer.” c. Adrienne: “Women who are menstruating are especially likely to detect breast cancer if they examine their breasts on the first day of their menstrual cycle.” d. Rachel: “The new research shows that women between the ages of 30 and 45 should have a yearly mammogram.” Page 360 11-31. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about breast cancer? a. Heidi: “About half of US women who develop breast cancer will eventually die from it.” b. Marie-France: “Despite the impressive medical progress, breast cancer is more dangerous for women than any other illness.” c. Ernesto: “Because of new breakthroughs in surgical techniques, breast cancer is now responsible for fewer than 10,000 deaths in North American women each year.” *d. George: “Breast cancer seems to receive more attention than other deadly diseases because female breasts are important in our culture.” Page 360 11-32. Which of the following statements about breast cancer is true? a. Breast cancer is the most dangerous illness for women. *b. Each year in the United States approximately 190,000 women are diagnosed with breast cancer, and approximately 40,000 die from the disease. c. Experts recommend that women examine their breasts every month at the time of their menstrual period. d. Asian American women and European American women are equally likely to have regular mammograms.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 332 of 381 Page 361 11-33. According to the discussion of breast cancer, a. this disease has a higher death rate for women than all forms of cardiovascular disease combined. b. because of the extensive publicity, the majority of adult women perform regular breast self-examinations. c. because of the availability of mammograms, physicians no longer recommend breast self-examinations. *d. women of color are significantly less likely than White women to have had a mammogram. Page 363 11-34. Which of the following statements about breast cancer is correct? a. At present, the standard treatment for breast cancer is complete removal of the breast. b. Women with breast cancer are much more likely to survive if they have complete removal of the breast than if they have a lumpectomy. c. Women who have had breast surgery consistently report negative emotional responses. *d. Over half of Black women who have had breast surgery report being in very good spirits, about 2 months after surgery. Pages 363-364 11-35. According to the discussion of the Pap smear test, a. gynecologists recommend this test for women once they reach their 40th birthday. b. women of color are just as likely as European American women to request a Pap smear. c. the effectiveness of the Pap smear test has greatly reduced the death rate from ovarian cancer. *d. the test involves taking a sample of cells from the cervix to see whether they are abnormal. Page 364 11-36. A woman who tells you that she has had a hysterectomy has had *a. her uterus removed. b. her ovaries removed, but no other part of her reproductive system. c. radiation therapy for breast cancer. d. a treatment involving incisions in her fallopian tubes.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 333 of 381 Page 364 11-37. According to the discussion of hysterectomies, a. because women are often ignored in health care, too few women who need hysterectomies actually get them. *b. the rate of hysterectomies in the United States is greater than in other developed countries. c. except for treating ovarian cancer, hysterectomies should not be recommended. d. hysterectomies are currently the most preferred treatment for osteoporosis. Pages 364-365 11-38. Cancer of the ovaries a. can now be detected with an accurate screening test. b. is especially likely to develop among women who have had a hysterectomy. c. is widespread in developing countries but very rare in the United States and Canada. *d. has the highest death rate of all cancers of the reproductive system for women in the United States. Pages 364-365 11-39. The chapter on women’s physical health pointed out that cancer of the ovaries a. is the major cause of death for US women. b. can now be detected with a Pap smear test. c. is actually less common for women of color in the United States and Canada, compared to European American women. *d. has a higher death rate than any other gynecological cancer. Page 365 11-40. Your friend Karen is concerned about the dangers of osteoporosis as she grows older. Based on the information in your text, which of the following recommendations would you not make to Karen? a. Make sure your diet contains plenty of calcium and vitamin D. b. You should engage in regular weight-bearing exercise. *c. Many doctors now recommend having a hysterectomy to prevent osteoporosis before it occurs. d. Ask your doctor about getting a bone-density test. Page 365 11-41. Which of the following statements about osteoporosis is correct? a. Because of better nutrition in the last decade, osteoporosis should not be a concern for elderly women. b. Women who have osteoporosis should avoid weight-bearing exercise because of the risk of a fracture. c. Exercise and good nutrition, without medication or hormone therapy, offer little protection against osteoporosis. *d. Women of all ages should be careful about taking sufficient vitamin D and calcium.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 334 of 381 Page 366 11-42. Susan uses a wheelchair. Her intelligence is normal, yet waiters in restaurants tend to ignore her and ask her companion what Susan wants to eat. Susan is experiencing a. handicapping behavior. b. exaggerated sexism. c. in-group heterogeneity. *d. ableism. Pages 366-367 11-43. The discussion about disability studies emphasized that a. the recommended terminology is “a disabled person,” rather than “a person with a disability.” *b. about one in five US women has some kind of disability. c. discussion about disability studies has not yet expanded beyond Europe and North America.. d. in reality, women who have disabilities share more similarities than differences. Pages 366-367 11-44. According to the discussion of women with disabilities, a. these women have remarkably similar experiences, despite the differences in their disabilities. b. ableism refers to the fact that people with disabilities have remarkable cognitive abilities, despite their limitations in physical abilities. *c. people without disabilities should appreciate the fact that they could easily become people with disabilities. d. within the last decade, psychologists have shown an intense interest in research about women with disabilities. Page 367 11-45. What can we conclude about gender and disabilities? a. In general, disabilities tend to make women and men more equal. b. In general, people with disabilities do not currently experience discrimination. c. Whereas women show great individual variation in the general population, the individual variation among women with disabilities is comparatively small. *d. In general, disabilities tend to exaggerate the discrimination against women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 335 of 381 Pages 367-368 11-46. The educational and work patterns of women with disabilities are influenced by a number of factors. These include the fact that a. during childhood, parents keep disabled girls at home to focus on their education. *b. difficulties in access to support services keep many disabled women from pursuing higher education. c. unfortunately, people with disabilities have experienced additional discrimination because of recent laws requiring people to disclose their disabilities to their employers. d. college-educated women with disabilities generally do not experience workplace discrimination. Pages 367-368 11-47. What can we conclude about the employment patterns of people with disabilities? *a. Women with disabilities earn about 65% of the income of men with disabilities. b. In general, women with disabilities do not face economic hardships. c. People are more likely to employ a disabled woman than a disabled man, because most women’s jobs do not require great physical effort. d. Women with disabilities are more likely to be employed than men with disabilities. Pages 367-368 11-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the workplace situation for women with disabilities? *a. Takeshi: “Women with disabilities may experience substantial barriers in the workplace.” b. Sonja: “Women with disabilities are just as likely to be employed as women without disabilities, though their salaries are lower.” c. Katherine: “Women with disabilities are much less likely to be employed than men with disabilities.” d. Mel: “Women with disabilities should disclose their disabilities to their employer, because employers rarely discriminate on the basis of physical disability.” Pages 368-369 11-49. The discussion of the personal relationships of women with disabilities pointed out that a. in the current decade, women with disabilities are just as likely as other women to date and marry. b. because most disabilities are readily visible, biases against people with disabilities tend to be displayed upon first meeting. *c. women with disabilities are more likely than other women to live alone. d. friends of people with disabilities often talk to them excessively about difficult topics like relationships and sexuality.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 336 of 381 Pages 368-369 11-50. According to the discussion about the personal relationships of people with disabilities, a. women experience less discrimination than men do. b. women with disabilities experience discrimination in romantic relationships, but not in friendships. c. women with disabilities experience discrimination in friendships, but not in romantic relationships. *d. because of the emphasis on physical attractiveness, women with disabilities are more likely than other women to experience discrimination. Page 369 11-51. A recent Canadian study interviewed women with disabilities, specifically focusing on their life satisfaction. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the results of this study? a. Humphrey: “They mostly felt angry about the insensitivity of other people.” *b. Lotte: “Most of them said that they were very satisfied with their friendships.” c. Kurt: “Most of them felt that their friends and coworkers were helpful, but they felt that their relatives seemed to resent them.” d. Jasmin: “Most said that they wished that more people were aware of their specific disabilities.” Page 370 11-52. Your friend Dion claims that sexually active women in the US and Canada aren’t very likely to get AIDS and other STDs. After reading your psychology of women textbook, your best response to Dion would be: *a. “Actually, a woman who has sexual intercourse with an HIV-infected man is up to eight times as likely to contract HIV, compared to a man who has sex with an HIVinfected woman.” b. “About 40% of HIV-infected people are female, but women are actually much less likely than men to contract other sexually transmitted diseases.” c. “True, young men are about eight times as likely as young women to have a STD.” d. “Latina women have a higher incidence of AIDS than women in any other ethnic group.” Page 370 11-53. The discussion of how AIDS is transmitted pointed out that a. lesbians are at a higher risk for infection, compared to heterosexual women. b. careful questioning of a potential sexual partner can usually reveal whether a person might be infected. c. most women are infected with HIV through anal intercourse. *d. a woman who is HIV positive can transmit HIV to her infant during a vaginal birth.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 337 of 381 Page 370 11-54. According to data related to HIV and AIDS, *a. in some countries, more women than men are HIV positive. b. in the United States, approximately 45% of HIV-positive people are female. c. men are more likely than women to become HIV positive as a result of heterosexual intercourse with an infected person. d. the number of HIV-positive women in the United States has been systematically decreasing in the last decade. Page 370 11-55. Which of the following women is least likely to get AIDS? a. Franca, an intravenous drug user b. Joan, who has unprotected sex with a bisexual man *c. Erica, a lesbian woman who is in a steady relationship with another woman d. Maria, who has had unprotected sex with several heterosexual men Page 371 11-56. According to the discussion about AIDS prevention, a. if a woman insists that her sexual partners must use condoms, she cannot get AIDS. *b. many people are actually HIV positive, but they don’t yet know it. c. condoms do not significantly reduce the spread of AIDS. d. women can tell—by looking at a man—whether he is HIV positive. Pages 371-372 11-57. Early symptoms of AIDS in women are most likely to include a. sore muscles. b. low body temperature. c. constipation. *d. vaginal infections. Pages 371-372 11-58. According to the discussion of medical aspects of AIDS, a. people usually develop symptoms shortly after being infected with HIV. b. one of the most common early signs of AIDS is unexplained weight gain. c. HIV invades the red blood cells, causing devastating anemia in people who are infected with this virus. *d. people who are HIV positive are very contagious during the initial stages of the infection, even if they have no symptoms.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 338 of 381 Pages 371-372 11-59. Which of the following statements is correct about the medical aspects of AIDS? a. Most HIV-positive people realize that they are infected as soon as they have contracted the disease. *b. Women who are HIV positive are more likely than other women to develop vaginal infections, as well as cancer of the cervix. c. Most health care providers are well informed about the gynecological symptoms related to AIDS in women. d. HIV-positive males are much more likely than HIV-positive females to have symptoms such as fatigue, weight loss, and high fevers. Page 372 11-60. According to the discussion of the psychological aspects of HIV/AIDS, *a. HIV can damage the central nervous system, which may cause memory problems and other cognitive difficulties. b. fortunately, stress does not increase the severity of the psychological symptoms that are associated with HIV. c. in the current decade, people who are living with AIDS report that their friends and family are very likely to offer them support. d. people who have just learned that they are HIV positive are usually able to suppress their shock and anxiety for about a month before they realize their situation. Page 372 11-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the information regarding the psychological aspects of HIV/AIDS? a. Mary: “Almost all people remain deeply depressed for many months after they learn that they are HIV-positive.” b. Ali: “Fortunately, very few HIV-positive individuals experience discrimination or rejection from other people.” *c. Magda: “People report widely different reactions from friends and family—from warmth and support, to complete rejection.” d. Francis: “Unfortunately, there has been surprisingly little research on the psychological aspects of HIV and AIDS.” Page 373 11-62. Preventing the spread of the AIDS virus is difficult because a. although most people realize that they can become infected, they don’t bother to discuss HIV with their partners. b. the majority of people who know they are HIV positive don’t reveal their status to their partners. c. abstinence is the only way to reduce the spread of AIDS. *d. many people are HIV positive, but don’t know it.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 339 of 381 Page 373 11-63. The discussion of AIDS prevention emphasized that a. people are likely to overestimate their own personal risk of becoming HIV-positive. *b. more than one-third of HIV-positive people say that they have not told their sexual partners about their HIV status. c. the abstinence-only programs on safe sex have demonstrated long-term success in reducing the transmission of HIV. d. most people feel comfortable about discussing condom use with potential sexual partners. Page 374 11-64. The research on AIDS prevention points out that a. the fear is so great about AIDS that most people are very aware that they could contract this disease. b. a useful strategy is to carefully discuss HIV with potential sexual partners. *c. the “just say no” approach to safer sex does not substantially reduce the transmission of HIV. d. condom use is now so widespread that the incidence of HIV-infection has decreased by about 45% in the last decade. Page 375 11-65. Why is HPV (genital warts) especially important for women in the current decade? a. It is the most painful of the sexually transmitted diseases. b. It is the sexually transmitted disease that is most likely to lead to infertility. c. The publicity is so extensive that women neglect the other sexually transmitted diseases. *d. It is the most common sexually transmitted disease, especially among college women. Page 375 11-66. According to the information on sexually transmitted diseases, gonorrhea *a. may go undetected in women. b. typically produces a thick discharge in the vaginal region, so it is perhaps the easiest to detect of the sexually transmitted diseases. c. produces an itching sensation, but it has no serious consequences. d. cannot be treated. Page 375 11-67. Jill has a sexually transmitted disease that produces painful sores several times each year, but then she may go for months without any symptoms. She has been told that there is currently no cure for this disease. It is likely that Jill has a. gonorrhea. b. Chlamydia. *c. genital herpes. d. syphilis.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 340 of 381 Pages 375-376 11-68. Which of the following sexually transmitted diseases can cause cervical cancer and is very common among college women? a. gonorrhea *b. HPV (genital warts) c. syphilis d. Chlamydia Pages 375-376 11-69. The most common STD in women is a. syphilis. b. gonorrhea. c. genital herpes. *d. HPV (genital warts). Page 376 11-70. In connection with sexually transmitted diseases, Chapter 11 discussed a vaccine called Gardasil. According to the information in the chapter, a. Gardasil is especially useful in preventing genital herpes. b. Gardasil can prevent all of the identified forms of HPV. *c. many parents believe that their daughters would become more sexually active if they took this vaccine. d. when a woman receives the Gardasil vaccine—and she uses condoms every time— she has less than a 5% chance of acquiring a sexually transmitted disease. Pages 375-376 11-71. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about sexually transmitted diseases other than AIDS? *a. Albena: “Women can pass these diseases on to a newborn.” b. Suzanne: “Although these diseases may be uncomfortable or even painful, they can be cured by the conscientious use of appropriate medications.” c. Gregor: “In comparison to women, men typically experience more serious longterm consequences of these diseases.” d. Frank: “Men are significantly more likely than women to have each of these diseases.” Pages 375-376 11-72. Which of the following general statements summarizes the information in Chapter 11 about sexually transmitted diseases other than AIDS? a. All of them can be cured if they are treated in time. b. Except for AIDS, none of the sexually transmitted diseases can cause death. *c. Some of these sexually transmitted diseases can cause infertility in women if they are not treated during the early stages. d. Although genital herpes has been well publicized, it is much easier to treat than gonorrhea.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 341 of 381 Page 377 11-73. According to the discussion of women and substance abuse, *a. physicians are more effective in identifying problems with illegal drugs when the patient is a male, rather than a female. b. in general, there are no gender differences in the risk factors for using illegal drugs. c. men who smoke cigarettes are at a greater risk for lung cancer than are women who smoke. d. cigarette smoking increases the risk of lung cancer and heart disease in women, but it does not appear to have an effect on a woman’s reproductive system. Page 377 11-74. Which of the following students provides the best statement about women and smoking? a. Olivia: “Although lung cancer is a problem for smokers, they are not at risk for other kinds of cancer.” *b. Sarita: “Smoking increases the probability of lung cancer more for women than for men.” c. Emily: “Female smokers have a somewhat lower rate of osteoporosis than nonsmokers.” d. Akiko: “At present, men are about 50% more likely than women to be smokers.” Page 377 11-75. The discussion of women and smoking in Chapter 11 pointed out that *a. women who are married to men who smoke increase their own risk of lung cancer significantly. b. in North America, women are much less likely than men to be smokers. c. tobacco companies have not yet figured out how to target young women in their advertisements. d. smoking increases the risk of lung cancer more for men than for women. Page 378 11-76. The discussion of young women’s reasons for smoking pointed out that *a. young women often report using smoking to keep slim. b. college graduates are twice as likely as other women to smoke cigarettes. c. Black females are more likely to smoke than White females. d. cigarette advertising no longer targets young women. Page 379 11-77. When a woman drinks too much alcohol during pregnancy, her infant may be born with fetal alcohol syndrome, which is most often characterized by a. arms and legs that are longer than average. b. rare forms of cancer. c. high blood pressure. *d. mental retardation or other forms of developmental disabilities.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 342 of 381 Page 380 11-78. According to the information about gender and alcohol, a. women are now slightly more likely than men to abuse alcohol. b. ethnicity has little impact on the gender differences in alcohol abuse. *c. if a man and a woman who both weigh 150 pounds consume 3 ounces of whiskey, the woman’s blood alcohol level will probably be higher. d. families are more worried about a woman’s drinking than a man’s drinking. Page 380 11-79. Research on binge drinking indicates that a. binge drinking causes hangovers, but it has few other effects on people’s lives. b. binge drinking for women is defined as two or more drinks in a row. c. men and women are equally likely to be binge drinkers. *d. college students who are binge drinkers are likely to report doing something that they later regretted. Page 380 11-80. According to the current research about alcohol abuse, a. fetal alcohol syndrome is now an extremely rare problem. b. surveys on college campuses show that women are more likely than men to consume at least one alcoholic drink during a 1-year period. *c. physicians are more likely to identify alcohol problems in males, rather than females. d. people have more negative attitudes toward a male alcoholic than a female alcoholic. Page 381 11-81. According to the information in Chapter 11 about problems with substances other than smoking and alcohol, women are a. more likely than men to abuse pain relievers. *b. less likely than men to use marijuana. c. more likely to use every category of potentially harmful drugs. d. less likely to use every category of potentially harmful drugs. Page 381 11-82. Chapter 11 included information about the abuse of substances other than cigarettes and alcohol. According to this discussion, a. men are significantly more likely than women to report that they abused pain relievers. b. women are currently more likely than men to report using an illegal drug. c. so far, the research shows that there are major gender differences in the way people metabolize illegal drugs. *d. White female students are more likely than Black female students to try an illegal drug at some point during their lives.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 343 of 381 CHAPTER 12 Women and Psychological Disorders Page 385 12-1. According to the information on the incidence of psychological problems in North America, *a. women are more likely than men to seek therapy for psychological problems. b. men are more likely than women to suffer from psychological problems. c. there are no significant gender differences in the specific kind of psychological disorders that women and men experience. d. women are more likely than men to have serious substance-abuse problems, whereas men are more likely to experience major depression. Pages 385-386 12-2. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the relationship between gender and psychological disorders? *a. Pearl: “Women are more likely than men to have a major depressive disorder, and men are more likely than women to have an antisocial personality disorder.” b. Asaf: “Women are more likely than men to have a major depressive disorder, as well as an antisocial personality disorder.” c. Katie: “Men are more likely than women to have a major depressive disorder, as well as an antisocial personality disorder.” d. Kenneth: “As in other gender comparisons, the gender differences are small in the specific patterns of psychological disorders.” Page 386 12-3. The studies of gender comparisons in psychological disorders show that a. women are more likely than men to have antisocial personality disorder. *b. men are more likely than women to have difficulties with drug and alcohol abuse. c. if we look only at those psychological disorders that do not involve antisocial personality disorder or substance abuse, there are an equal number of men and women with disorders. d. women are more likely to suffer from psychological disorders, but men are more likely to seek therapy for their problems.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 344 of 381 Page 386 12-4. Antisocial personality disorder a. tends to be more common in women than in men. *b. involves problems such as aggressiveness and difficulty in controlling impulses. c. typically leads people to experience great personal discomfort. d. involves imagined problems with one’s personal health. Page 386 12-5. According to the introduction to the chapter on psychological disorders, a. women are more likely than men to have antisocial personality disorder. *b. if we consider all the people with psychological disorders—including those with substance-abuse problems—the number of men is about the same as the number of women. c. although more women than men experience major depression, men with this disorder have significantly more severe problems. d. throughout the lifespan—from childhood to old age—women are more likely than men to experience major depression. Page 386 12-6. A person with major depression is likely to *a. be unable to experience pleasure. b. alternate between periods of intense joy and intense sadness. c. have average self-esteem. d. be aggressive and impulsive. Page 386 12-7. According to the discussion of gender differences in depression, a. at all ages, females report more depressive symptoms than do males. *b. in the United States, gender differences in depression rates are found in Whites, Blacks, and Latinas/os. c. the gender differences in depression are limited to North America. d. the ratios appear to be changing, so that in the current decade, men are nearly as likely as women to report depressive symptoms. Page 387 12-8. Which of the following students provides the best characterization of depression? a. Jill: “Major depression is just a more extreme form of the sadness that many of us experience when a friend or relative dies.” b. Jean: “Many people with depression attempt suicide. In fact, men are more likely than women to attempt suicide.” *c. Betsy: “In addition to feeling sad and gloomy, individuals with depression have difficulty concentrating and making decisions.” d. Imanie: “Although depression involves a number of emotional and physical symptoms, there are few cognitive or behavioral effects.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 345 of 381 Page 387 12-9. The data on gender comparisons for behavior related to suicide show that a. women are more likely than men to think about suicide and to die from suicide. *b. women are more likely than men to think about suicide, but men are more likely to die from suicide. c. men are more likely than women to think about suicide and to die from suicide. d. men are more likely than women to think about suicide, but women are more likely to die from suicide. Page 387 12-10. People who experience psychological depression are likely to have all of the following problems except a. inability to experience pleasure. *b. remembering positive information more accurately than negative information. c. physical symptoms such as generalized pain and fatigue. d. sleep problems. Page 387 12-11. Which of the following factors is most predictive of major depression in women? *a. lack of control over one’s life b. high income c. masculine gender typing d. no children in the home Page 388 12-12. A number of possible explanations for gender differences in depression have not been supported by research. These rejected explanations include *a. women’s hormonal fluctuations. b. gender inequities in housework. c. diagnostic biases of therapists. d. general discrimination against women. Page 388 12-13. Suppose that a friend says, “I think men and women are equally likely to experience depression. It’s just that women are more likely to actually go to a therapist.” Your most informed answer would be: a. “You are correct, because the gender differences in seeking therapy can account for more than 65% of the apparent gender differences in depression.” b. “You are correct, because women are more likely than men to have the kind of health insurance that covers psychotherapy.” c. “You are not correct, because the major explanation for gender differences in depression is that genetic factors predispose women to experience more depression.” *d. “You are not correct; even when gender differences in seeking therapy are taken into account, women are still more likely than men to experience depression.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 346 of 381 Pages 388-389 12-14. What can we conclude about therapist bias in diagnosing depression? *a. Therapists are more likely to say that a woman is depressed, in comparison to a man—even when they have similar symptoms. b. Depression is overdiagnosed in both men and women. c. When therapists think about “healthy adults,” they are likely to think about “healthy women” instead of “healthy adult men.” d. Men’s substance abuse is often misdiagnosed as depression. Page 389 12-15. Which of the following is an important explanation for the large number of women with depression? a. It is more acceptable for men than women to admit that they are sick and seek help. b. Depression appears to be associated with the X chromosome. c. Hormonal fluctuations are stronger in women, predisposing them to psychological disorders such as depression. *d. Women’s experiences of discrimination increase the incidence of depression. Pages 389-390 12-16. Chapter 12 examines several potential factors that are related to psychological depression. According to this research, a. women are much more likely than men to be biologically predisposed to develop depression. b. most of the gender differences in depression can be traced to the fact that women are more likely than men to seek therapy. *c. women who have been abused or raped are more likely than other women to develop depression. d. low-income women have different expectations about happiness, compared to highincome women; therefore a woman’s income is not related to depression. Pages 389-390 12-17. Current explanations for the prevalence of depression among women include a. genetic markers for depression located on the X chromosome. *b. women’s experiences of violence, including sexual harassment and rape. c. media depictions of women as dissatisfied with their lives. d. the acceptability of depression as part of the female gender role.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 347 of 381 Page 390 12-18. Which of the following statements is correct about factors that affect the incidence of depression in women? *a. People with economic difficulties are especially likely to be depressed. b. Women who do more housework are less likely to suffer from depression. c. Women’s attention to their appearance seems to reduce their incidence of depression. d. Experience with discrimination seems to make women stronger, reducing their incidence of depression. Page 391 12-19. After reading the discussion of gender comparisons in depression, which of the following topics would seem to be the most important one to investigate? a. What hormonal factors are important in predisposing women to psychological disorders? b. Can brain-imaging techniques clarify why women are especially likely to develop depression? *c. What aspects of women’s relationships contribute most to increased depression? d. If the mental health-care system were changed, would women be more likely than men to seek therapy? Page 391 12-20. According to the discussion of women’s relationships and depression, *a. women are more likely than men to feel responsible for making sure that their relationship is going well. b. women typically receive more social support than they give in a marital relationship. c. men are more likely than women to worry about their lives. d. men are more likely than women to help solve other people’s problems. Page 392 12-21. Suppose that you know someone who says her therapist has told her she has a ruminative style in dealing with depression. This means that she is likely to a. react violently to unhappy events. *b. think extensively about the reasons for her depression. c. do something creative to take her mind off her problems. d. show denial, avoiding any inclination to think about why she might be depressed.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 348 of 381 Pages 391-393 12-22. When researchers study ruminative and distracting styles of response to depression, they propose that a. rumination makes it easier to analyze the possible causes of one’s depression. b. distracting styles are consistently beneficial to people who are depressed. c. generally, distracting styles tend to be dangerous and are not recommended. *d. rumination may create a negative bias in people’s thinking, which can prolong and intensify a negative mood. Page 392 12-23. According to the information about distracting and ruminative styles of responding to depression, *a. a distracting style can be helpful in overcoming a depressed mood. b. men are more likely than women to show a ruminative style in dealing with depression. c. in the long run, a person with a distracting style will do more thinking about his or her problems than a person with a ruminative style. d. this is one area where the gender differences are so large that there is virtually no overlap. Page 393 12-24. Which of the following students best summarizes the information on gender and depression? a. Megan: “Researchers should continue to investigate hormonal and genetic factors related to depression.” b. Kiera: “Therapists should help women readjust their distracting style of response to focus on the causes of their depression.” c. Govinda: “We can accurately predict each woman’s likelihood of depression once we assess risk factors such as poverty and gender inequities in relationships.” *d. Adrian: “Addressing the problem of women’s depression will probably involve working to change social inequities.” Page 393 12-25. According to your textbook’s conclusions about gender and depression, a. the gender ratio has changed dramatically during the last decade, so that the number of depressed men is roughly equal to the number of depressed women. *b. it’s difficult—but important—to address the social problems that make depression more common in women than in men. c. women are more likely than men to benefit from the use of antidepressants. d. politicians tend to emphasize that depression is caused by societal problems, rather than by biological factors.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 349 of 381 Page 393 12-26. According to your textbook, which of the following would be the most effective way to bring about long-term improvements in the incidence of depression in women? a. Develop new antidepressant medicines that have fewer side effects b. Increase the funding for training more psychotherapists *c. Work to solve the social problems that help to create depression d. Acknowledge that the best way to treat depression is to require every community to publicize problems related to mental health. Page 394 12-27. The culture of thinness is a topic that is discussed in connection with body weight and eating disorders. Which of the following people provides the best information about this topic? a. Werner: “The culture of thinness is a new approach to body-weight issues, in which people encourage young women to focus on their skills and strengths, instead of thinness.” *b. Sophie: “The media and other aspects of our culture encourage young women to emphasize the importance of being slender.” c. Yasujiro: “Young women should not limit their food intake, but they should be encouraged to participate in the culture of thinness by talking with their friends about exercises and other weight-loss techniques.” d. Lucille: “The culture of thinness is a form of psychotherapy that encourages young women to ruminate.” Pages 394-395 12-28. In what way are the fashion magazines related to the issue of eating disorders in women? *a. Women often report that the very thin women in these fashion magazines make them dissatisfied with their own bodies. b. Many articles in the fashion magazines now provide specific exercise techniques that encourage weight loss. c. The fashion magazines present a wide range of body types, but the thinnest women are wearing the most expensive clothing. d. Because fashion magazines have been partly responsible for eating disorders, these magazines now emphasize individual differences in women’s weight. Page 395 12-29. Sandy is a 13-year-old girl who has begun to look at herself in the mirror many times each day; each time, she looks at image in the mirror and tries to judge how other people would see her. Sandy is probably experiencing a. a ruminative style. b. microaggressions. c. amenorrhea. *d. objectified body consciousness.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 350 of 381 Page 395 12-30. Chapter 12 discussed research in which young women were asked how satisfied they were with their physical characteristics. According to this research, *a. women are significantly more likely than men to be dissatisfied with their bodies. b. young women’s concerns about being fat and dieting begin around puberty. c. most women tend to rate themselves as thinner than they really are . d. college women typically believe that other women are heavier than they themselves are. Page 395 12-31. Chapter 12 discussed the complex issue of ethnicity and body dissatisfaction. According to this discussion, *a. White women are somewhat more likely than Black women to be dissatisfied with their bodies. b. a meta-analysis about ethnicity and body dissatisfaction showed absolutely no differences—not even any small effect sizes. c. women from a low-income Central American background are much more likely to be dissatisfied with their bodies, compared to women from a wealthy South American background. d. Canadian research shows that body dissatisfaction is significantly correlated with the number of years a woman had lived in Canada. Page 395 12-32. What can we conclude about the research on body image and women of color? a. In general, women of color are more concerned about body image than are European American women. b. European American women are consistently more dissatisfied with their bodies than any other ethnic group. c. Research on Latina women consistently finds them to be more preoccupied with slimness than European American women. *d. Black women are more likely than women in other ethnic groups to judge an average-weight woman as more attractive and a too-thin woman as less attractive. Page 396 12-33. In Chapter 12, the discussion of overweight women pointed out that a. people today are hesitant to ridicule others on the basis of their weight. *b. people who are overweight are often judged differently than people who are average weight. c. people currently discriminate equally against overweight males and overweight females. d. children don’t show biases against overweight peers until they reach adolescence.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 351 of 381 Page 396 12-34. Chapter 12 discussed a new area of research called fat studies. The major emphasis in this field is that a. our culture needs to place more emphasis on the way that high-fat foods are very dangerous to our health. b. exercise is the only effective way to lose weight. *c. we live in a culture that has negative attitudes toward fat people. d. when people lose weight by eating healthier food, they seldom regain the lost weight. Page 397 12-35. The research on body weight and dieting shows that a. about one-third of US adults can be considered overweight. *b. people who are overweight and who also do not exercise are at risk for some specific health problems. c. several new diet plans are effective in producing long-term weight loss, even when people do not exercise. d. overweight people should aim to lose at least 25 pounds, or else the diet will not be effective. Page 397 12-36. Which of the following statements about overweight people is correct? a. About 20% of US women and men are categorized as overweight. b. Although overweight people have an increased risk of high blood pressure and heart disease, their cancer risk is no greater than that of average-weight people. *c. Overweight people who lose weight are extremely likely to gain the weight back. d. Most women who are overweight go on diets for health reasons, rather than for reasons related to wanting to be slimmer. Page 397 12-37. Which of the following statements about eating disorders and related problems is true? a. A person with anorexia nervosa refuses to maintain 70% of expected body weight. b. More than 98% of the people with bulimia are females. c. An estimated 10-20% of adolescent and young adult females develop bulimia. *d. Some dieters become so focused on food that they may be tempted to binge. Page 397 12-38. What can we conclude about eating disorders and related problems? a. Overweight women suffer from more serious health problems than women with anorexia and bulimia. b. For most women, dieting is an effective way to lose weight and improve health. c. People with eating disorders and overweight people face similar social and professional discrimination. *d. Many clinicians suggest that most women should be encouraged to accept their bodies, avoid further weight gain, and exercise moderately.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 352 of 381 Page 397 12-39. The discussion of eating disorders pointed out that a. the disorders of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa are very different from the concern most women have about their weight. b. so many women are being diagnosed with these disorders that the problem is clearly an epidemic. *c. symptoms of disordered eating occur on a continuum; many females have bodyimage problems, even though they may not be diagnosed with an eating disorder. d. in the current era, men are almost as likely as women to suffer from eating disorders. Page 397 12-40. LaTisha consumes fewer than 300 calories a day, even though she weighs 90 pounds and is 5’6” tall. Amazingly, she tells her friends she is overweight. LaTisha probably has a. bulimia nervosa. b. binge-eating disorder. *c. anorexia nervosa. d. antisocial personality disorder Page 397 12-41. A woman with anorexia nervosa is most likely a. to eat a huge amount of food, and then vomit. b. to have menstrual periods that are heavier than average. c. to be less conscientious than average. *d. to have a distorted image of her body. Page 398 12-42. Which of the following is a common symptom of anorexia nervosa? a. vomiting and diarrhea b. the sensation of being too hot c. a feeling that anorexia allows no control over one’s life *d. loss of menstrual periods Page 398 12-43. A female with anorexia nervosa *a. is likely to not have menstrual periods. b. probably developed this problem before the age of 10. c. often tries to pick fights with family members and friends. d. typically underestimates her body weight.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 353 of 381 Page 398 12-44. Anorexia nervosa is considered a serious disease because a. only about 10% of individuals with anorexia will recover completely. *b. up to 10% of individuals with anorexia die from it. c. it typically leads to being extremely obese, after the disorder runs its cycle. d. it is associated with antisocial personality disorder. Page 398 12-45. People with bulimia nervosa a. are typically obese because of their frequent binges. b. are more likely to be male, rather than female. c. can be treated fairly easy with appropriate psychotherapy. *d. appear to have “normal” body weight. Page 398 12-46. A person with bulimia nervosa is likely to a. severely restrict the intake of food. b. be middle-aged, whereas a person with anorexia nervosa is likely to be an adolescent. c. perceive her or his weight as being normal, even if it is not. *d. diet excessively in between binges. Page 399 12-47. In what way does binge-eating disorder differ from bulimia nervosa? a. In binge-eating disorder, the majority of people are male, whereas the majority are female with bulimia nervosa. b. In binge-eating disorder, people are more likely to try to keep to a normal body weight. *c. In bulimia nervosa, people vomit or use laxatives in order to get rid of the food they have eaten. d. In bulimia nervosa, people place less emphasis on slimness than do people who have binge-eating disorder. Page 399 12-48. A woman who has binge-eating disorder is likely to a. emphasize losing weight, even if extreme weight loss is dangerous. *b. frequently eat huge quantities of food, causing her to be overweight. c. try to lose weight, but typically not be able to accomplish this goal. d. alternate between eating too much food and dieting, so that her weight is normal.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 354 of 381 Page 399 12-49. Two or three times a week, Helga has a strong urge to eat huge amounts of food, sometimes an entire cake or four helpings at an all-you-can-eat restaurant. Afterwards, she doesn’t use laxatives and she never tries to vomit. She is now about 80 pounds above the recommended body weight. Your best guess is that Helga’s problem would be called a. anorexia nervosa. b. an anxiety disorder. c. bulimia nervosa. *d. binge-eating disorder. Page 401 12-50. Suppose that you know a woman who has a problem called panic disorder. She is most likely to a. eat a huge amount of food, then panic about her problem, and finally try to induce vomiting. b. panic whenever she sees something related to her specific phobia, such as an insect or a bird. c. respond to a panic-related situation in a way that violates the rights of other people. *d. frequently experience panic attacks, which are episodes of dread that occur without any warning. Page 401 12-51. If you looked in a book entitled Pharmacotherapy, you would be most likely to see information about a. organizing informal groups of women to discuss mental-health issues b. reducing the incidence of drug dependence. *c. medications that are prescribed to relieve psychological disorders. d. specific treatments that are used in hospitals to reduce the incidence of suicide. Page 402 12-52. Chapter 12 discusses the treatment of women in therapy. According to this discussion, a. therapists actually believe that women are as competent as men in the workplace. b. almost all therapists are sensitive to cultural problems such as poverty and discrimination. c. the guidelines in The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders have been scientifically tested. *d. if a therapist is treating a woman who has been sexually assaulted, the therapist sometimes asks what she did to encourage the attack.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 355 of 381 Page 402 12-53. Research on the treatment of women in therapy indicates that a. gender bias is no longer a problem in therapy because most therapists agree with the principles of nonsexist therapy. b. although early research found evidence of gender bias, current studies find no significant influence of gender stereotypes in therapy. *c. therapists seem to be influenced by the same gender stereotypes and discrimination as the culture as a whole. d. most therapists are unaware of the possible problem of gender bias in therapy. Pages 402-403 12-54. In the discussion of sexual relationships between therapists and clients, your textbook noted that *a. the principles of ethical conduct for therapists state that these relationships definitely are not appropriate. b. surveys of male therapists have shown that fewer than 1% admit having had sexual relationships with their clients. c. many therapists believe that these relationships can be therapeutic, if handled appropriately. d. this problem is very prevalent in the current era, so women should be very cautious about undergoing therapy with a male therapist. Page 403 12-55. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about psychotherapy with lesbians and bisexual women? a. Barb: “Be aware that little research has been published about this topic, so it is best—at this point—to make statements that are not controversial.” b. Virginia: “Begin by asking the client whether she is interested in changing her sexual orientation.” *c. Mariana: “Avoid sexual prejudice with respect to the client’s romantic relationships.” d. Jorge: “Be aware that women of color are less likely than European American women to experience sexual prejudice.” Page 403 12-56. When therapists have a client who is a lesbian, they should keep in mind that a. a lesbian’s romantic relationship is almost identical to a heterosexual woman’s romantic relationship. b. the ethical principles for psychotherapists do not currently include information about therapy with lesbians. c. a Black lesbian experiences less sexual prejudice than a European American lesbian. *d. they should value this client’s romantic relationships just as much as they would value a heterosexual woman’s romantic relationships.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 356 of 381 Pages 403-404 12-57. In the United States, social class is relevant in discussions of women and psychotherapy because *a. women are less likely than men to have insurance that pays for mental-health care. b. insurance companies are much more likely to cover psychotherapy than pharmacotherapy. c. workplace regulations now specify that companies must allow employees to have time off for appointments with mental-health professionals, yet women in lowpaying jobs do not know this information. d. women respond well to psychodynamic therapy; unfortunately, this approach is likely to be very expensive. Page 404 12-58. Suppose that a low-income woman has an appointment with a man who is a psychotherapist. If the psychotherapist believed in the “myth of meritocracy,” he would be most likely to think that this client a. should pay more for psychotherapy than for pharmacotherapy. b. should pay more for a male psychotherapist than a female psychotherapist. c. is not likely to show substantial improvement, because psychotherapy works better for male clients than for female clients. *d. is not very competent, because she has a low income. Page 404 12-59. A Latina woman tells her therapist that people express surprise that she speaks English with no accent, or when she tells them that she is majoring in biochemistry. The section on psychotherapy in Chapter 12 would categorize these actions as a. a ruminative style. b. the myths of meritocracy. *c. microaggressions. d. stereotype threat. Pages 404-405 12-60. According to the discussion of psychotherapy and women of color, *a. many women of color are suspicious about discussing personal problems with therapists, especially European American therapists. b. in the current era, most Latinas can easily find a therapist in their community who speaks Spanish. c. women of color are more likely than European American women to recognize when psychotherapy is necessary. d. Black women are so strong that they are unlikely to require psychological counseling.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 357 of 381 Pages 404-405 12-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about psychotherapy with women of color? a. Esther: “Therapists should realize that women have the same kinds of concerns, no matter what the color of their skin may be.” b. Maxim: “Because fewer than 10% of American women belong to an ethnic group other than European American, the problem is not yet a major one.” *c. Don: “Women of color are not typically able to find a therapist from their own ethnic group.” d. Lynda: “Ironically, women of color are more likely to respect a therapist if she is European American.” Page 406 12-62. A therapist who is working with Asian American female clients is likely to find that *a. family members believe that the woman should be subservient. b. therapy is more likely to succeed than with White female clients. c. these women are more likely than White females to use mental health services. d. the different Asian American subgroups are actually very similar to each other, as far as attitudes about psychotherapy. Page 407 12-63. Which of the following statements about therapy with women of color is true? *a. Historical and social factors may be important considerations in therapy with Native American and Canadian Aboriginal women. b. Asian American women are more likely than women in other ethnic groups to use mental health services. c. Therapists who speak Spanish are generally well prepared to provide therapy for Latinas. d. The stresses that some Black women experience due to poverty can be best addressed by community support. Page 407 12-64. Suppose that a psychotherapist works in a region of the United States that has a large Native American population. This psychotherapist should know that *a. the US and Canadian governments had a policy that Native and Aboriginal children should be taken from their homes and brought to residential schools. b. Native American women are expected to be passive and very subordinate to Native American men. c. Native American men have a much higher rate of depression than Native American women. d. the suicide rates are much higher for women than for men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 358 of 381 Pages 407-408 12-65. Which of the following is not among the recommendations for therapy with women of color? a. Show caring and appreciation for the client. *b. Make it clear to the client that the therapist knows little about the client’s cultural traditions. c. Consider each woman’s own level of need for acculturation. d. Do not assume that the client wants to become more strongly connected with her culture. Page 408 12-66. According to the classical psychodynamic approach to treating psychological disorders, a. women’s lack of a penis leads to the development of self-confidence. b. women provide a moral compass for the family because they have a more mature sense of justice. *c. the male is the norm for humans. d. women caretakers typically provide a positive influence on their children’s psychological development. Page 409 12-67. What does your textbook conclude about pharmacotherapy for women with psychological disorders? a. Men are significantly more likely than women to use sedatives and tranquilizers. b. Clients should firmly but politely refuse pharmacotherapy for psychological disorders. *c. Under some circumstances, pharmacotherapy may be appropriate, especially if accompanied by psychotherapy. d. Physicians consistently overprescribe medicine for their female clients. Page 409 12-68. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about using pharmacotherapy to treat psychological disorders? a. Ruby: “The side effects of these medications are so serious that they should be given only if absolutely necessary.” b. Stanislov: “When treating people for severe depression, physicians prescribe antidepressants four times as often for female clients as for male clients.” *c. Soltan: “Physicians who prescribe pharmacotherapy for a client should also encourage the client to get psychotherapy.” d. Lana: “Unfortunately, the data on pharmacotherapy show that it is seldom effective for psychological problems.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 359 of 381 Page 410 12-69. A cognitive-behavioral therapist would be most likely to suggest which of the following? a. Conversations with other people who have the same problem *b. Reinterpreting negative thought patterns so that they are more neutral c. Specific suggestions that the client should release anger and tension by screaming or punching inanimate objects d. Recalling a particularly troublesome dream Page 410 12-70. A cognitive-behavioral approach to anorexia would include a. extensive efforts to recall the individual’s childhood experiences with food. b. urging the client to take more risks. c. medication as an important part of therapy. *d. encouraging the client to think differently about her body image. Page 410 12-71. Nan is a therapist who believes that her clients’ problems can be traced to their inappropriate learning and their errors in thinking. Nan is most likely to favor a. pharmacotherapy. b. psychodynamic therapy. *c. cognitive-behavioral therapy. d. nonsexist therapy. Page 411 12-72. Kris is consulting a therapist who believes that women and men should be treated similarly. The therapist also tries to stay up-to-date on research related to the psychology of women. This approach is consistent with a. pharmacotherapy. *b. nonsexist therapy. c. cognitive-behavioral therapy. d. psychodynamic therapy. Pages 411-412 12-73. The principles of feminist therapy include *a. the belief that women’s major problems are primarily societal rather than internal. b. encouraging women to recognize the sexism in society so that they can adjust to the situation. c. a strong emphasis on gender inequalities, with little discussion of other kinds of inequalities. d. working on women’s relationships to make sure that women have more power than men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 360 of 381 Page 412 12-74. The discussion of power issues within the therapeutic relationship pointed out that feminist therapy a. recognizes that the effectiveness of therapy depends on the therapist having more power than the client. b. emphasizes the feminist expertise of the therapist in educating the client about inequities in society. c. finds it helpful to use role playing in therapy to demonstrate women’s inferior status in society. *d. encourages clients to be more self-confident and to identify and develop their own strengths.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 361 of 381 CHAPTER 13 Violence Against Women Pages 417-418 13-1. What is one feature that women have in common who are victims of violence (specifically, rape, abuse, sexual harassment)? a. They have all been hurt by men who are regarded by society as being deviant. *b. In all three kinds of cases, women are left feeling less powerful after the violence. c. In all three kinds of cases, violence is restricted to lower classes; it rarely occurs among upper classes. d. In all three kinds of cases, the women return to normal within approximately one year. Page 418 13-2. Sexual harassment is defined as *a. unwanted gender-related behavior. b. any uncomfortable or unpleasant work environment. c. forced sexual intercourse. d. any mention of sexuality in a classroom or work setting. Page 418 13-3. According to the definition of sexual harassment, a. a man must be the person committing the sexual harassment. b. the harassment must occur in either a work setting or a school setting. *c. the particular harassment behavior must be unwanted. d. the person doing the harassment must be more powerful than the person who is being harassed. Page 419 13-4. A male professor suggests to a female student that she’ll get a better grade if she goes on a date with him. This example best illustrates a. hostile-environment harassment. *b. quid pro quo harassment. c. sexual assault. d. heterosexism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 362 of 381 Page 419 13-5. A secretary asks for a raise, and her boss says that he’ll think about a raise after they spend an evening together. This example best illustrates a. hostile-environment harassment. b. access discrimination in the workplace. *c. quid pro quo harassment. d. denial of personal disadvantage in the workplace. Page 419 13-6. A female blue-collar worker finds her lunchroom filled with photos of naked women. Her male coworkers constantly make sexist comments. This example best illustrates a. sexual assault. b. quid pro quo harassment. *c. hostile-environment harassment. d. the glass escalator. Page 419 13-7. Which of the following is the best example of the “hostile environment” form of sexual harassment? a. A male professor tells a female student that he will consider raising her grade if she will spend the evening with him. b. A male supervisor tells a female clerk that he will give her a promotion if they can discuss the topic “at dinner and then afterwards… ” c. A male graduate student tells a male undergraduate student, “I can give you a few more hints about Friday’s exam if you’d like to come over to my apartment, where we don’t have to worry about other people bothering us.” *d. A male professor in a medical school is presenting a lecture on dermatology, and he shows a slide of a nude woman. He remarks, “Now this is an example of some really excellent skin!” Pages 420-421 13-8. According to Chapter 13 of your textbook, sexual harassment is an important topic to study because a. it demonstrates that women have more sexual power than they might imagine. b. it allows women to realize that they can be strengthened by potentially harmful events. c. it provides a clear-cut example of a problem that both liberals and conservatives can condemn as harmful to women. *d. it illustrates how women are dehumanized and forced to become victims of sexist treatment.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 363 of 381 Page 421 13-9. Suppose that you are reading an article about sexual harassment in your college newspaper. Like many articles, it oversimplifies the situation. Nonetheless, it provides a single number for the percentage of female undergraduate and graduate students who have been sexually harassed. Based on the discussion in your text, what should the article say? a. 10% *b. 30% c. 60% d. You would not trust any number, because no systematic surveys have yet been conducted. Page 421 13-10. Research has been conducted to determine how often sexual harassment occurs, and the data show that *a. women in the military have a relatively high rate of sexual harassment. b. women in traditionally female occupations are especially likely to experience sexual harassment. c. men in traditionally female occupations are especially likely to experience sexual harassment. d. sexual harassment is relatively common in North America and Europe, but it seldom occurs in Asia. Pages 421-422 13-11. Which of the following statements about sexual harassment is not true? a. Sexual harassment is a form of coercion. b. In sexual harassment situations, women are usually forced to become silent victims. *c. Women who have been sexually harassed report that the harassment was certainly unpleasant, but they recovered within 1 to 2 months. d. In sexual harassment situations, women are primarily seen as sexual objects, instead of workers or students. Pages 421-422 13-12. According to the discussion of the effects of sexual harassment on the victim, a. sexual harassment is annoying and inconvenient, but it typically has no major effects on women’s lives. b. some women get angry about the harassment, but women seldom experience other emotional reactions. c. once a woman decides to do something about harassment, there are few emotional costs. *d. if a woman refuses the attention, she may lose her job or be forced to quit school.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 364 of 381 Pages 421-422 13-13. If a female undergraduate student is sexually harassed by her male professor, how is she most likely to respond? a. She will keep taking the course, sitting at the front of class to remind the professor of his misconduct. b. She will not act differently than before the harassment experience. c. She will become very angry with him in any meetings outside of class. *d. She will miss or drop the class taught by the professor. Page 422 13-14. The research about attitudes toward sexual harassment shows that a. a woman who has been sexually harassed usually finds that her male friends are even more sympathetic than her female friends. b. women are more likely than men to think that sexual harassment is “no big deal.” *c. women are more likely than men to say that sexual harassment is a serious problem that needs to be addressed. d. the most recent research shows no gender differences in attitudes. Pages 422-423 13-15. Rita is going to college this fall. To avoid sexual harassment, which of the following should she do when she arrives at her new school? a. Disregard “grapevine” gossip about faculty members. b. Take courses from men only if they are over the age of 40 or 45. *c. Make herself familiar with the sexual harassment policies and procedures on campus. d. Avoid making eye contact with male professors in the classroom. Pages 422-423 13-16. Which of the following is most true of sexual harassment in the workplace? a. Employees are responsible for avoiding behavior that would invite sexual harassment, thus making sexual harassment incidents unlikely. b. The most effective and polite way to discourage future harassment is to change the topic of conversation when speaking with a harasser. *c. Personal records of harassment should be kept in case future action is necessary. d. Sexual harassment in the first few weeks of many new jobs should be expected and is, in fact, a “rite of passage.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 365 of 381 Pages 422-424 13-17. According to the section, “What to Do About Sexual Harassment,” a. sexual harassment can best be handled by ignoring it; the harasser is unlikely to continue if you don’t respond. *b. the US legal system currently considers employers to be liable when supervisors sexually harass employees. c. in the workplace, most sexual harassment cases are now settled in favor of the employee. d. because women are usually the victims of sexual harassment in the workplace, male coworkers can do little to help. Pages 423-424 13-18. Your friend Malcolm wants to know what he can do about the problem of the sexual harassment of women. Your best response to him would be *a. “Speak up when you witness another man harassing someone.” b. “Avoid being alone with women in situations that might lead to harassment.” c. “Educate women about the ways they can avoid sexual harassment.” d. “Ignore harassment when you witness it, so you won’t be reinforcing the negative behavior.” Page 424 13-19. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about society’s response to the sexual harassment problem? a. Angelo: “In this case, individuals’ responses are more important than society’s responses.” b. André: “Most people are well informed that women should not be blamed if they have been sexually harassed.” *c. Cathi: “A major problem that must be addressed is the unequal distribution of power between women and men.” d. Tonya: “The best way to solve the problem of sexual harassment is to identify individuals who harass and have them read information about why their behavior is wrong.” Page 424 13-20. Suppose that the senior administrators at a university want to send a clear message that their institution will not tolerate sexual harassment. The best strategy would be for them to *a. schedule training programs, in which these administrators tell the faculty members why they believe that the problem is so important. b. emphasize that students need to work together with faculty members to make certain that sexual harassment does not occur. c. point out that students sometimes overreact; therefore, the faculty members should avoid personal interactions with students. d. distribute a memo about sexual harassment, so that faculty members can be sure that they understand the clear-cut guidelines.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 366 of 381 Page 425 13-21. According to the textbook’s discussion of rape, a. in order to meet the legal definition of rape, the attacker must be a stranger. b. rape is largely limited to North America and Europe. *c. rape is defined as sexual penetration without a person’s consent. d. most definitions of rape include any unwanted sexual touching. Page 425 13-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate distinction between sexual assault and rape? a. Len: “In sexual assault, the person who was attacked is a man; in rape, the person who was attacked is a woman.” *b. Andrew: “Sexual assault is a broader term that refers to unwanted sexual contact; rape is a narrower term that involves penetration.” c. Sandra: “The distinction is fairly subtle; sexual assault does not involve bodily damage, and rape does involve bodily damage.” d. Katryna: “Sexual assault refers to people who know each other, whereas rape refers to people who do not know each other.” Pages 426-427 13-23. Studies on rape demonstrate that a. approximately 40% of rape victims report the crime to the police. *b. in North America, between 15% and 30% of women will be raped at some point during their lives. c. a woman in the US military is less likely to be raped than a civilian woman. d. although the incidence of rape is relatively high in the United States, it is rare in Canada. Pages 427-428 13-24. Research on acquaintance rape indicates that *a. approximately 50% of women will experience acquaintance rape or some other form of sexual assault from an acquaintance, during their lifetime. b. the majority of women who have been assaulted by an acquaintance—and whose experience meets the legal definition of rape—classify the experience as rape. c. most claims of acquaintance rape are made by women who willingly had sex, but then regretted it later. d. although acquaintance rape was relatively common in earlier decades, media attention to this problem has substantially decreased its incidence.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 367 of 381 Pages 427-428 13-25. Suppose that a friend says, “Women could really avoid being raped, if they would only stay away from dangerous places at night.” Your best response would be, a. “You are right, because most rapes occur at night, and the rapist is usually a man who waits for a victim who doesn’t look like she will put up a fight.” b. “You are partly right, because strangers are more likely than acquaintances to rape women out of doors and at night, but acquaintances are more likely to engage in sexual assault.” c. “You are wrong, because women are better able to fight back when they are attacked outside, rather than in their own home.” *d. “You are wrong, because most women actually knew the man before he raped them.” Page 428 13-26. Which of the following students best characterizes the role of miscommunication in acquaintance rape? a. Jodie: “Most acquaintance rape is due to miscommunication between men and women.” b. Celie: “Women are likely to perceive men as being sexually interested, whereas men are likely to perceive women as being just friendly.” *c. Peggy: “Men must learn that women’s friendly messages do not necessarily mean ‘I want sex.’ Women need to be aware that men may misperceive their friendliness.” d. Mary: “Most men and women today are aware of the problem of acquaintance rape, and they are careful to avoid misleading communications.” Pages 428-429 13-27. Research about alcohol and sexual assault shows that *a. a woman who has been drinking is likely to think that a dangerous situation is actually fairly safe. b. men who have been drinking typically underestimate a woman’s interest in a sexual relationship. c. men who have been drinking are less able to maintain an erection, so they are less likely to attempt sexual assault. d. according to the research, alcohol does not actually influence the likelihood that a man will commit sexual assault. Pages 428-429 13-28. The drug Rohypnol is known as the “date rape drug” because a. health care providers often give the drug to women after they’ve been raped to help them forget the experience. b. dating men and women may take the drug together before having sex, but then later the women claim to have been raped. c. the drug combats the effects of alcohol, thus making date rape less likely. *d. a man may slip the drug into a woman’s drink, causing her to pass out, and then he rapes her.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 368 of 381 Pages 429-430 13-29. Women who have been raped *a. often report that their immediate reaction was terror and anxiety. b. may appear to be calm, which means that they are not likely to be significantly affected by the assault. c. typically report that they were calm during the attack, but panic set in within an hour. d. frequently report that the event did not have a significant impact on their lives. Pages 429-430 13-30. Soon after a woman has been raped, she typically a. tries to discuss her emotional reactions with close friends. b. recalls very little about the assault. c. blames the rapist for the attack, even if she provoked the attack. *d. feels helpless, and she blames herself for the assault. Pages 429-430 13-31. Women frequently have an immediate reaction to rape that includes a. a strikingly clear “flashbulb memory” for the assailant. b. a burst of adrenaline that encourages them to react quickly. *c. feelings of helplessness and humiliation. d. a strong feeling that she must report the rape to the authorities. Page 430 13-32. Which of the following statements correctly describes women’s decisions about whether to report a rape? a. Most women decide to report a rape, especially because they are worried that the rapist may attack other women. *b. A common reason for not reporting a rape is that women believe it wouldn’t do any good. c. Many women falsely report a rape because they feel guilty about having sex. d. Most women report a rape because they have no choice, due to mandatory reporting laws. Pages 430-431 13-33. According to the discussion of the long-term adjustment of women who have been raped, a. fewer than 1% of women who have been raped meet the criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder. b. individual differences are much less pronounced than in other areas of women’s emotional reactions. *c. physical symptoms—such as pain and gynecological problems—may last for years. d. 80% of women who have been raped show serious psychological problems a year after the assault.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 369 of 381 Page 430-431 13-34. Chapter 13 discussed the long-term adjustment of individuals who have been raped. This discussion pointed out that post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) a. typically begins within 24 hours after the trauma. b. always involves vivid nightmares and/or intrusive thoughts. *c. may include reactions such as intense fear and anxiety. d. is the response that is mentioned most frequently by people who have been raped. Pages 430-431 13-35. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)? *a. Taisha: “A rape victim may experience PTSD, including feeling extremely anxious or even emotionally numb following the assault.” b. Maxim: “Unfortunately, PTSD is an extremely persistent disorder, and more than half of all rape victims will still have PTSD more than a year after the assault.” c. Bert: “PTSD wipes away a woman’s memory of the rape, and she will not be able to recall the event until about a year after the assault.” d. Joanie: “Unfortunately, PTSD cannot be treated with traditional psychotherapies; however, techniques that require hypnosis appear to be effective.” Page 431 13-36. What does your textbook conclude about fear of rape? a. Men and women do not differ in being afraid when they are out by themselves at night. b. Most women report that no one has warned them about the danger of rape. c. Women in large cities seldom report that they are afraid of being out alone at night. *d. Most women take a number of precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger. Page 431 13-37. The research about women’s fears of rape concludes that a. women and men feel equally unsafe at night; however, women fear rape, whereas men fear being robbed. *b. women typically take many precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger at night. c. women take some precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger, but they take even more precautions to avoid being raped by an acquaintance. d. women seem to be unaware of the potential danger of being alone at night. Pages 432-434 13-38. The textbook’s discussion of attitudes toward rape pointed out that a. family members are much more supportive of rape victims than other people are. b. most people today recognize that a woman should not be blamed for a rape just because she was wearing a short skirt. *c. people with traditional gender roles are especially likely to blame a rape victim for the assault. d men and women are equally likely to blame rape victims for the assault.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 370 of 381 Pages 432-434 13-39. Surveys of attitudes toward rape tend to show that a. there are no gender differences in attitudes toward rape. *b. men are more likely than women to blame rape victims for the assault. c. men are more likely than women to believe that the rape had been the rapist’s fault. d. people consistently believe that the rapist, rather than the woman, should be blamed for the attack. Pages 433-434 13-40. According to the research about attitudes toward rape, *a. men are somewhat more likely than women to blame the victim for an acquaintance rape. b. women who have been raped are less likely to report the attack if they know the attacker. c. men are highly accurate in interpreting the nonverbal messages that women convey in a dating relationship. d. women frequently send misleading sexual messages to men; these miscommunications then cause acquaintance rape. Page 435 13-41. Chapter 13 discussed some of the myths about rape. Which of the following statements is correct information (not a myth)? *a. Most rapists are people whom the victim knows prior to the assault. b. Pornography that involves rape actually does decrease the likelihood of rape. c. If a woman is wearing tight, “suggestive” clothing, she is basically inviting men to rape her. d. Many women actually do agree to sexual intercourse, but then they change the story later on. Pages 435-437 13-42. According to the discussion of child sexual abuse, a. approximately 5% of females experienced sexual abuse prior to age 18. *b. approximately 15% to 30% of females have experienced sexual abuse prior to age 18. c. only a small proportion of child sexual abuse incidents involve the child’s relatives, or caretakers. d. the definition of child sexual abuse specifies that the perpetrator is the child’s relative. Pages 435-437 13-43. When a young girl has been sexually abused, she is likely to a. tell a trusted friend or relative about the incident. b. immediately repress all memories of the incident. c. tell the abuser that he shouldn’t have abused her. *d. feel angry, fearful, and depressed.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 371 of 381 Pages 435-437 13-44. Research on child sexual abuse shows that a. it seldom has long-lasting effects on adjustment, because most victims don’t remember the abuse. b. it seldom affects the physical health of adult women. c. although it often has immediate psychological consequences, long-term psychological consequences are relatively rare. *d. victims suffer a number of psychological consequences, both immediate and long term. Pages 435-437 13-45. The research on child sexual abuse demonstrates that a. children are much more likely than adults to report being sexually abused. b. sexual abuse has much more severe psychological consequences in adults than in children. *c. it’s often difficult to determine whether an adult was actually abused during childhood. d. boys are actually much more likely than girls to have been sexually abused. Page 437 13-46. Which of the following students provides the best overview about the prevention of sexual assault and rape? *a. Takahiko: “A rape is never a woman’s fault—whether she tried to prevent the rape or whether she decided that she would be safer if she didn’t struggle.” b. Sophia: “If a woman has had training in self-defense, she can almost always prevent rape.” c. Judy: “There is a brief list of rape-prevention strategies; if a woman has studied this list, she can almost always prevent rape.” d. Stephen: “Unfortunately, none of the rape-prevention strategies can significantly reduce the probability that a woman will be raped.” Pages 437-439 13-47. According to the discussion of whether women should attempt to physically resist an attacker, *a. when a woman fights back, she reduces her chances of being raped. b. if the rapist is a stranger, pleading with him is usually an effective strategy. c. women who had fought back were more depressed after the rape than were those who had not fought back. d. the general consensus is that it is best not to fight back against a rapist.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 372 of 381 Pages 437-439 13-48. Why is the “blame the victim” problem important when we talk about how individuals can prevent rape? a. Because women are less likely to be raped if they try not to resist the attacker *b. Because women—unfortunately—have to restrict their behaviors in order to reduce the likelihood of rape c. Because people are likely to blame a woman if she develops a fear of walking alone at night d. Because older women are more likely than younger women to be blamed if they are raped Pages 437-439 13-49. According to Chapter 13, one strategy that helps prevent acquaintance rape is a. eliminating any discussion of sexual matters. *b. avoiding a relationship with a man who talks negatively about women. c. ignoring the sexual advances. d. going along with most sexual advances, but stating in advance that you do not want to have sexual intercourse. Pages 439-440 13-50. Chapter 13 discussed many recommendations about society’s prevention of rape. Which of the following is not one of those recommendations? *a. Education about rape needs to be improved, beginning in the last two years of high school. b. The laws need to be changed, so that the legal process is less stressful to the person who has been raped. c. Men’s groups on campus can help to organize information sessions about the problem of rape and sexual assault. d. The media must reduce the level of violence in films, popular music, and other forms of “entertainment.” Page 442 13-51. The definition of abuse of women used in the textbook specifies that *a. the abuse can be physical, sexual, or psychological. b. the woman must be married to the abuser. c. the woman must have been beaten at least three times within the last six months. d. the woman must acknowledge that she has been damaged, either physically or psychologically.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 373 of 381 Page 442 13-52. According to the introductory discussion on the abuse of women, a. the term “abuse of women” applies only to physical abuse rather than psychological abuse. b. there are no data to indicate that women may abuse their male partners. *c. men abuse their female partners more severely than women abuse their male partners. d. there are no data to indicate that lesbian women abuse their female partners. Page 442 13-53. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the abuse of women? a. Oswalda: “Men and women actually do the same amount of physical damage when they abuse their partners.” *b. Niall: “Men are about 9 times as likely as women to assault a former spouse.” c. Madison: “At present, the legal system does not does not consider emotional harm to be a form of abuse.” d. Peter: “So far, researchers have not been able to document abuse or violence in lesbian relationships.” Page 443 13-54. The research on the abuse of women shows that *a. most women believe that they should not let others know that they are being abused. b. about 10% of all women will experience relationship violence at some point in their lives. c. pregnant women are much less likely than other women to experience physical or sexual abuse. d. about 10% of women treated in hospital emergency rooms have injuries caused by relationship violence. Page 443 13-55. According to the estimates on the prevalence of abuse of women, a. in comparison to women in the United States, women in Canada are much more likely to be beaten by their husbands. b. according to most estimates, fewer than 8% of women in North America will experience abuse during their lifetime. *c. between about 30% and 55% of women who are seen in hospital emergency facilities in the United States have physical injuries associated with domestic violence. d. partner abuse is primarily confined to North America.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 374 of 381 Page 444 13-56. Suppose that you volunteer to work at a shelter for abused women. The women whom you meet in the shelter are likely to a. be relatively calm, once they are removed from the abusive situation. *b. shows signs of depression and anxiety. c. come from middle- and upper-class homes. d. report that their husbands have nontraditional ideas about gender roles. Page 444 13-57. The research on abused women shows that a. they typically make adjustments in order to successfully avoid future abuse. b. they typically experience physical injuries, but psychological problems are rare. c. they typically maintain high self-esteem, despite the problems with the relationship. *d. the abuser may prevent a woman from seeking medical help for her injuries. Page 445 13-58. A man who abuses his partner is likely to a. avoid the consumption of alcohol and other drugs. b. blame himself for the violence. *c. feel entitled to hurt his partner. d. be nontraditional, rather than gender-stereotyped. Page 445 13-59. Chapter 13 discusses some of the characteristics associated with a man who is abusive. According to this discussion, a. men who are abusers are no more likely than non-abusive men to have a drinking problem. b. men who are unemployed are no more likely than employed men to be abusive. c. male abusers who are physically abusive are actually less likely to use verbal abuse. *d. male abusers tend to believe that the man should be the head of the family, and the woman should have less power in the family. Page 445 13-60. One factor that is highly correlated with spouse abuse is a. education. b. the age of the abuser. *c. employment status. d. ethnic background.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 375 of 381 Page 446 13-61. Chapter 13 examines research about the public’s attitudes about the abuse of women. This research shows that a. fewer than half of Canadian adults believe that the federal government needs to take an active role in preventing family violence *b. more than 90% of US residents report that they learned information from the media about the domestic-violence problem. c. college students living in countries such as India and Japan are no more likely than US college students to believe that a man’s violence toward his wife is justifiable. d. there are no significant gender differences in college students’ beliefs that a man’s violence toward his wife is justifiable. Page 446 13-62. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the role of the media in relation to the abuse of women? *a. Elena: “According to a survey, more than 90% of US residents said that media coverage had emphasized the serious problem of domestic violence.” b. Sunita: “Outside of North America and parts of Western Europe, television stations and newspapers never even mention the abuse of women.” c. Jon: “The media information about the abuse of women is so consistently misleading that it would be better for the media to ignore the problem.” d. Alexander: “Because the abuse of women is such an invisible topic in the media, less than half of the states in the US actually have laws that forbid it.” Pages 446-448 13-63. The discussion in Chapter 13 emphasized that the abuse of women a. is now only 20% as common as it was in 1990. b. is no more common than the abuse of men. c. is much more common in Black and Latina/o families than in Asian American and European American families. *d. is not limited to low-income families. Pages 446-448 13-64. Abused women a. usually did something so terrible that they deserve to be beaten. b. usually have the financial resources to leave a battering relationship. *c. should not be blamed for being beaten. d. have some personality characteristics that predispose them to being beaten.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 376 of 381 Page 448 13-65. What can we conclude about the options available for abused women? a. Therapy that examines why the woman was abused is particularly helpful. b. Abusive males are usually eager to seek therapy for their disorder, as long as it is tactfully suggested. *c. Feminist therapy, in which the therapist works to increase the women’s self-esteem and sense of independence, can be helpful. d. Cognitive-behavioral therapy is not recommended for this kind of situation. Page 448 13-66. Suppose that you have a friend who has been married for a year, and she tells you that her husband has beaten her several times. You should tell her that a. abusive relationships typically improve as the man and the woman become better acquainted with each other. b. most therapists have the same “the woman should be blamed” attitude that the general population endorses. c. the research on “batterer-intervention programs” shows that these programs are typically highly effective. *d. feminist therapy is often helpful for women who have been abused. Page 449 13-67. A woman who is in an abusive relationship may want to use some services in her community. According to the discussion of shelters for abused women in the United States, a. the number of shelters had increased dramatically, partly because of increased public concern. *b. on a typical day in the United States, about 25,000 women are currently living in a shelter for abused women. c. there are about 10 times as many shelters in the United States, compared to the number of Canadian shelters, but the US population is close to 10 times as large. d. unfortunately, only the best shelters can offer services such as counseling. Page 449 13-68. According to the discussion in Chapter 13 about the abuse of women, the most important question is a. “Why do women stay in an abusive relationship?” b. “What can women do to make their male partners less violent?” *c. “What can our society do to make it clear that abuse is not acceptable?” d. “How can women encourage men to promise that they will stop all future abuse?”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 377 of 381 Pages 449-450 13-69. According to the discussion of society’s response to the abuse of women, a. in the current decade, very few people are aware that the abuse of women is a serious problem. b. the US government is currently developing comprehensive plans for requiring counseling for abusers. *c. in the current decade, medical organizations are urging doctors to ask their patients about any potential problems related to domestic violence. d. community organizations are currently very active in sending the message that domestic violence should not be tolerated. Pages 449-450 13-70. The last part of Chapter 13 examines society’s response to the problem of abuse. This discussion pointed out that a. at least half of high schools in the United States have developed programs that discuss the problems of sexual assault and family violence. b. community organizations and religious groups have greatly increased their programs on reducing abuse. c. the media—especially TV shows—are now much less likely than in the last decade to show men being violent toward women. *d. physicians are now encouraged to routinely ask women about abuse, as part of the general screening procedure.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 378 of 381 CHAPTER 14 Women and Older Adulthood Page 456 14-1. The chapter on older adulthood points out that a. researchers have paid more attention to older women than to younger women. *b. among people over the age of 65 in the United States, there are roughly 40% more women than men. c. an unfortunate number of ageist assumptions are actually correct. d. even though psychological research has ignored older women, feminist research has focused much attention on this topic. Page 456 14-2. According to your textbook’s definition of “ageism,” a. this term applies only to biases against elderly people. b. this term applies to negative attitudes and emotions, but not stereotypes. c. this term applies to negative attitudes, emotions, and stereotypes, but not to actual treatment of elderly people. *d. this term can be applied when elderly people are treated with less respect than younger people. Page 456 14-3. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the topic of ageism? *a. Moishe: “The term ‘ageism’ means some kind of bias based on someone’s age, and elderly people are typically the targets of ageism.” b. Hannah: “When people use the term ‘ageism,’ they mean that elderly people have stronger prejudices than younger people.” c. Caroline: “The term ‘ageism’ refers to negative behavior directed at elderly people, but it does not include either negative beliefs or negative attitudes.” d. Joe: “Because the term ‘ageism’ is too negative, psychologists now use the phrase, ‘age-related biases’ more frequently.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 379 of 381 Pages 456-457 14-4. According to the discussion of attitudes about elderly people, a basic issue is that a. elderly people rarely think about their age, so they are not aware of their limitations. b. physicians treat elderly patients very well, compared to their younger patients. c. psychotherapists are the only group of professionals who show almost no signs of ageism. *d. if younger people are ageist, they will avoid elderly people, and so they won’t realize that many stereotypes are incorrect. Pages 456-457 14-5. A new product is being advertised on television. The woman in the commercial is unnoticed at work, except when she is introduced to a new employee as “an old veteran in the office.” She tries “Fountain of Youth” skin cream and is soon known by everyone as a “young star” in the company. The commercial is guilty of ageism because it a. suggests that success for women can be achieved through appearance rather than competent work. b. doesn’t make an attempt to show older women in positions of authority. *c. supports the idea that older women are invisible and perceived as powerless, whereas younger women are successful. d. implies that it is more desirable to be attractive than it is to be intelligent. Pages 457-458 14-6. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information regarding the representation of older women? a. Scott: “This is one area where the stereotypes about women are reasonably accurate.” b. Kristi: “The media coverage of older women has increased dramatically since about the year 2000.” *c. Gorsha: “The stereotypes about older women are not very accurate, and older women are seldom represented in the media.” d. Chantal: “So little research has been done on older women that psychologists do not have much information about how they are represented in the media.” Pages 457-458 14-7. According to the chapter on older adulthood, the media typically a. pay more attention to older women than older men, contrary to the usual trend. *b. pay little attention to older women. c. emphasize that gender differences are small for people older than 65. d. focus the same amount of attention on women’s professional accomplishments as on their social activities.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 380 of 381 Pages 457-458 14-8. Older women *a. have been neglected by both researchers and the media. b. receive much more attention in the media than older men do. c. are just as likely as older men to be represented by the media in a positive fashion. d. have received abundant attention from feminist researchers. Pages 457-458 14-9. Research on women’s roles in the media shows that a. now that baby-boomers are getting older, older women are much more visible on television. b. although older women are not seen often in TV programs, the roles they do have are generally positive. *c. one place where older women are seen is in advertisements that focus on women looking younger. d. older women are now being portrayed as “fountains of wisdom,” who can be consulted for thoughtful advice. Pages 457-458 14-10. What can you conclude about the media representations of older women? a. Older women are represented in great numbers and in a wide range of roles by the media. b. Older women are often represented in the media, but their range of roles is limited by stereotypes. c. Older women are not often represented in the media, but when they are present, the characterizations are realistic. *d. Older women are relatively invisible in the media, and their roles are limited. Page 458 14-11. The “double standard of aging” concept typically means that a. women are allowed to grow old gracefully, whereas men must be concerned about preserving a “macho” image. *b. people judge elderly women more negatively than they judge elderly men. c. as women grow older, they are judged in terms of competence, whereas men are judged in terms of power. d. older women are expected to be lively and sociable, whereas older men are viewed as lonely and depressed.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 381 of 381 Pages 456-458 14-12. Which of the following students provides the best explanation about the comparison between the terms ageism and the double standard of aging? a. Alejandro: “The terms are similar, except that the term double standard of aging applies to people of all ages, not just elderly people.” *b. Murray: “Ageism is a bias based on age, but the double standard of aging means that we judge people from Group A differently than people from Group B, as both groups grow older.” c. Ekaterina: “Ageism looks at people’s actual, chronological age; the double standard of aging looks at the psychological age, which is the age that people feel like they are.” d. Lynn: “Actually, the terms are equivalent. However, ageism is the term used in gerontology, and the double standard of aging is the term used in psychology.” Pages 458-460 14-13. What would be a possible consequence of the double standard of aging, if it were found to operate in a study about older adults? a. Women would have higher self-esteem than men. b. Older women would be more interested in sexuality than older men would. *c. Women would be more likely than men to keep their age a secret. d. Women would be more relieved than men when their children leave home. Pages 458-460 14-14. Your text describes a study in which photos of older women and men were evaluated in terms of positive or negative stereotypes. The results indicated that a. older participants chose more positive stereotypes for both older men and older women than younger participants did. *b. the participants chose fewer positive stereotypes for the older women than for older men. c. the participants chose negative stereotypes for women in their 60s, but positive stereotypes for women in their 70s. d. the participants, surprisingly, chose more positive stereotypes for older women than for older men. Pages 459-460 14-15. Chapter 14 discussed a meta-analysis by Mary Kite on the double standard of aging, which usually refers to more negative evaluations for women than for men. According to this research, women are not rated more negatively when people make judgments about a person’s *a. competence. b. friendliness. c. positive characteristics. d. negative characteristics.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 382 of 381 Page 460 14-16. Suppose that a 70-year-old woman has just married a 50-year-old man. Generally, people’s reactions to the marriage will be to a. admire the ability of older people to form lasting relationships. b. be more optimistic about the relationship than if she was 50 and he was 70. c. dismiss any notion that the couple might find each other attractive. *d. condemn the idea that an older woman might be interested in sex. Page 460 14-17. According to your textbook’s discussion about elderly people as romantic and sexual partners, a. in the current decade, many people realize that elderly women are often very attractive. b. in the last decade, the film industry has featured elderly women in romantic roles, but this trend has not yet affected viewers’ ideas about elderly women. *c. men often believe that an elderly woman would not be a desirable sex partner. d. lesbians do not show evidence of ageism when a middle-aged lesbian has a partner who is elderly. Page 461 14-18. What can we conclude about cross-cultural differences in attitudes toward older women? *a. Other cultures present alternative models for the way that older women can be viewed. b. Cross-cultural research shows few differences; older women are viewed as relatively powerless in all cultures. c. Older women are viewed negatively only in western societies; other societies view women’s loss of power with age as a positive attribute. d. Cultures in which elderly women are viewed positively are likely to view older men negatively, suggesting that society must favor one gender over the other. Page 461 14-19. The first section in Chapter 14 focused on attitudes toward older women. This section included the following quotation: “The way you age depends on where you live.” This quotation suggests that a. there is no evidence for the double standard of aging. *b. in some cultures, a woman’s power in a family may increase as she grow older; in other cultures, her power may decrease. c. if a culture has negative attitudes toward elderly people, young people will compensate by treating the elderly people respectfully. d. biological factors are more important than social factors.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 383 of 381 Page 461 14-20. Which of the following students best summarizes cross-cultural views of older women? a. Jean: “In most other societies, elderly women have more direct power than they do in North America.” b. Ramona: “Throughout the world, elderly women have much less power than elderly men.” *c. Jan: “Negative attitudes and expectations about elderly women’s abilities may indirectly cause elderly women to perform less well on cognitive tasks.” d. Harriet: “Negative views of elderly women seem to be part of almost all the cultures that have been studied.” Page 462 14-21. Which of the following statements about women’s retirement is correct? a. In the last decade, there has been extensive research conducted about the topic of women’s retirement. *b. our culture considers retirement to be a relatively unimportant event in women’s lives. c. When a married couple retires, each of them typically spends an equivalent number of hours doing housework. d. Women have fewer problems adjusting to retirement than men. Page 462 14-22. Approximately what percentage of US women between the ages of 50 and 54 are currently employed? a. 15% b. 35% c. 55% *d. 75% Pages 462-463 14-23. According to the information about planning for retirement, a. women are more likely than men to locate information about retirement benefits. *b. many women think that their husband will take care of financial issues connected with retirement. c. because women usually receive adequate retirement benefits, they seldom look for this information prior to retirement. d. because companies are required to hold seminars about retirement benefits, almost all women are knowledgeable about these benefits.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 384 of 381 Pages 462-463 14-24. Suppose that you are volunteering at a local retirement community. If the people there are typical in terms of retirement, *a. women will be less likely than men to have sought information about retirement benefits before they retired. b. women will receive the same retirement benefits that men receive. c. women will be less likely than men to have retired to take care of relatives who have health problems. d. the married women will be more likely than the married men to be responsible for planning the financial aspects of retirement. Page 463 14-25. Studies on retired women show that these women *a. may experience more problems with retirement than men do. b. may experience fewer problems than men, because they were less involved than men in their work. c. may experience fewer problems than men, because they have more social contacts outside of work. d. typically experience fewer problems than men because they are very involved in their roles as mothers. Page 463 14-26. Which of the following women is likely to adjust best to retirement? *a. Helena, who retired because she wanted more time to go traveling b. Joanna, who retired because her husband had retired c. Tanya, who retired because she needed to take care of her elderly mother d. Cindy, who retired because her company was downsizing Page 463 14-27. According to Chapter 14, one suggested explanation for the fact that women have more trouble than men in adapting to retirement is that a. men did not have to struggle for their rights to a career like women did; they are therefore less likely to appreciate it. *b. men have higher incomes, so women are more likely to have financial problems after retirement. c. men are less interested in their careers; therefore, men are more prepared to retire than women are. d. men are likely to be more interested in the daily routine of housework because— unlike women—it is something they haven’t yet experienced.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 385 of 381 Page 463 14-28. Suppose that your aunt has just retired from her job at the age of 65. If she is like most women in this situation, which of the following statements is likely to describe her adjustment to retirement? a. She is likely to be looking forward to the routine work involved in maintaining a household. b. She will probably be relieved that she doesn’t have to deal with all the people at work. c. She is likely to adjust well to retirement, in contrast to men who retire at the same age. *d. She may have difficulty adjusting to the drop in available income, following retirement. Page 464 14-29. Chapter 14 discusses the financial status of elderly women. According to this discussion, *a. only about 10% of Canadian women over the age of 65 are in the low-income bracket. b. in the United States, women over the age of 55 have an average annual income that is about 90% of the average annual income that men have. c. Latina and African American women are just as likely as European American women to have a pension plan. d. older women in the United States have lower incomes than older men, but women and men actually have comparable incomes, once you take health-care expenses into account. Pages 467-469 14-30. According to the information about older women and retirement, a. only about 30% of women between the ages of 45 and 64 are currently employed, so retirement is not relevant for most older women. b. because most psychologists are middle aged, the topic of women and retirement is one that has been extensively researched. *c. in the United States, only 30% of women over 65 have a pension plan. d. researchers typically include the same number of men and women in their studies on retirement. Page 464 14-31. According to the discussion of financial issues and elderly women, a. about 15% of women over the age of 65 receive a pension. *b. most elderly Black and Latina women do not have a private pension plan. c. gender differences in poverty in late adulthood are primarily due to the fact that women retire earlier than men. d. elderly men and women are equally likely to receive money from private pension plans, but the average income from these plans is greater for men.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 386 of 381 Page 464 14-32. Suppose that you are enrolled in a course in adult development and aging. The professor is discussing the topic of retirement. Which of the following general statements would you most expect the professor to make? a. “Almost all women experience financial difficulties during retirement.” b. “Because women live longer, they are more likely than men to have satisfactory retirement benefits.” c. “European American women experience the same financial difficulties that women of color face.” *d. “Because women experience financial disadvantages throughout their lifetime, they typically face financial difficulties during retirement.” Page 464 14-33. Your text presented a number of reasons that women have lower incomes than men during old age. Which of the following is not one of those reasons? a. Women have lower average incomes during their working years. b. Women are less likely to be enrolled in private pension plans. *c. Women are two to three times as likely to miss work because of illness. d. Women live longer. Page 465 14-34. What causes menopause? a. All the eggs in the ovaries have been used up. b. The secretion of progesterone and estrogen increases markedly. *c. The ovaries no longer produce the same amount of hormones. d. The uterus is no longer capable of releasing eggs. Page 465 14-35. According to the information about the biological components of menopause, a. as women age, the production of estrogen decreases and the production of progesterone increases. b. most women have regular menstrual periods until the periods stop abruptly at the time of menopause. c. the cause of menopause is that a woman’s reproductive system has depleted its supply of ova (eggs). *d. menopause occurs when the levels of a woman’s hormones are low, and so she no longer menstruates regularly. Page 465 14-36. Which of the following statements about menopause is true? a. Most women find that their menstrual cycles stop abruptly. b. Hormone levels increase, causing disruption in the menstrual cycle. *c. The ovaries produce lower levels of hormones as women age. d. The endometrial lining is no longer capable of receiving eggs.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 387 of 381 Pages 465-466 14-37. A woman who has entered menopause is most likely to a. have increased secretions from the vagina. *b. have a sensation that heat is coming from within the body. c. pass through this phase with no symptoms, because research shows that women seldom have any physical symptoms. d. report increased levels of energy. Pages 465-466 14-38. According to the discussion in Chapter 14 about hot flashes, a. hot flashes are brief sensations of warmth, and most women remark that they are actually rather pleasant. b. hot flashes typically begin during menopause, and they continue for the rest of a woman’s life. *c. hot flashes are typically not a major problem, but some women find that these flashes prevent them from getting enough sleep. d. hot flashes typically decrease in intensity after about 10 years. Page 466 14-39. According to your textbook’s information about women who have experienced menopause, a. almost all US women report that they have never had a hot flash. b. almost all women report that hot flashes were severe enough to require medical attention. *c. the intensity of women’s hot flashes tends to decrease over time. d. individual differences are relatively small when we consider hot flashes, because almost all women report that their hot flashes are mildly bothersome. Pages 465-466 14-40. Your aunt is experiencing some physical symptoms of menopause and wonders if her experiences are “normal.” After reading Chapter 14, you would tell her that a. despite the publicity, very few women experience hot flashes during menopause. b. if a woman experiences hot flashes during menopause, she will probably have them for the rest of her life. c. in addition to hot flashes, most women experience osteoporosis, headaches, fatigue, and vaginal changes. *d. women have many different reactions to menopause; relatively few women experience all the possible symptoms. Pages 465-466 14-41. All of the following symptoms are associated with menopause except a. hot flashes. *b. increased vaginal secretions. c. fatigue. d. headaches.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 388 of 381 Page 466 14-42. Hormone replacement therapy usually involves a. taking hormones in conjunction with psychotherapy to help cope with the problems of menopause. b. taking hormones in conjunction with weight-bearing exercise. *c. taking progestin together with estrogen. d. taking estrogen by itself. Pages 466-467 14-43. According to the textbook, in 2002, the Women’s Health Initiative study provided results that changed the recommendations about hormone replacement therapy. These results showed that a. the dosage of hormones that women had been taking was too low. b. women with an intact uterus should take only estrogen, and not progestin. c. the benefits of both estrogen and progestin were so clear-cut that women should begin hormone replacement therapy within one year after menopause. *d. the combination of estrogen and progestin slightly increased the risk of heart disease, contrary to earlier research showing a decreased risk with those hormones. Pages 466-467 14-44. Your text discusses the controversy over whether women should take hormones after menopause. Which of the following students best summarizes the research related to this question? a. Rose: “Although hormone replacement therapy relieves hot flashes, it increases the likelihood of osteoporosis, so it is no longer recommended.” b. Sophia: “Hormone replacement therapy reduces the risk of heart disease, but it increases the risk of breast cancer.” c. Dorothy: “When estrogen is supplemented by progestin, health risks are almost completely eliminated.” *d. Blanche: “Recent research suggests that the health risks of hormone replacement therapy outweigh the benefits.” Pages 466-467 14-45. If you were to discuss hormone-replacement therapy with a well-informed gynecologist, which of the following statements would you be most likely to hear? *a. “In general, health-care professionals do not recommend hormone-replacement therapy.” b. “Health-care professionals are undecided about this topic, because no large-scale study has yet been conducted.” c. “If a woman has a family history of heart problems, she should take hormonereplacement therapy; otherwise, she should not take this risk.” d. “Hormone-replacement therapy helps to prevent breast cancer, but it increases the risk of hip fractures.”Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 389 of 381 Page 467 14-46. The research on attitudes toward menopause shows that a. Because of the recent publicity about menopause, most women now report that they discuss menopause with their friends. *b. The media typically focus on the negative aspects of menopause. c. Most women report that they are well-informed about the biological and psychological components of menopause. d. Because menopause is still a taboo topic, it is almost never discussed in the media. Pages 468-469 14-47. According to the research on psychological reactions to menopause, which of the following is a woman likely to experience? a. depression b. irritability c. mood swings *d. no change in symptoms related to mood Pages 468-469 14-48. What can we conclude about psychological reactions to menopause? a. Menopause is likely to cause depression and irritability. *b. Stressful factors such as older women’s loss of social relationships are more likely than hormonal factors to produce depression. c. The media have generally been accurate in their portrayal of menopause, in contrast to their portrayal of premenstrual syndrome. d. The media currently underestimate the difficulties that menopause can cause. Page 469 14-49. According to research on ethnicity and attitudes toward menopause, a. Latina women report the most negative attitudes. *b. Black women have relatively positive attitudes. c. Black women are much more likely than women from other ethnic groups to be bothered by hot flashes. d. women in countries such as Greece, Mexico, and India regard menopause as a time of continual grief and depression. Page 469 14-50. What can we conclude about women’s psychological reactions to menopause? a. Studies of a variety of cultures find similar negative views of menopause across cultures. b. Women of color have consistently more negative views of menopause than European American women. c. European American women have consistently more negative views of menopause than women of color. *d. women in different countries vary widely in terms of their reactions to menopause.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 390 of 381 Page 470 14-51. What does the term sandwich generation refer to? a. Women who are more reluctant to retire than men of the same age *b. Women who find themselves with many competing obligations to their children and their parents c. The fact that the double standard of aging particularly applies to lower-class women d. Women born in the 1920s and 1930s who felt depressed that they were not employed Pages 470-471 14-52. Chapter 14 explores the research about adults who are taking care of their elderly parents. This research shows that a. the trend has shifted in recent years, so that sons and daughters are now equally likely to take care of their elderly parents. b. middle-aged people are often pleased that they can offer help to their parents, to compensate for the “empty nest” feelings when their children have left home.. c. several TV shows now focus on positive interactions between adults and their elderly parents. *d. the clear majority of adult caregivers find some positive aspects about these responsibilities. Pages 470-471 14-53. Which of the following statements is true concerning adult children’s care of elderly parents? a. Adult children often abandon their elderly parents, as evidenced by the high percentage of the elderly who live in nursing homes. *b. Daughters are much more likely than sons to be caretakers for elderly parents. c. Women consider the tasks of caretaking to be completely unpleasant and burdensome. d. Most women in the current era do not spend a significant amount of time in caretaking responsibilities. Page 471 14-54. Research concerning the empty-nest syndrome supports which major theme of the book? a. Men and women have similar responses when children leave home; psychological gender differences are generally small and inconsistent. b. Researchers questioned men and women differently concerning the empty-nest syndrome, showing that people react differently to men and women. c. Research found that women do not feel useful after their children have left home; they feel relatively invisible in many important areas. *d. Some women are very upset when their children leave home, whereas others are quite pleased; women show a wide range of variation in their responses.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 391 of 381 Page 471 14-55. Suppose that you are the youngest child in the family, and you are the last child to leave home. It is likely that your mother *a. feels as happy or even somewhat happier than when children lived at home. b. experiences less marital satisfaction than when children lived at home. c. is slightly more depressed than when children lived at home, and this depression is long-lasting. d. feels as if her major source of identity has been lost. Page 472 14-56. According to the discussion of older women as grandmothers, a. stereotypes about older women tend to be reasonably accurate in their representation of grandmothers. b. grandmothers and grandfathers tend to be equally involved in their grandchildren’s lives. *c. in Black and Native American families, grandmothers may be expected to provide support and advice to their grandchildren. d. researchers have conducted far more studies on the grandmother role than on any other component of older women’s lives. Page 472 14-57. In Chapter 14, the discussion about grandmothers pointed out that a. this is one situation where the stereotypes are accurate. b. the research on grandmothers has increased dramatically since the late 1990s. *c. grandmothers show substantial individual differences in their ideas about a grandmother’s responsibilities. d. grandmothers are usually just as worried about their grandchildren as they were about their own children. Page 473 14-58. According to the studies about widowhood and bereavement, *a. women are likely to have more trouble adjusting to widowhood if they had been happily married. b. there are currently about the same number of widows and widowers in the United States. c. because of the new research on lesbian relationships, we now have several dozen studies that have examined how lesbian women experience the death of an intimate partner. d. women show relatively little variability in their bereavement experiences following the death of a spouse.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 392 of 381 Page 473 14-59. According to the information about the death of an intimate partner, *a. lesbians whose life partner has died often report that they would appreciate the kind of social support that a widowed heterosexual woman receives. b. during the past 10 years, psychologists have conducted more than 40 studies about lesbians whose life partner has died. c. a heterosexual woman whose husband has died is likely to say that her friends make her feel very welcome at social gatherings. d. the ratio of widows to widowers is fairly constant throughout the world. Page 473 14-60. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about lesbians whose partner has died? *a. Josée: “Researchers do not have much information about this topic, especially for women of color.” b. Jean-Simon: “Because of current attitudes, most lesbians feel reasonably comfortable talking with other people about their grief.” c. Leif: “Lesbians typically recover more quickly than heterosexual women, following the death of a life partner.” d. Bianca: “Compared to lesbians, married heterosexual women show more variability in their patterns of grieving the loss of a life partner.” Page 474 14-61. Which of the following is a conclusion from the research on older women of color? a. Black women are less involved with their grandchildren than are European American women. *b. Women of color are much more likely to live in poverty than European American women. c. Elderly Latinas are reluctant to seek help from their adult children. d. Native American grandmothers understand that they are supposed to play only a minor role in taking care of their grandchildren. Pages 474-475 14-62. According to the research about elderly Black women, a. the majority of these women manage to overcome major obstacles, without financial problems. b. the majority of these women emphasize extreme resentment that they are victims of poverty. c. these women have extremely positive attitudes about rearing their grandchildren. *d. they are likely to be involved in their grandchildren’s lives.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 393 of 381 Page 475 14-63. Which of the following students’ statements about older women of color is true? a. Alyssa: “Elderly Black women tend to be active in their community, but not closely involved with their grandchildren.” b. Rachna: “Latina grandmothers are not expected to help with their grandchildren.” c. Linh: “European American children are more likely than Asian American children to be respectful of their grandparents.” *d. Pliny: “Apache grandmothers are expected to be wise, energetic, and a resource about their cultural heritage for their grandchildren.” Page 475 14-64. According to the research about older Native American and First-Nation women, a. most of them have left the reservation and are currently living in medium-sized cities. b. those who live on the reservation typically feel disconnected from younger people. *c. in some tribes, grandmothers are expected to transmit their cultural wisdom to younger people. d. in general, there are no major differences between the lives of elderly European American women and elderly Native American women. Pages 475-476 14-65. Which of the following statements best describes the findings of research on the life satisfaction of women from various age groups? a. Women are most satisfied with their lives when they are young adults. b. The most satisfied group is women in their early 50s. c. The most satisfied group is women who are 70 to 80 years old. *d. Age does not have a major effect on life satisfaction. Pages 475-476 14-66. The research on satisfaction with life shows that *a. elderly women are typically satisfied with their lives. b. older women are more likely than younger women to be depressed. c. most women maintain their life goals through middle age, so they are likely to be unhappy if they have not fulfilled these goals. d. elderly widows are likely to experience intense depression, and so they are less happy than all other groups of women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 394 of 381 Page 476 14-67. The paradox of well-being refers to the fact that a. people in the lowest-income bracket are actually happier than many people in the highest-income bracket. b. people with little education are usually more satisfied with their lives than welleducated people. c. throughout their lifespan, women report being happier with their lives than men do. *d. many older women report that they are very satisfied with their lives, even when some aspects of their lives are difficult. Page 476 14-68. The topic of successful aging was introduced toward the end of Chapter 14. One important criterion by which an elderly woman could demonstrate successful aging is that a. she looks younger than her actual age, based on objective measurement of appearance. b. she feels that she has been continually striving, never satisfied with her current situation. c. she feels that she has always spent her money wisely. *d. she has been involved in making life better for other people.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 395 of 381 CHAPTER 15 Moving Onward . . . Page 483 15-1. According to the information in Chapter 15 about the current status of women’s issues, a. women still lag behind men with respect to education; in the United States, only about one-quarter of all PhD degrees go to women. b. in the United States, feminism has had a more important impact than in any of the European countries. *c. women’s lives have improved somewhat during the current century, but gender inequities and other problems still persist. d. dramatic progress has been made on virtually every aspect of women’s rights during the current century. Page 483 15-2. According to the introduction to Chapter 15 (“Moving Onward . . .”), which of the following statements correctly describes the status of women at present? a. Women’s overall status has consistently become worse in recent years. b. Women’s overall status has consistently improved in recent years. *c. In many respects, women’s status has improved, but progress has been slow. d. In the United States, women’s status has improved; throughout the rest of the world, it has become worse. Page 484 15-3. Which of the following statements describes the current status of women professionals within psychology in the United States? a. Women currently hold most of the positions of power within the discipline. *b. The Division on the Psychology of Women is one of the largest divisions in the American Psychological Association. c. Because virtually all women in psychology are feminists, the discipline has become strongly feminist as the number of women in psychology increases. d. Although most of the full-time psychology faculty are female, most of the recognized “eminent” psychologists are male.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 396 of 381 Page 484 15-4. Which of the following statements about women and psychology in North America is true? a. Approximately 50% of the current full-time US psychology faculty are male. b. Most of the research in psychology now focuses on women, rather than men. c. Although the majority of people receiving BA degrees in psychology are women, the majority of students in psychology PhD programs are men. *d. the majority of students in psychology PhD programs are women. Page 484 15-5. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the current situation of women in psychology in the United States and Canada? a. Madhu: “Although women constitute the majority of undergraduates, men constitute the majority of graduate students.” b. Rudy: “Until recently, the majority of psychology faculty members have been male; as of 2000, however, the majority are now female.” *c. Samantha: “At present, about 75% of psychology graduate students in both the United States and Canada are female.” d. Ismael: “Because women now constitute the majority of students and faculty in psychology, this field has become strongly feminist.” Page 485 15-6. Chapter 15 emphasizes that the psychology of women must not repeat the errors that were made by earlier generations of psychology, when they ignored women. In particular, this statement suggests that a. the most important kind of research is the approach that focuses on gender differences. *b. the researchers should increase their emphasis on diversity, for example, women of color, sexual minorities, and low-income women. c. it is important to keep heterosexual European-American females at the center of every comparison. d. it is important to study diversity so that psychologists can help women who are not considered mainstream. Page 485 15-7. Chapter 15 of your textbook discussed the issue of diversity when psychologists conduct research about the psychology of women. This discussion pointed out that *a. there has been an increase in research that emphasizes intersectionality. b. it is important to use well-educated European-American women, as the standard by which all other ethnic groups are compared. c. almost all researchers acknowledge that it’s important to study the deficiencies of groups that are not considered standard. d. researchers cannot learn much information about women’s strengths by studying groups other than well-educated European-American women.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 397 of 381 Page 485 15-8. The discussion in Chapter 15 of the multicultural research in psychology of women pointed out that a. the research on women of color is now just as common as research on educated, middle-class, heterosexual European American individuals. *b. research that is conducted on women of color is likely to compare these women with European American women. c. research on women of color is actually less common now than it was in the 1970s. d. the research on women of color examines most of the same topics as research on European American women. Page 485 15-9. A group of researchers would like to study the experience of motherhood for US Latina women. They locate a sample of Latina women and a sample of European American women in order to conduct their research. An important problem with this approach to studying Latina women is that a. The study cannot be fair because the United States has more European American women than Latina women. b. The study should have compared US Latina women with Latina women living in Latin America. *c. The comparison-groups framework implies that European American women are normative, and the Latina women are a nonstandard group. d. The study would have to be longitudinal, which would take too many years to complete. Page 485 15-10. Chapter 15 discusses the challenges of developing a more inclusive psychology of women. According to this discussion, a. researchers are actually less likely to consider diverse perspectives than they did in the 1990s. *b. researchers often compare European American individuals with people of color, who are expected to be deficient in the skill that is being assessed. c. researchers typically try to view people of color as normative, so that European Americans are a “special case.” d. researchers in psychology of women pay less attention to diversity than researchers in most other areas of psychology. Page 485 15-11. According to your text, research on women of color may be problematic because this research a. often fails to compare women of color to European American women. *b. seldom explores areas in which women of color are successful. c. tends to focus on similarities rather than differences. d. primarily examines everyday topics like romantic relationships and motherhood, rather than serious psychological problems.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 398 of 381 Page 485 15-12. Chapter 15 discussed how to make the psychology of women more inclusive. According to this discussion, one current problem is that a. researchers have gone overboard, so that they now study women of color more often than European American women. b. researchers do not conduct enough studies that compare women of color to European American women. *c. researchers seldom select a research area in which women of color might be expected to be especially competent. d. researchers have conducted numerous studies on women who are economically disadvantaged, but they have not conducted enough research on women of color. Pages 486-487 15-13. Chapter 15 discussed feminism in connection with the Latina/o ethnic group. This discussion pointed out that a. this is the most conservative of all ethnic groups, so it’s no surprise that feminism was not an issue for Latinas/os until the most recent decade. b. people from Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic have perspectives that are quite similar to people from other Latina/o backgrounds. *c. in the western United States, Chicana women began to organize feminist conferences in the early 1970s. d. Latina activists often comment that they feel very much included in mainstream feminism. Pages 486-487 15-14. In the description of Latina/o feminism, your textbook points out that *a. Chicana feminists began organizing women-centered events about 40 years ago. b. European American feminists are more likely than Chicana feminists to be aware of social-class issues. c. in most US high schools, the students learn more about Latina/o history than they do about Black history. d. Chicano males are more likely than Black males to call themselves feminists. Pages 486-487 15-15. Consuela is a Mexican American student who has just signed up to organize a “Take Back the Night” rally on campus. If her situation is typical, her Mexican American male friends are likely to say that a. it is inappropriate to try to attract media attention for political events. b. any publicity for Mexican Americans is likely to benefit Chicana/o issues on campus. *c. her efforts might divide the Chicana/o organizations on campus. d. she will be seen as being too self-centered.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 399 of 381 Page 487 15-16. According to the information about Blacks and feminism, *a. many Black women say that they do not feel connected with the feminist movement. b. Black men are much more likely than White men to call themselves feminists. c. Black women are much more likely than White women to call themselves feminists. d. Black men and women have about the same attitudes toward feminism that White men and women do. Page 487 15-17. The discussion on feminism and Black women pointed out that a. women of color have always felt welcome in the feminist movement. *b. Black women may not want to criticize Black men. c. Black males are aware that feminism will help people of color to achieve their goals. d. Black women are more likely than White women to label themselves feminists. Page 487 15-18. The discussion about Blacks and feminism in Chapter 15 pointed out that a. Black men are more likely than White men to say that they are feminists. b. Black women are more likely than White women to say that they are feminists. *c. Black women may engage in feminist activities, but not actually call themselves feminists. d. the majority of Black women say that their life is closely connected to feminist issues. Pages 487-488 15-19. With respect to the feminist movement, Asian women often find that a. their cultural background is consistent with feminist goals. *b. their cultural background does not emphasize women’s strength or social change. c. because women are relatively invisible in their culture, males are not especially concerned about their efforts to achieve feminist goals. d. direct methods are usually most effective in bringing about social change. Pages 487-488 15-20. Kyung is a Korean woman who is organizing a feminist group at her college. If her experience is typical of Asian Americans, she is likely to be criticized for *a. destroying the effective working relationships between Asian men and women. b. trying to achieve too much. c. confronting the traditional Asian American matriarchy. d. being too supportive of males from other ethnic backgrounds.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 400 of 381 Page 488 15-21. According to the discussion about Asian American feminists, a. Asian American women are more likely than European American women to use confrontation in order to encourage social change. b. most Asian American women say that the people in their ethnic community approve of feminism. *c. colleges and universities have offered courses about Asian American women for about 40 years. d. Asian American women are more likely than other women of color to approve of the feminist movement. Page 488 15-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate overview of women of color and the feminist movement? *a. Caleb: “Many women of color believe that feminist activism is not consistent with their cultural values.” b. Dawn: “Ironically, men of color tend to be more feminist than women of color.” c. Bev: “Women of color typically say that European American feminists are sensitive to the issues raised by women of color, but they talk too much and do too little.” d. Gopal: “Unfortunately, in the United States and Canada, only 10 to 20 college courses have been taught on women of color and feminism.” Pages 489-491 15-23. Jake belongs to a men’s group that writes to advertisers, complaining about ads that represent sexist views of both males and females. Jake’s group probably could be classified as *a. profeminist. b. religious. c. mythopoetic. d. ecofeminist. Pages 489-491 15-24. Which of the following projects would be most likely for a profeminist group of men? a. Have a study session in which men bring in religious passages that describe what men’s roles should be in the family b. Figure out how to fight government legislation that mandates equal budgets for male and female athletes c. Sponsor a campus discussion on how men no longer have masculine heroes whom they can admire *d. Plan programs for local high schools that educate students about the problems of violence toward womenInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 401 of 381 Pages 489-491 15-25. Suppose that a community group is interested in holding an information session on the issue of rape awareness and prevention. Which of the following men’s groups would be best to invite to help organize the event? a. A group that favors the religious approach b. An ecofeminist group *c. A profeminist group d. A group that favors the mythopoetic approach Page 490 15-26. Suppose that you hear a feminist woman say, “Does anyone know some men who might be allies for next week’s event?” You conclude that these allies would be likely to a. create a friendly rivalry between the women and men. b. endorse the mythopoetic approach to feminism. c. disrupt the event. *d. provide support, even though they are not female. Page 491 15-27. Jim has just come back from a weekend retreat in which about a dozen men talked about how they need to think about their psychological difficulties and rediscover their masculine characteristics. Which of the following is most likely to endorse this group’s approach? a. Men’s studies approach *b. Mythopoetic approach c. Religious approach d. Profeminist approach Page 491 15-28. Which of the following would be the most likely project for a men’s group who favored the mythopoetic approach? *a. A meeting in which a group of men gather together to talk about what they admired and disliked about their fathers b. A campus group of men who put up flyers in the men’s bathrooms on campus saying “You can help decrease the incidence of rape” c. A march on Washington calling for men to obey the words of the Bible about the importance of family d. A group of men who write letters to the national media saying that it’s too easy for women to claim they have been rapedInstructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 402 of 381 Page 491 15-29. The discussion in Chapter 15 of the men’s movement pointed out that *a. the mythopoetic approach seeks to help men focus on their male role models. b. men’s studies is a discipline within psychology that emphasizes traditional genderrole socialization and the problem of reverse sexism. c. unlike the women’s movement, the men’s movement is much more unified. d. men’s studies organizations started in the late 1950s. Page 491 15-30. Suppose that members of a profeminist men’s group are debating the members of a mythopoetic group. The profeminist group would be most likely to say, a. “You rely too strongly on religious traditions.” b. “You place too much emphasis on men’s legal rights.” c. “Why are you working so hard to benefit women, when men are the most oppressed group?” *d. “You have such high incomes and so much social power—why aren’t you trying to help a less powerful group?” Pages 491-429 15-31. One of the approaches to the men’s movement argues that men should take back their role as head of the household in order to become leaders in their families and communities. This approach is known as the a. allies approach. *b. religious approach. c. mythopoetic approach. d. men’s studies approach. Pages 491-492 15-32. The discussion about the Promise Keepers and other religious men’s organizations pointed out that these groups a. actually favor feminism, though they do not mention this information in their publications. b. have been encouraging churches to appoint more female ministers to leadership positions. c. are deeply committed to reducing racism and classism. *d. emphasize essentialism.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 403 of 381 Pages 489-492 15-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate description of the different approaches within the men’s movement? a. Henri: “In the previous century, the approaches used to differ on many issues, but now they are actually more similar.” *b. Christopher: “The different approaches all focus primarily on men, but otherwise, their central beliefs are quite different.” c. Oskar: “The different approaches are based on different theories, but they agree that it’s important to work toward feminist goals.” d. Reynaldo: “The different approaches actually have similar theoretical approaches, and they typically have similar strategies for publicizing their beliefs.” Pages 492-493 15-34. In connection with women’s studies courses, your textbook pointed out that *a. women’s studies enrolls more students than any other interdisciplinary field. b. at present, there are hundreds of women’s studies courses at the undergraduate level, but no graduate courses. c. students typically comment that they learn about gender in women’s studies courses, but they don’t learn about other kinds of diversity. d. female students are much more likely than male students to say that they have benefited from taking a women’s studies course. Page 493 15-35. Research on the effects of women’s studies courses generally shows that *a. women taking these courses are more likely than women taking other courses to develop a strong feminist identity. b. although women’s knowledge of feminism increases through these courses, their feelings about feminism do not change significantly. c. people who have taken these courses may change their beliefs and their emotions about feminism, but they are less likely to become critical thinkers. d. women who have taken these courses end up feeling depressed and hopeless about women’s lives. Page 493 15-36. The research on women’s studies courses shows that they a. do not have a significant effect on the attitudes of male students. b. can change attitudes, but not patterns of thinking about issues. *c. can increase women’s self-confidence. d. are more likely to have an effect on European American women, rather than women of color.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 404 of 381 Page 493 15-37. Chapter 15 described a program in which female prisoners had the opportunity to read about philosophy and women’s issues, but the government cancelled this program. Which of the following students provides the best overview of this program? a. Clare: “The male prison guards felt that the prisoners no longer respected them.” b. Andrina: “The program was too expensive to continue, although the early results were slightly positive.” c. Nadar: “Unfortunately, the program made the women more likely to show both overt and relational aggression.” *d. Denyel: “When the program was operating, the women spent time reading; without the program, they spent time fighting.” Page 494 15-38. The first wave of the feminist movement in this continent grew out of the a. Revolutionary War. b. religious actions of the early 1900s. c. Free Speech Movement. *d. anti-slavery movement. Page 494 15-39. In the 1800s, the early feminist movement in North America, *a. was inspired by the anti-slavery movement. b. actually developed the legislation that allowed US women to vote, just 20 years later. c. focused on eliminating Black men’s right to vote. d. led to the founding of the National Organization for Women in 1865. Page 494 15-40. According to Chapter 15’s discussion about the women’s movement in the United States, a. the National Organization for Women is a US organization that focuses on gender discrimination in the workplace. *b. the second wave of the women’s movement was partly inspired by the civil rights movement and other social justice concerns. c. during the current decade, the people who are active in the feminist movement tend to agree with each other on almost all important issues. d. the backlash against feminism has led to some useful modifications of the basic feminist principles.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 405 of 381 Page 494 15-41. According to the discussion of the feminist movement in North America, a. most Canadians did not need to oppose the Vietnam War; as a result, the Canadian feminist movement developed much later than in the United States. *b. the civil rights movement and the anti-war movement made many women realize that men had much more power than they did. c. although many North American groups are connected with feminism, they tend to address a relatively narrow set of social concerns. d. most feminists specify that people cannot call themselves “feminists” unless they endorse a specific list of principles. Page 494 15-42. The kind of feminism that opposes the way humans destroy animals and natural resources is known as a. cultural feminism. *b. ecofeminism. c. animal rights feminism. d. liberal feminism. Page 494 15-43. Suppose you locate a web site that focuses on ecofeminism. Which of the following statements would you be most likely to encounter? a. “Economics and feminism can develop together, so that women have help in creating small businesses.” b. “Feminists are male-bashers, and this feminist movement is dangerous for everyone.” c. “Pornography should be carefully regulated, even when it doesn’t depict violence.” *d. “Humans harm other humans, but they also harm most of the other species on this planet.” Pages 495-496 15-44. The Mothers and Grandmothers of the Plaza de Mayo in Argentina became grassroots activists by a. calling for better child care for their children. *b. publicizing the fact that their children had vanished between 1976 and 1983, during the terrorist regime in Argentina. c. calling for an end to female genital mutilation. d. pointing out that wives work many more hours each day than their husbands do.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 406 of 381 Pages 496-497 15-45. Chapter 15 discusses the women’s issues from an international perspective. According to this information, a. by the year 1975, women could vote in every country in the world. b. so far, only 10 countries in the world have had women as their president or other national leader. *c. mothers and grandmothers in Argentina created a political-protest strategy that has been used more recently in the US and in other Latin American countries. d. the trafficking of women is an important issue in Asia and Europe, but fortunately is not a current issue in the United States. Pages 495-496 15-46. The discussion of the women’s movement throughout the world pointed out that a. the only countries where women have been heads of state are located in Europe. b. the first country where women won the right to vote was the United States. *c. small-scale efforts in a number of countries have been successful in improving women’s lives. d. women in developing countries have the same basic concerns as women in North American and Europe. Pages 496-497 15-47. According to the discussion of the women’s movement throughout the world, a. the United States was the first country in the world to allow women to vote. b. all of the countries in which women have been the heads of state are located in Europe. c. women throughout the world share basically the same set of concerns about their life situations. *d. women in developing countries are likely to have a different set of concerns from women living in North America and Europe. Page 498 15-48. You’ve decided to take action to improve women’s lives. According to your text, it would be helpful to keep in mind that a. with careful persuasion, it’s fairly easy to change people’s minds. b. focusing on a single problem isn’t very useful in light of the wide range of problems that women face. *c. social change does not occur overnight; celebrate the victories. d. the only way to accomplish real social change is by persuading our elected officials.Instructor’s Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlin’s Psychology of Women, 7e (2012) 407 of 381 Page 498 15-49. Which of the following students provides the best advice for becoming a feminist activist? a. Rue: “It is important for people to work as individuals, rather than in groups, because politicians tend to be suspicious when everyone in a group thinks alike.” b. Manon: “The best way to respond to a sexist remark is to ignore it, because people who make those remarks are usually just trying to get a reaction from others.” c. Alex: “It’s best to work on a variety of issues, rather than confining yourself to just one problem.” *d. Pat: “Change usually doesn’t happen quickly, so don’t get discouraged.” [Show More]

Last updated: 2 years ago

Preview 1 out of 410 pages

Buy Now

Instant download

We Accept:

We Accept
document-preview

Buy this document to get the full access instantly

Instant Download Access after purchase

Buy Now

Instant download

We Accept:

We Accept

Reviews( 0 )

$10.00

Buy Now

We Accept:

We Accept

Instant download

Can't find what you want? Try our AI powered Search

81
0

Document information


Connected school, study & course


About the document


Uploaded On

Jan 14, 2021

Number of pages

410

Written in

Seller


seller-icon
CoursesExams

Member since 4 years

320 Documents Sold

Reviews Received
44
16
6
4
13
Additional information

This document has been written for:

Uploaded

Jan 14, 2021

Downloads

 0

Views

 81

Document Keyword Tags


$10.00
What is Scholarfriends

In Scholarfriends, a student can earn by offering help to other student. Students can help other students with materials by upploading their notes and earn money.

We are here to help

We're available through e-mail, Twitter, Facebook, and live chat.
 FAQ
 Questions? Leave a message!

Follow us on
 Twitter

Copyright © Scholarfriends · High quality services·